Release v7.1.0

Fix a memory leak bug in function "lv_objmask_remove_mask" .

.editorconfig

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+[*.{c,h}]
+indent_style = space
+indent_size = 4
+end_of_line = lf
+insert_final_newline = true
+trim_trailing_whitespace = true
+

.github/FUNDING.yml

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+custom: ["https://littlevgl.com/donate"]

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/all-other-issues.md

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+---
+name: All other issues
+about: Questions and enhancement requests should go to the forum.
+title: ''
+labels: not-template
+assignees: ''
+
+---
+
+# All enhancement requests or questions should be directed to the Forum.
+
+
+We use GitHub issues for development related discussions.
+Please use the [forum](https://forum.littlevgl.com/) to ask questions.

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/bug-report.md

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+---
+name: Bug report
+about: Create a report to help us improve
+title: ''
+labels: ''
+assignees: ''
+
+---
+
+> # Important: issues that don't use this template will be ignored/closed.
+
+**Describe the bug**
+
+A clear and concise description of what the bug is.
+
+**To Reproduce**
+
+Please provide a small, independent code sample that can be used to reproduce the issue. Ideally this should work in the PC simulator unless the problem is specific to one platform.
+
+**Expected behavior**
+
+A clear and concise description of what you expected to happen.
+
+**Screenshots**
+If applicable, add screenshots to help explain your problem.
+
+**Additional context**
+
+Add any other context about the problem here.

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/config.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+blank_issues_enabled: false
+contact_links:
+  - name: Documentation
+    url: https://docs.lvgl.io
+    about: Be sure to read to documentation first
+  - name: Forum
+    url: https://forum.lvgl.io
+    about: For how-to questions use the forum
+  - name: CONTIBUTING.md
+    url: https://github.com/lvgl/lvgl/blob/master/docs/CONTRIBUTING.md#faq-about-contributing
+    about: The basic rules of contributing
+  - name: CODING_STYLE.md
+    url: https://github.com/lvgl/lvgl/blob/master/docs/CODING_STYLE.md
+    about: Quick summary of LVGL's code style

.github/stale.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# Number of days of inactivity before an issue becomes stale
+daysUntilStale: 21
+# Number of days of inactivity before a stale issue is closed
+daysUntilClose: 7
+# Issues with these labels will never be considered stale
+exemptLabels:
+  - architecture
+  - pinned
+# Label to use when marking an issue as stale
+staleLabel: stale 
+# Comment to post when marking an issue as stale. Set to `false` to disable
+markComment: >
+  This issue or pull request has been automatically marked as stale because it has not had
+  recent activity. It will be closed if no further activity occurs. Thank you
+  for your contributions.
+# Comment to post when closing a stale issue. Set to `false` to disable
+closeComment: false

.github/workflows/ccpp.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+name: C/C++ CI
+
+on:
+  push:
+    branches: [ master, dev ]
+  pull_request:
+    branches: [master, dev ]
+
+jobs:
+  build:
+
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+
+    steps:
+    - uses: actions/checkout@v2
+    - name: Run tests
+      run: cd tests; python ./build.py

.github/workflows/merge-to-dev.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+name: Merge master branch to dev
+on:
+  push:
+    branches:
+      - 'master'
+jobs:
+  merge-branch:
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    steps:
+      - uses: actions/checkout@master
+      - name: Merge to dev branch
+        uses: devmasx/merge-branch@v1.1.0
+        with:
+          type: now
+          target_branch: 'dev'
+        env:
+          GITHUB_TOKEN: ${{secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN}}

.gitignore

@@ -1 +1,8 @@
 **/*.o
+**/*bin
+**/*.swp
+**/*.swo
+tags
+docs/api_doc
+scripts/cppcheck_res.txt
+scripts/built_in_font/lv_font_*

CHANGELOG.md

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+# Changelog
+
+## v7.1.0 (planned on 07.07.2020)
+*Available in the `master` branch*
+
+### New features
+- Add `focus_parent` attribute to `lv_obj`
+- Allow using buttons in encoder input device
+- Add lv_btnmatrix_set/get_align capability
+- DMA2D: Remove dependency on ST CubeMX HAL
+- Added `max_used` propriety to `lv_mem_monitor_t` struct
+- In `lv_init` test if the the strings are UTF-8 encoded.
+- Add `user_data` to themes
+
+### Bugfixes
+- `lv_img` fix invalidation area when angle or zoom changes
+- Update the style handling to support Big endian MCUs
+- Change some methods to support big endian hardware.
+- Add LV_BIG_ENDIAN_SYSTEM flag to lv_conf.h in order to fix displaying images on big endian systems.
+- Fix inserting chars in text area in big endian hardware.
+
+## v7.0.2 (16.06.2020)
+
+### Bugfixes
+- `lv_textarea` fix wrong cursor position when clicked after the last character
+- Change all text related indices from 16-bit to 32-bit integers throughout whole library. #1545
+- Fix gestures
+- Do not call `set_px_cb` for transparent pixel
+- Fix list button focus in material theme
+- Fix crash when the a text area is cleared with the backspace of a keyboard
+- Add version number to `lv_conf_template.h`
+- Add log in true double buffering mode with `set_px_cb`
+- `lv_dropdown`: fix missing `LV_EVENT_VALUE_CHANGED` event when used with encoder
+- `lv_tileview`: fix if not the {0;0} tile is created first
+- `lv_debug`: restructure to allow asserting in from `lv_misc` too
+- add assert if `_lv_mem_buf_get()` fails
+- `lv_textarea`: fix character delete in password mode
+- Update `LV_OPA_MIN` and `LV_OPA_MAX` to widen the opacity processed range
+- `lv_btnm` fix sending events for hidden buttons
+- `lv_gaguge` make `lv_gauge_set_angle_offset` offset the labels and needles too
+- Fix typo in the API `scrllable` -> `scrollable`
+- `tabview` by default allow auto expanding the page only to right and bottom (#1573)
+- fix crash when drawing gradient to the same color
+- chart: fix memory leak
+- `img`: improve hit test for transformed images
+
+## v7.0.1 (01.06.2020)
+
+### Bugfixes
+- Make the Microptyhon working by adding the required variables as GC_ROOT
+- Prefix some internal API functions with `_` to reduce the API of LVGL 
+- Fix built-in SimSun CJK font
+- Fix UTF-8 encoding when `LV_USE_ARABIC_PERSIAN_CHARS` is enabled
+- Fix DMA2D usage when 32 bit images directly blended
+- Fix lv_roller in infinite mode when used with encoder
+- Add `lv_theme_get_color_secondary()`
+- Add `LV_COLOR_MIX_ROUND_OFS` to adjust color mixing to make it compatible with the GPU
+- Improve DMA2D blending
+- Remove memcpy from `lv_ll` (caused issues with some optimization settings)
+- `lv_chart` fix X tick drawing
+- Fix vertical dashed line drawing
+- Some additonal minor fixes and formattings
+
+## v7.0.0 (18.05.2020)
+
+### Documentation
+The docs for v7 is available at https://docs.littlevgl.com/v7/en/html/index.html
+
+### Legal changes
+
+The name of the project is changed to LVGL and the new website is on https://lvgl.io
+
+LVGL remains free under the same conditions (MIT license) and a company is created to manage LVGL and offer services.
+
+
+### New drawing system
+Complete rework of LVGL's draw engine to use "masks" for more advanced and higher quality graphical effects. 
+A possible use-case of this system is to remove the overflowing content from the rounded edges.
+It also allows drawing perfectly anti-aliased circles, lines, and arcs.
+Internally, the drawings happen by defining masks (such as rounded rectangle, line, angle). 
+When something is drawn the currently active masks can make some pixels transparent. 
+For example, rectangle borders are drawn by using 2 rectangle masks: one mask removes the inner part and another the outer part. 
+
+The API in this regard remained the same but some new functions were added:
+- `lv_img_set_zoom`: set image object's zoom factor
+- `lv_img_set_angle`: set image object's angle without using canvas
+- `lv_img_set_pivot`: set the pivot point of rotation
+
+
+The new drawing engine brought new drawing features too. They are highlighted in the "style" section.
+
+### New style system
+The old style system is replaced with a new more flexible and lightweighted one. 
+It uses an approach similar to CSS: support cascading styles, inheriting properties and local style properties per object. 
+As part of these updates, a lot of objects were reworked and the APIs have been changed. 
+
+- more shadows options: *offset* and *spread*
+- gradient stop position to shift the gradient area and horizontal gradient 
+- `LV_BLEND_MODE_NORMAL/ADDITIVE/SUBTRACTIVE` blending modes
+- *clip corner*: crop the content on the rounded corners
+- *text underline* and *strikethrough*
+- dashed vertical and horizontal lines (*dash gap*, *dash_width*)
+- *outline*: a border-like part drawn out of the background. Can have spacing to the background.
+- *pattern*: display and image in the middle of the background or repeat it
+- *value* display a text which is stored in the style. It can be used e.g. as a lighweighted text on buttons too.
+- *margin*: similar to *padding* but used to keep space outside of the object
+
+Read the [Style](https://docs.littlevgl.com/v7/en/html/overview/style.html) section of the documentation to learn how the new styles system works.
+
+### GPU integration
+To better utilize GPUs, from this version GPU usage can be integrated into LVGL. In `lv_conf.h` any supported GPUs can be enabled with a single configuration option.
+
+Right now, only ST's DMA2D (Chrom-ART) is integrated. More will in the upcoming releases.
+
+### Renames
+The following object types are renamed:
+- sw -> switch
+- ta -> textarea
+- cb -> checkbox
+- lmeter -> linemeter
+- mbox -> msgbox
+- ddlist -> dropdown
+- btnm -> btnmatrix
+- kb -> keyboard
+- preload -> spinner
+- lv_objx folder -> lv_widgets
+- LV_FIT_FILL -> LV_FIT_PARENT
+- LV_FIT_FLOOD -> LV_FLOOD_MAX
+- LV_LAYOUT_COL_L/M/R -> LV_LAYOUT_COLUMN_LEFT/MID/RIGHT
+- LV_LAYOUT_ROW_T/M/B -> LV_LAYOUT_ROW_TOP/MID/BOTTOM
+
+### Reworked and improved object
+- `dropdown`: Completely reworked. Now creates a separate list when opened and can be dropped to down/up/left/right.
+- `label`: `body_draw` is removed, instead, if its style has a visible background/border/shadow etc it will be drawn. Padding really makes the object larger (not just virtually as before)
+- `arc`: can draw bacground too.
+- `btn`: doesn't store styles for each state because it's done naturally in the new style system.
+- `calendar`: highlight the pressed datum. The used styles are changed: use `LV_CALENDAR_PART_DATE` normal for normal dates, checked for highlighted, focused for today, pressed for the being pressed. (checked+pressed, focused+pressed also work)
+- `chart`: only has `LINE` and `COLUMN` types because with new styles all the others can be described. LV_CHART_PART_SERIES sets the style of the series. bg_opa > 0 draws an area in LINE mode. `LV_CHART_PART_SERIES_BG` also added to set a different style for the series area. Padding in `LV_CHART_PART_BG` makes the series area smaller, and it ensures space for axis labels/numbers.
+- `linemeter`, `gauge`: can have background if the related style properties are set. Padding makes the scale/lines smaller. scale_border_width and scale_end_border_width allow to draw an arc on the outer part of the scale lines.
+- `gauge`: `lv_gauge_set_needle_img` allows use image as needle
+- `canvas`: allow drawing to true color alpha and alpha only canvas, add `lv_canvas_blur_hor/ver` and rename `lv_canvas_rotate` to `lv_canvas_transform`
+- `textarea`: If available in the font use bullet (`U+2022`) character in text area password 
+
+### New object types
+- `lv_objmask`: masks can be added to it. The children will be masked accordingly. 
+
+### Others
+- Change the built-in fonts to [Montserrat](https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Montserrat) and add built-in fonts from 12 px to 48 px for every 2nd size.
+- Add example CJK and Arabic/Persian/Hebrew built-in font
+- Add ° and "bullet" to the built-in fonts
+- Add Arabic/Persian script support: change the character according to its position in the text. 
+- Add `playback_time` to animations.
+- Add `repeat_count` to animations instead of the current "repeat forever".
+- Replace `LV_LAYOUT_PRETTY` with `LV_LAYOUT_PRETTY_TOP/MID/BOTTOM`
+
+### Demos
+- [lv_examples](https://github.com/littlevgl/lv_examples) was reworked and new examples and demos were added
+
+### New release policy
+- Maintain this Changelog for every release
+- Save old major version in new branches. E.g. `release/v6`
+- Merge new features and fixes directly into `master` and release a patch or minor releases every 2 weeks.
+
+### Migrating from v6 to v7
+- First and foremost, create a new `lv_conf.h` based on `lv_conf_templ.h`.
+- To try the new version it suggested using a simulator project and see the examples.
+- If you have a running project, the most difficult part of the migration is updating to the new style system. Unfortunately, there is no better way than manually updating to the new format.
+- The other parts are mainly minor renames and refactoring as described above. 

LICENCE.txt

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 MIT licence
-Copyright (c) 2016 Gábor Kiss-Vámosi
+Copyright (c) 2020 LVGL LLC
 
 Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the “Software”), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
 

README.md

@@ -1,69 +1,120 @@
-# Littlev Graphics Library
+<h1 align="center"> LVGL - Light and Versatile Graphics Library</h1>
+<p align="center">
+<a href="https://github.com/lvgl/lvgl/blob/master/LICENCE.txt"><img src="https://img.shields.io/badge/licence-MIT-blue.svg"></a>
+<a href="https://github.com/lvgl/lvgl/releases/tag/v7.0.0"><img src="https://img.shields.io/badge/version-7.0.0-blue.svg"></a>
+</p>
 
-![LittlevGL cover](https://littlevgl.com/docs/themes/lv_theme_intro.png)
+<p align="center">
+<img src="https://lvgl.io/assets/images/img_1.png">
+</p>
 
-**LittlevGL provides everything you need to create a Graphical User Interface (GUI) on embedded systems with easy-to-use graphical elements, beautiful visual effects and low memory footprint.**  
-https://littlevgl.com
+<p align="center">
+LVGL provides everything you need to create embedded GUI with easy-to-use graphical elements, beautiful visual effects and low memory footprint. 
+</p>
 
-## Key features
-* **Powerful building blocks** buttons, charts, lists, sliders, images, etc.
-* **Advanced graphics** with animations, anti-aliasing, opacity, smooth scrolling
-* **Various input devices** touch pad, mouse, keyboard, encoder, buttons, etc.
-* **Multi-language support** with UTF-8 encoding
-* **Fully customizable** graphical elements
-* **Hardware independent** to use with any microcontroller or display
-* **Scalable** to operate with little memory (50 kB Flash, 10 kB RAM)
-* **OS, External memory and GPU** supported but not required
-* **Single frame buffer** operation even with advances graphical effects
-* **Written in C** for maximal compatibility
-* **Simulator** to develop on PC without embedded hardware
-* **Tutorials, examples, themes** for rapid development
-* **Documentation** and API references online
+<h4 align="center">
+<a href="https://lvgl.io">Website </a> &middot; 
+<a href="https://lvgl.io/demos">Online demo</a> &middot; 
+<a href="https://docs.lvgl.io/">Docs</a> &middot; 
+<a href="https://forum.lvgl.io">Forum</a> &middot;
+</h4>
 
-## Porting
-In the simplest case you need 5 things:
-1. Call `lv_tick_inc(x)` every `x` milliseconds in a Timer or Task (`x` should be between 1 and 10)
-2. Register a function which can **copy a pixel array** to an area of the screen.
-3. Register a function which can **read an input device**. (E.g. touch pad)
-4. Copy `lv_conf_templ.h` as `lv_conf.h` and set at least `LV_HOR_RES`, `LV_VER_RES` and `LV_COLOR_DEPTH`. 
-5. Call `lv_task_handler()` periodically every few milliseconds.
-For a detailed description visit https://littlevgl.com/porting
-Or check the [Porting tutorial](https://github.com/littlevgl/lv_examples/blob/master/lv_tutorial/0_porting/lv_tutorial_porting.c)
+---
 
-## Project set-up
-1. **Clone** or [Download](https://littlevgl.com/download) the lvgl repository: `git clone  https://github.com/littlevgl/lvgl.git`
-2. **Create project** with your preferred IDE and add the *lvgl* folder
-3. Copy **lvgl/lv_conf_templ.h** as **lv_conf.h** next to the *lvgl* folder
-4. In the lv_conf.h delete the first `#if 0` and its `#endif`. Leave the default configuration for the first try.
-5. In your *main.c*: #include "lvgl/lvgl.h"   
-6. In your *main function*:
-   * lvgl_init();
-   * tick, display and input device initialization (see above)
-7. To **test** create a label: `lv_obj_t * label = lv_label_create(lv_scr_act(), NULL);`  
-8. In the main *while(1)* call `lv_task_handler();` and make a few milliseconds delay (e.g. `my_delay_ms(5);`) 
-9. Compile the code and load it to your embedded hardware
+## Features
+* Powerful building blocks: buttons, charts, lists, sliders, images, etc.
+* Advanced graphics: animations, anti-aliasing, opacity, smooth scrolling
+* Simultaneously use various input devices: touchscreen, mouse, keyboard, encoder, buttons, etc.
+* Simultaneously use multiple displays: e.g. monochrome and color display
+* Multi-language support with UTF-8 encoding, Bidirectional support, and Arabic text handling
+* Fully customizable graphical elements via CSS-like styles
+* Hardware independent to use with any microcontroller or display
+* Scalable to operate with little memory (64 kB Flash, 10 kB RAM)
+* OS, External memory and GPU are supported but not required
+* Single frame buffer operation even with advances graphical effects
+* Written in C for maximal compatibility (C++ compatible)
+* Micropython Binding exposes [LVGL API in Micropython](https://blog.lvgl.io/2019-02-20/micropython-bindings)
+* Simulator to develop on PC without embedded hardware
+* Tutorials, examples, themes for rapid development
+* Documentation and API references
 
-## PC Simulator
-You can test the graphics library in a PC simulator, if you don't have an embedded hardware. The simulator uses [SDL2](https://www.libsdl.org/) library to emulate a display on your monitor and a touch pad with your mouse.
+## Supported devices
+Basically, every modern controller (which is able to drive a display) is suitable to run LVGL. The minimal requirements are:
+- 16, 32 or 64 bit microcontroller or processor
+- &gt; 16 MHz clock speed is recommended
+- Flash/ROM: &gt; 64 kB for the very essential components (&gt; 180 kB is recommended)
+- RAM: 
+  - Static RAM usage: ~2 kB depending on the used features and objects types
+  - Stack: &gt; 2kB (&gt; 8 kB is recommended)
+  - Dynamic data (heap): &gt; 2 KB (&gt; 16 kB is recommended if using several objects).
+    Set by `LV_MEM_SIZE` in *lv_conf.h*. 
+  - Display buffer:  &gt; *"Horizontal resolution"* pixels (&gt; 10 &times; *"Horizontal resolution"* is recommended) 
+- C99 or newer compiler
 
-There is a pre-configured PC project for **Eclipse CDT** in this repository: https://github.com/littlevgl/pc_simulator
+*Note that the memory usage might vary depending on the architecture, compiler and build options.*
 
-## Related repositories
-* PC simulator: https://github.com/littlevgl/pc_simulator
-* Projects: https://github.com/littlevgl/lv_projects
-* Examples: https://github.com/littlevgl/lv_examples
-* Drivers: https://github.com/littlevgl/lv_drivers
+Just to mention some platforms:
+- STM32F1, STM32F3, [STM32F4](https://blog.lvgl.io/2017-07-15/stm32f429_disco_port), [STM32F7](https://github.com/lvgl/lv_port_stm32f746_disco_sw4stm32), STM32L4
+- Microchip dsPIC33, PIC24, PIC32MX, PIC32MZ
+- NXP: Kinetis, LPC, iMX, iMX RT
+- [Linux frame buffer](https://blog.lvgl.io/2018-01-03/linux_fb) (/dev/fb)
+- [Raspberry PI](http://www.vk3erw.com/index.php/16-software/63-raspberry-pi-official-7-touchscreen-and-littlevgl)
+- [Espressif ESP32](https://github.com/lvgl/lv_port_esp32)
+- [Infineon aurix](https://github.com/lvgl/lv_port_aurix)
+- Nordic NRF52
+- Quectell M66
 
-## Screenshots
-![TFT material](http://www.gl.littlev.hu/github_res/tft_material.png)
-![TFT zen](http://www.gl.littlev.hu/github_res/tft_zen.png)
-![TFT alien](http://www.gl.littlev.hu/github_res/tft_alien.png)
-![TFT night](http://www.gl.littlev.hu/github_res/tft_night.png)
+## Get started
+his list shows the recommended way of learning the library:
+1. Check the [Online demos](https://lvgl.io/demos) to see LVGL in action (3 minutes)
+2. Read the [Introduction](https://docs.lvgl.io/latest/en/html/intro/index.html) page of the documentation (5 minutes)
+3. Read the [Quick overview](https://docs.lvgl.io/latest/en/html/get-started/quick-overview.html) page of the documentation (15 minutes)
+4. Set up a [Simulator](https://docs.lvgl.io/latest/en/html/get-started/pc-simulator.html) (10 minutes)
+5. Try out some [Examples](https://github.com/lvgl/lv_examples/)
+6. Port LVGL to a board. See the [Porting](https://docs.lvgl.io/latest/en/html/porting/index.html) guide or check the ready to use [Projects](https://github.com/lvgl?q=lv_port_&type=&language=)
+7. Read the [Overview](https://docs.lvgl.io/latest/en/html/overview/index.html) page to get a better understanding of the library. (2-3 hours)
+8. Check the documentation of the [Widgets](https://docs.lvgl.io/latest/en/html/widgets/index.html) to see their features and usage
+9. If you have questions got to the [Forum](http://forum.lvgl.io/)
+10. Read the [Contributing](https://docs.lvgl.io/latest/en/html/contributing/index.html) guide to see how you can help to improve LVGL (15 minutes) 
+
+## Examples 
+
+For more examples see the [lv_examples](https://github.com/lvgl/lv_examples) repository.
+
+### Button with label
+```c
+lv_obj_t * btn = lv_btn_create(lv_scr_act(), NULL);     /*Add a button the current screen*/
+lv_obj_set_pos(btn, 10, 10);                            /*Set its position*/
+lv_obj_set_size(btn, 100, 50);                          /*Set its size*/
+lv_obj_set_event_cb(btn, btn_event_cb);                 /*Assign a callback to the button*/
+
+lv_obj_t * label = lv_label_create(btn, NULL);          /*Add a label to the button*/
+lv_label_set_text(label, "Button");                     /*Set the labels text*/
+
+...
+
+void btn_event_cb(lv_obj_t * btn, lv_event_t event)
+{
+    if(event == LV_EVENT_CLICKED) {
+        printf("Clicked\n");
+    }
+}
+```
+![LVGL button with label example](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/lvgl/docs/latest/misc/simple_button_example.gif)
+
+### LVGL from Micropython
+Learn more about [Micropython](https://docs.lvgl.io/en/html/get-started/micropython).
+```python
+# Create a Button and a Label
+scr = lv.obj()
+btn = lv.btn(scr)
+btn.align(lv.scr_act(), lv.ALIGN.CENTER, 0, 0)
+label = lv.label(btn)
+label.set_text("Button")
+
+# Load the screen
+lv.scr_load(scr)
+```
 
 ## Contributing
-See [CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/littlevgl/lvgl/blob/master/docs/CONTRIBUTING.md)
-
-## Donate
-If you are pleased with this graphics library, found it useful, or are happy with the support you got, please help its further development:
-
-[![Donate](https://littlevgl.com/donate_dir/donate_btn.png)](https://littlevgl.com/donate)
+For a detailed description of contribution opportunities visit the [Contributing](https://docs.lvgl.io/latest/en/html/contributing/index.html) section of the documentation.

docs/CODING_STYLE.md

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+# Coding style
+
+## File format
+Use [lv_misc/lv_templ.c](https://github.com/lvgl/lvgl/blob/master/src/lv_misc/lv_templ.c) and [lv_misc/lv_templ.h](https://github.com/lvgl/lvgl/blob/master/src/lv_misc/lv_templ.h)
+
+## Naming conventions
+* Words are separated by '_'
+* In variable and function names use only lower case letters (e.g. *height_tmp*)
+* In enums and defines use only upper case letters (e.g. *e.g. MAX_LINE_NUM*)
+* Global names (API):
+  * starts with *lv*
+  * followed by module name: *btn*, *label*, *style* etc.
+  * followed by the action (for functions): *set*, *get*, *refr* etc.
+  * closed with the subject: *name*, *size*, *state* etc. 
+* Typedefs
+  * prefer `typedef struct` and `typedef enum` instead of  `struct name` and `enum name`
+  * always end `typedef struct` and `typedef enum` type names with `_t`
+* Abbreviations:
+  * Only words longer or equal than 6 characters can be abbreviated. 
+  * Abbreviate only if it makes the word at least half as long
+  * Use only very straightforward and well-known abbreviations (e.g. pos: position, def: default, btn: button) 
+
+## Coding guide
+* Functions:
+  * Try to write function shorter than is 50 lines 
+  * Always shorter than 200 lines (except very straightforwards) 
+* Variables:
+  * One line, one declaration (BAD: char x, y;)
+  * Use `<stdint.h>` (*uint8_t*, *int32_t* etc)
+  * Declare variables where needed (not all at function start)
+  * Use the smallest required scope
+  * Variables in a file (outside functions) are always *static*
+  * Do not use global variables (use functions to set/get static variables)
+
+## Comments
+Before every function have a comment like this:
+
+```c
+/**
+ * Return with the screen of an object
+ * @param obj pointer to an object
+ * @return pointer to a screen
+ */
+lv_obj_t * lv_obj_get_scr(lv_obj_t * obj); 
+```
+
+Always use `/* Something */` format and NOT `//Something`
+
+Write readable code to avoid descriptive comments like: 
+`x++; /* Add 1 to x */`. 
+The code should show clearly what you are doing.
+
+You should write **why** have you done this: 
+`x++; /*Because of closing '\0' of the string */`
+
+Short "code summaries" of a few lines are accepted. E.g. `/*Calculate the new coordinates*/`
+
+In comments use \` \` when referring to a variable. E.g. ``/*Update the value of `x_act`*/``
+
+### Formatting
+Here is example to show bracket placing and using of white spaces:
+```c
+/**
+ * Set a new text for a label. Memory will be allocated to store the text by the label.
+ * @param label pointer to a label object
+ * @param text '\0' terminated character string. NULL to refresh with the current text.
+ */
+void lv_label_set_text(lv_obj_t * label, const char * text)
+{   /* Main brackets of functions in new line*/
+    
+    if(label == NULL) return; /*No bracket only if the command is inline with the if statement*/
+    
+    lv_obj_inv(label);
+    
+    lv_label_ext_t * ext = lv_obj_get_ext(label);
+
+    /*Comment before a section */
+    if(text == ext->txt || text == NULL) {  /*Bracket of statements start inline*/
+        lv_label_refr_text(label);
+        return;   
+    }
+    
+    ...
+}
+```
+
+Use 4 spaces indentation instead of tab.
+
+You can use **astyle** to format the code. Run `code-formatter.sh` from the `scrips` folder.

docs/CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -1,181 +1,5 @@
-# Contributing to Littlev Graphics Library
-It's glad to see that you are interested in Contributing to LittlevGL! 
-
-In this guide you can learn how can you help to develop  LittlevGL. 
-
-### Table Of Content
-* [Who can contribute?](#who-can-contribute)
-* [How to report an issue?](#how-to-report-a-bug)
-* [How to suggest a feature?](#how-to-suggest-a-feature)
-* [How to implement a feature?](#how-to-implement-a-feature)
-* [Styling guide](#styling-guide)
-
-## Who can contribute?
-As graphical interfaces for embedded systems has an increasing relevance today you also might find important to work with a good graphics library. Now - independently from skills, programming level or any personal attributes - you can influence and help the development of Littlev Graphics Library with:
-* Report an issue
-* Suggest feature
-* Fix an issue
-* Implement a feature
-* Help with testing bugfixes and new features
-
-Please, take a look at [CODE_OF_CONDUCT](https://github.com/littlevgl/lvgl/blob/master/docs/CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md)
-
-There are few **general rules**
-* We use [GitHub's issue tracker](https://github.com/littlevgl/lvgl/issues)
-* Be kind and respectful. Starting with "Hi" is always a good idea :)
-* If somebody helped you give a feedback.
-* One issue should be about one topic. If you have other questions please open a new issue.
-* Always create an issue before creating a [Pull request](https://help.github.com/articles/about-pull-requests/) to discuss the idea first
-* Create small, "digestible" Pull requests.  
-* Tell your remarks in a structured way. Use paragraphs and the [Markdown](https://guides.github.com/features/mastering-markdown/) support of GitHub.
-* Be sure you are using the latest version (from `master` branch)
-* Keep in mind LittlevGL should be and should remain:
-  - usable on small MCUs as well (think about memory footprint)
-  - compilable with "non-standard" tools like Arduino (no gcc specific options) 
-  - C compatible (no C++ specific code and features)
-  - all configuration should be in `lv_conf.h`. (Instead of modifying the library)
-  - the API clean and easiy to understand
-  
-## How to report a bug?
-If you found a **simple and straightforward bug** like:
-* misspelling (in comments function/variable names or grammatical issues in comments)
-* not handled error cases (negative array index, overflow etc)
-* anything else which can be fixed locally with a few lines of code
-* or defective documentation
-
-then tell:
-* where you found the bug (which file/function/variable)
-* how can it cause problem
-* what is your suggested solution if you have 
-
-If you faced with **something more complex** like:
-* might be simple but you don't know its origin
-* affects a whole file, module or even the architecture
-* needs deeper discussion
-
-then please
-* tell what do you experience
-* tell what do you expect to happen
-* tell how to reproduce the issue 
-* provide a simplified code example (better if can be tested with copy-paste)
-* attache your lv_conf.h (if you feel it's important)
-* logs and long codes should be attached in a file (instead of copying into a comment)
-
-## How to suggest a feature?
-If you have a good and useful idea open issue to tell it! Please note the followings on suggesting new features:
-* What the new feature is about?
-* Why/Where/In which case is it useful/helpful/relevant?
-* Can you mention real life usecases/examples for the use this feature?
-* Can you help in implementing it?
-
-Your suggestion can have 4 possible outcomes:
-1. This feature is already exists. In this case you will learn how to achieve your goal.
-2. You can simply realize it with the current functionality.
-3. Although it's a new feature but it would break LittlevGL's platform independent and/or resource minimalist nature.
-4. It's really a new feature which would be good to be in LittlevGL. Hurray! In a discussion we figure out the technical details and implementation options. With the knowledge of how to do it somebody can implement the new feature.
-
-Keep in mind if you wouldn't like to do the implementation there is no guarantee that it will be ready in the near future. 
-However, if you would like to force it, take a look at this page: [Feature request service](http://www.gl.littlev.hu/services#feature)
-
-## How to implement a feature?
-In [docs/TODO_MINOR.md](https://github.com/littlevgl/lvgl/blob/master/docs/TODO_MINOR.md) and [docs/TODO_PATCH.md](https://github.com/littlevgl/lvgl/blob/master/docs/TODO_PATCH.md) you can see some ideas which are waiting for somebody to realize them! If want to deal with a feature from these files, please start an issue and discuss the details.
-
-The new feature should be in a new branch.
-
-## Styling guide
-
-### File format
-Use [lv_misc/lv_templ.c](https://github.com/littlevgl/lvgl/blob/master/lv_misc/lv_templ.c) and [lv_misc/lv_templ.h](https://github.com/littlevgl/lvgl/blob/master/lv_misc/lv_templ.h)
-
-### Naming conventions
-* Words are separated by '_'
-* In variable and function names use only lower case letters (e.g. *height_tmp*)
-* In enums and defines use only upper case letters (e.g. *e.g. MAX_LINE_NUM*)
-* Global names (API):
-  * starts with *lv*
-  * followed by module name: *btn*, *label*, *style* etc.
-  * followed by the action (for functions): *set*, *get*, *refr* etc.
-  * closed with the subject: *name*, *size*, *state* etc. 
-* Typedefs
-  * prefer `typedef struct` and `typedef enum` instead of  `struct name` and `enum name`
-  * always add a closing *..._t*
-* Abbreviations:
-  * Use abbreviations on public names only if they become longer than 32 characters 
-  * Use only very straightforward (e.g. pos: position) or well-established (e.g. pr: press) abbreviations 
-
-### Coding guide
-* Functions:
-  * Try to write function shorter than is 50 lines 
-  * Always shorter than 100 lines (except very straightforwards) 
-* Variables:
-  * One line, one declaration (BAD: char x, y;)
-  * Use `<stdint.h>` (*uint8_t*, *int32_t* etc)
-  * Declare variables when needed (not all at function start)
-  * Use the smallest required scope
-  * Variables in a file (outside functions) are always *static*
-  * Do not use global variables (use functions to set/get static variables)
-
-### Comments
-Before every function have a comment like this:
-
-```c
-/**
- * Return with the screen of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return pointer to a screen
- */
-lv_obj_t * lv_obj_get_scr(lv_obj_t * obj); 
-```
-
-Always use `/* Something */` format and NOT `//Something`
-
-Write readable code to avoid descriptive comments like: 
-`x++; /* Add 1 to x */`. 
-The code should show clearly what you are doing.
-
-You should write **why** have you done this: 
-`x++; /*Because of closing '\0' of the string */`
-
-Short "code summaries" of a few lines are accepted. E.g. `/*Calculate the new coordinates*/`
-
-In comments use \` \` when referring to a variable. E.g. ``/*Update the value of `x_act`*/``
-
-### Formatting
-Here is example to show bracket placing and using of white spaces:
-```c
-/**
- * Set a new text for a label. Memory will be allocated to store the text by the label.
- * @param label pointer to a label object
- * @param text '\0' terminated character string. NULL to refresh with the current text.
- */
-void lv_label_set_text(lv_obj_t * label, const char * text)
-{   /* Main brackets of functions in new line*/
-    
-    if(label == NULL) return; /*No bracket only if the command is inline with the if statement*/
-    
-    lv_obj_inv(label);
-    
-    lv_label_ext_t * ext = lv_obj_get_ext(label);
-
-    /*Comment before a section */
-    if(text == ext->txt || text == NULL) {  /*Bracket of statements start inline*/
-        lv_label_refr_text(label);
-        return;   
-    }
-    
-    ...
-}
-```
-
-Use 4 spaces indentation instead of tab.
-
-You can use **astyle** to format the code. The required config flies are: `docs/astyle_c` and `docs/astyle_h`.
-To format the source files: 
- `$ find . -type f -name "*.c" | xargs astyle --options=docs/astyle_c`
- 
-To format the header files:
- `$ find . -type f -name "*.h" | xargs astyle --options=docs/astyle_h`
- 
-Append `-n` to the end to skip creation of backup file OR use `$ find . -type f -name "*.bak"  -delete` (for source file's backups) and `find . -type f -name "*.orig" -delete` (for header file's backups)
+# Contributing to LVGL
 
+Thank you for considering contributing to LVGL. 
 
+For a detailed description of contribution opportunities, please visit the [Contributing](https://docs.lvgl.io/latest/en/html/contributing/index.html) section of the documentation.

docs/astyle_c

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
---style=kr --convert-tabs --indent=spaces=4 --indent-switches   --pad-oper --unpad-paren  --align-pointer=middle --suffix=.bak --lineend=linux --min-conditional-indent=

docs/astyle_h

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
---convert-tabs --indent=spaces=4

examples/arduino/ESP32_TFT_eSPI/ESP32_TFT_eSPI.ino

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+#include <lvgl.h>
+#include <TFT_eSPI.h>
+
+TFT_eSPI tft = TFT_eSPI(); /* TFT instance */
+static lv_disp_buf_t disp_buf;
+static lv_color_t buf[LV_HOR_RES_MAX * 10];
+
+#if USE_LV_LOG != 0
+/* Serial debugging */
+void my_print(lv_log_level_t level, const char * file, uint32_t line, const char * dsc)
+{
+
+    Serial.printf("%s@%d->%s\r\n", file, line, dsc);
+    Serial.flush();
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Display flushing */
+void my_disp_flush(lv_disp_drv_t *disp, const lv_area_t *area, lv_color_t *color_p)
+{
+    uint32_t w = (area->x2 - area->x1 + 1);
+    uint32_t h = (area->y2 - area->y1 + 1);
+
+    tft.startWrite();
+    tft.setAddrWindow(area->x1, area->y1, w, h);
+    tft.pushColors(&color_p->full, w * h, true);
+    tft.endWrite();
+
+    lv_disp_flush_ready(disp);
+}
+
+/*Read the touchpad*/
+bool my_touchpad_read(lv_indev_drv_t * indev_driver, lv_indev_data_t * data)
+{
+    uint16_t touchX, touchY;
+
+    bool touched = tft.getTouch(&touchX, &touchY, 600);
+
+    if(!touched)
+    {
+      data->state = LV_INDEV_STATE_REL;
+      return false;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      data->state = LV_INDEV_STATE_PR;
+    }
+
+    if(touchX>screenWidth || touchY > screenHeight)
+    {
+      Serial.println("Y or y outside of expected parameters..");
+      Serial.print("y:");
+      Serial.print(touchX);
+      Serial.print(" x:");
+      Serial.print(touchY);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /*Set the coordinates*/
+      data->point.x = touchX;
+      data->point.y = touchY;
+  
+      Serial.print("Data x");
+      Serial.println(touchX);
+      
+      Serial.print("Data y");
+      Serial.println(touchY);
+
+    }
+
+    return false; /*Return `false` because we are not buffering and no more data to read*/
+}
+
+void setup()
+{
+    Serial.begin(115200); /* prepare for possible serial debug */
+
+    lv_init();
+
+#if USE_LV_LOG != 0
+    lv_log_register_print_cb(my_print); /* register print function for debugging */
+#endif
+
+    tft.begin(); /* TFT init */
+    tft.setRotation(1); /* Landscape orientation */
+
+    uint16_t calData[5] = { 275, 3620, 264, 3532, 1 };
+    tft.setTouch(calData);
+  
+    lv_disp_buf_init(&disp_buf, buf, NULL, LV_HOR_RES_MAX * 10);
+
+    /*Initialize the display*/
+    lv_disp_drv_t disp_drv;
+    lv_disp_drv_init(&disp_drv);
+    disp_drv.hor_res = 320;
+    disp_drv.ver_res = 240;
+    disp_drv.flush_cb = my_disp_flush;
+    disp_drv.buffer = &disp_buf;
+    lv_disp_drv_register(&disp_drv);
+
+    /*Initialize the (dummy) input device driver*/
+    lv_indev_drv_t indev_drv;
+    lv_indev_drv_init(&indev_drv);
+    indev_drv.type = LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINTER;
+    indev_drv.read_cb = my_touchpad_read;
+    lv_indev_drv_register(&indev_drv);
+
+		/* Try an example from the lv_examples repository
+		 * https://github.com/lvgl/lv_examples*/
+		lv_ex_btn_1();
+}
+
+
+void loop()
+{
+
+    lv_task_handler(); /* let the GUI do its work */
+    delay(5);
+}

examples/arduino/ESP32_TFT_eSPI/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+# Example for lv_arduino using a slider
+
+This example has the screen set to 320x480 (ILI9488), change this by altering the following lines in the main ino file:
+
+```C
+int screenWidth = 480;
+int screenHeight = 320;
+```
+
+## Backlight
+
+Change pin 32 to your preferred backlight pin using a PNP transistor (2N3906) or remove the following code and connect directly to +ve:
+
+```C
+  ledcSetup(10, 5000/*freq*/, 10 /*resolution*/);
+  ledcAttachPin(32, 10);
+  analogReadResolution(10);
+  ledcWrite(10,768);
+```
+
+## Theme selection
+
+Change the following to change the theme:
+
+```C
+  lv_theme_t * th = lv_theme_night_init(210, NULL);     //Set a HUE value and a Font for the Night Theme
+  lv_theme_set_current(th);
+```
+
+## Calibration
+
+This is using the bodmer tft_espi driver for touch. To correctly set the calibration load the calibration sketch and replace the following with your values:
+
+```C
+uint16_t calData[5] = { 275, 3620, 264, 3532, 1 };
+```
+
+## Screen rotation
+
+Check the following if you need to alter your screen rotation:
+
+```C
+  tft.setRotation(3);
+```

examples/arduino/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+# LVGL Arduino examples
+
+LVGL can be installed via Arduino IDE Library Manager or as an .ZIP library.
+It will install [lv_exmaples](https://github.com/lvgl/lv_examples) which contains a lot of examples and demos to try LVGL.
+
+## Example
+
+There are simple examples which use the [TFT_eSPI](https://github.com/Bodmer/TFT_eSPI) library as a TFT driver to simplify testing. 
+To get all this to work you have to setup TFT_eSPI to work with your TFT display type via editing the `User_Setup.h` file in TFT_eSPI library folder, or by selecting your own configurtion in the `User_Setup_Select.h` file in TFT_eSPI library folder.
+
+LVGL library has its own configuration file called `lv_conf.h`. When LVGL is installed to followings needs to be done to configure it:
+1. Go to directory of the installed Arduno libraries
+2. Go to `lvgl` and copy `lv_conf_template.h` as `lvgl.h` next to the `lvgl` folder.
+3. Open `lv_conf.h` and change the first `#if 0` to `#if 1`
+4. Set the resolution of your display in `LV_HOR_RES_MAX` and `LV_VER_RES_MAX`
+5. Set the color depth of you display in `LV_COLOR_DEPTH`
+6. Set `LV_TICK_CUSTOM 1`
+
+## Debugging
+
+In case of trouble there are debug informations inside LVGL. In the `ESP32_TFT_eSPI` example there is `my_print` method, which allow to send this debug informations to the serial interface. To enable this feature you have to edit `lv_conf.h` file and enable logging in section `log settings`:
+
+```c
+/*Log settings*/
+#define USE_LV_LOG      1   /*Enable/disable the log module*/
+#if LV_USE_LOG
+/* How important log should be added:
+ * LV_LOG_LEVEL_TRACE       A lot of logs to give detailed information
+ * LV_LOG_LEVEL_INFO        Log important events
+ * LV_LOG_LEVEL_WARN        Log if something unwanted happened but didn't cause a problem
+ * LV_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR       Only critical issue, when the system may fail
+ * LV_LOG_LEVEL_NONE        Do not log anything
+ */
+#  define LV_LOG_LEVEL    LV_LOG_LEVEL_WARN
+```
+
+After enabling log module and setting LV_LOG_LEVEL accordingly the output log is sent to the `Serial` port @ 115200 Bd.

examples/porting/lv_port_disp_template.c

@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+/**
+ * @file lv_port_disp_templ.c
+ *
+ */
+
+ /*Copy this file as "lv_port_disp.c" and set this value to "1" to enable content*/
+#if 0
+
+/*********************
+ *      INCLUDES
+ *********************/
+#include "lv_port_disp_template.h"
+
+/*********************
+ *      DEFINES
+ *********************/
+
+/**********************
+ *      TYPEDEFS
+ **********************/
+
+/**********************
+ *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
+ **********************/
+static void disp_init(void);
+
+static void disp_flush(lv_disp_drv_t * disp_drv, const lv_area_t * area, lv_color_t * color_p);
+#if LV_USE_GPU
+static void gpu_blend(lv_disp_drv_t * disp_drv, lv_color_t * dest, const lv_color_t * src, uint32_t length, lv_opa_t opa);
+static void gpu_fill(lv_disp_drv_t * disp_drv, lv_color_t * dest_buf, lv_coord_t dest_width,
+        const lv_area_t * fill_area, lv_color_t color);
+#endif
+
+/**********************
+ *  STATIC VARIABLES
+ **********************/
+
+/**********************
+ *      MACROS
+ **********************/
+
+/**********************
+ *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
+ **********************/
+
+void lv_port_disp_init(void)
+{
+    /*-------------------------
+     * Initialize your display
+     * -----------------------*/
+    disp_init();
+
+    /*-----------------------------
+     * Create a buffer for drawing
+     *----------------------------*/
+
+    /* LVGL requires a buffer where it draws the objects. The buffer's has to be greater than 1 display row
+     *
+     * There are three buffering configurations:
+     * 1. Create ONE buffer with some rows: 
+     *      LVGL will draw the display's content here and writes it to your display
+     * 
+     * 2. Create TWO buffer with some rows: 
+     *      LVGL will draw the display's content to a buffer and writes it your display.
+     *      You should use DMA to write the buffer's content to the display.
+     *      It will enable LVGL to draw the next part of the screen to the other buffer while
+     *      the data is being sent form the first buffer. It makes rendering and flushing parallel.
+     * 
+     * 3. Create TWO screen-sized buffer: 
+     *      Similar to 2) but the buffer have to be screen sized. When LVGL is ready it will give the
+     *      whole frame to display. This way you only need to change the frame buffer's address instead of
+     *      copying the pixels.
+     * */
+
+    /* Example for 1) */
+    static lv_disp_buf_t disp_buf_1;
+    static lv_color_t buf1_1[LV_HOR_RES_MAX * 10];                      /*A buffer for 10 rows*/
+    lv_disp_buf_init(&disp_buf_1, buf1_1, NULL, LV_HOR_RES_MAX * 10);   /*Initialize the display buffer*/
+
+    /* Example for 2) */
+    static lv_disp_buf_t disp_buf_2;
+    static lv_color_t buf2_1[LV_HOR_RES_MAX * 10];                        /*A buffer for 10 rows*/
+    static lv_color_t buf2_2[LV_HOR_RES_MAX * 10];                        /*An other buffer for 10 rows*/
+    lv_disp_buf_init(&disp_buf_2, buf2_1, buf2_2, LV_HOR_RES_MAX * 10);   /*Initialize the display buffer*/
+
+    /* Example for 3) */
+    static lv_disp_buf_t disp_buf_3;
+    static lv_color_t buf3_1[LV_HOR_RES_MAX * LV_VER_RES_MAX];            /*A screen sized buffer*/
+    static lv_color_t buf3_2[LV_HOR_RES_MAX * LV_VER_RES_MAX];            /*An other screen sized buffer*/
+    lv_disp_buf_init(&disp_buf_3, buf3_1, buf3_2, LV_HOR_RES_MAX * LV_VER_RES_MAX);   /*Initialize the display buffer*/
+
+
+    /*-----------------------------------
+     * Register the display in LVGL
+     *----------------------------------*/
+
+    lv_disp_drv_t disp_drv;                         /*Descriptor of a display driver*/
+    lv_disp_drv_init(&disp_drv);                    /*Basic initialization*/
+
+    /*Set up the functions to access to your display*/
+
+    /*Set the resolution of the display*/
+    disp_drv.hor_res = 480;
+    disp_drv.ver_res = 320;
+
+    /*Used to copy the buffer's content to the display*/
+    disp_drv.flush_cb = disp_flush;
+
+    /*Set a display buffer*/
+    disp_drv.buffer = &disp_buf_2;
+
+#if LV_USE_GPU
+    /*Optionally add functions to access the GPU. (Only in buffered mode, LV_VDB_SIZE != 0)*/
+
+    /*Blend two color array using opacity*/
+    disp_drv.gpu_blend_cb = gpu_blend;
+
+    /*Fill a memory array with a color*/
+    disp_drv.gpu_fill_cb = gpu_fill;
+#endif
+
+    /*Finally register the driver*/
+    lv_disp_drv_register(&disp_drv);
+}
+
+/**********************
+ *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
+ **********************/
+
+/* Initialize your display and the required peripherals. */
+static void disp_init(void)
+{
+    /*You code here*/
+}
+
+/* Flush the content of the internal buffer the specific area on the display
+ * You can use DMA or any hardware acceleration to do this operation in the background but
+ * 'lv_disp_flush_ready()' has to be called when finished. */
+static void disp_flush(lv_disp_drv_t * disp_drv, const lv_area_t * area, lv_color_t * color_p)
+{
+    /*The most simple case (but also the slowest) to put all pixels to the screen one-by-one*/
+
+    int32_t x;
+    int32_t y;
+    for(y = area->y1; y <= area->y2; y++) {
+        for(x = area->x1; x <= area->x2; x++) {
+            /* Put a pixel to the display. For example: */
+            /* put_px(x, y, *color_p)*/
+            color_p++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* IMPORTANT!!!
+     * Inform the graphics library that you are ready with the flushing*/
+    lv_disp_flush_ready(disp_drv);
+}
+
+
+/*OPTIONAL: GPU INTERFACE*/
+#if LV_USE_GPU
+
+/* If your MCU has hardware accelerator (GPU) then you can use it to blend to memories using opacity
+ * It can be used only in buffered mode (LV_VDB_SIZE != 0 in lv_conf.h)*/
+static void gpu_blend(lv_disp_drv_t * disp_drv, lv_color_t * dest, const lv_color_t * src, uint32_t length, lv_opa_t opa)
+{
+    /*It's an example code which should be done by your GPU*/
+    uint32_t i;
+    for(i = 0; i < length; i++) {
+        dest[i] = lv_color_mix(dest[i], src[i], opa);
+    }
+}
+
+/* If your MCU has hardware accelerator (GPU) then you can use it to fill a memory with a color
+ * It can be used only in buffered mode (LV_VDB_SIZE != 0 in lv_conf.h)*/
+static void gpu_fill(lv_disp_drv_t * disp_drv, lv_color_t * dest_buf, lv_coord_t dest_width,
+                    const lv_area_t * fill_area, lv_color_t color)
+{
+    /*It's an example code which should be done by your GPU*/
+    int32_t x, y;
+    dest_buf += dest_width * fill_area->y1; /*Go to the first line*/
+
+    for(y = fill_area->y1; y <= fill_area->y2; y++) {
+        for(x = fill_area->x1; x <= fill_area->x2; x++) {
+            dest_buf[x] = color;
+        }
+        dest_buf+=dest_width;    /*Go to the next line*/
+    }
+}
+
+#endif  /*LV_USE_GPU*/
+
+#else /* Enable this file at the top */
+
+/* This dummy typedef exists purely to silence -Wpedantic. */
+typedef int keep_pedantic_happy;
+#endif

examples/porting/lv_port_disp_template.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/**
+ * @file lv_port_disp_templ.h
+ *
+ */
+
+ /*Copy this file as "lv_port_disp.h" and set this value to "1" to enable content*/
+#if 0
+
+#ifndef LV_PORT_DISP_TEMPL_H
+#define LV_PORT_DISP_TEMPL_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*********************
+ *      INCLUDES
+ *********************/
+#include "lvgl/lvgl.h"
+
+/*********************
+ *      DEFINES
+ *********************/
+
+/**********************
+ *      TYPEDEFS
+ **********************/
+
+/**********************
+ * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
+ **********************/
+
+/**********************
+ *      MACROS
+ **********************/
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+
+#endif /*LV_PORT_DISP_TEMPL_H*/
+
+#endif /*Disable/Enable content*/

examples/porting/lv_port_fs_template.c

@@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
+/**
+ * @file lv_port_fs_templ.c
+ *
+ */
+
+ /*Copy this file as "lv_port_fs.c" and set this value to "1" to enable content*/
+#if 0
+
+/*********************
+ *      INCLUDES
+ *********************/
+#include "lv_port_fs_template.h"
+
+/*********************
+ *      DEFINES
+ *********************/
+
+/**********************
+ *      TYPEDEFS
+ **********************/
+
+/* Create a type to store the required data about your file.
+ * If you are using a File System library
+ * it already should have a File type.
+ * For example FatFS has `FIL`. In this case use `typedef FIL file_t`*/
+typedef struct {
+    /*Add the data you need to store about a file*/
+    uint32_t dummy1;
+    uint32_t dummy2;
+}file_t;
+
+/*Similarly to `file_t` create a type for directory reading too */
+typedef struct {
+    /*Add the data you need to store about directory reading*/
+    uint32_t dummy1;
+    uint32_t dummy2;
+}dir_t;
+
+
+/**********************
+ *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
+ **********************/
+static void fs_init(void);
+
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_open (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * file_p, const char * path, lv_fs_mode_t mode);
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_close (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * file_p);
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_read (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * file_p, void * buf, uint32_t btr, uint32_t * br);
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_write(lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * file_p, const void * buf, uint32_t btw, uint32_t * bw);
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_seek (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * file_p, uint32_t pos);
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_size (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * file_p, uint32_t * size_p);
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_tell (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * file_p, uint32_t * pos_p);
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_remove (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, const char *path);
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_trunc (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * file_p);
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_rename (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, const char * oldname, const char * newname);
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_free (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, uint32_t * total_p, uint32_t * free_p);
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_dir_open (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * rddir_p, const char *path);
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_dir_read (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * rddir_p, char *fn);
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_dir_close (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * rddir_p);
+
+/**********************
+ *  STATIC VARIABLES
+ **********************/
+
+/**********************
+ * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
+ **********************/
+
+/**********************
+ *      MACROS
+ **********************/
+
+/**********************
+ *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
+ **********************/
+
+void lv_port_fs_init(void)
+{
+    /*----------------------------------------------------
+     * Initialize your storage device and File System
+     * -------------------------------------------------*/
+    fs_init();
+
+    /*---------------------------------------------------
+     * Register the file system interface  in LVGL
+     *--------------------------------------------------*/
+
+    /* Add a simple drive to open images */
+    lv_fs_drv_t fs_drv;
+    lv_fs_drv_init(&fs_drv);
+
+    /*Set up fields...*/
+    fs_drv.file_size = sizeof(file_t);
+    fs_drv.letter = 'P';
+    fs_drv.open_cb = fs_open;
+    fs_drv.close_cb = fs_close;
+    fs_drv.read_cb = fs_read;
+    fs_drv.write_cb = fs_write;
+    fs_drv.seek_cb = fs_seek;
+    fs_drv.tell_cb = fs_tell;
+    fs_drv.free_space_cb = fs_free;
+    fs_drv.size_cb = fs_size;
+    fs_drv.remove_cb = fs_remove;
+    fs_drv.rename_cb = fs_rename;
+    fs_drv.trunc_cb = fs_trunc;
+
+    fs_drv.rddir_size = sizeof(dir_t);
+    fs_drv.dir_close_cb = fs_dir_close;
+    fs_drv.dir_open_cb = fs_dir_open;
+    fs_drv.dir_read_cb = fs_dir_read;
+
+    lv_fs_drv_register(&fs_drv);
+}
+
+/**********************
+ *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
+ **********************/
+
+/* Initialize your Storage device and File system. */
+static void fs_init(void)
+{
+    /*E.g. for FatFS initalize the SD card and FatFS itself*/
+
+    /*You code here*/
+}
+
+/**
+ * Open a file
+ * @param drv pointer to a driver where this function belongs
+ * @param file_p pointer to a file_t variable
+ * @param path path to the file beginning with the driver letter (e.g. S:/folder/file.txt)
+ * @param mode read: FS_MODE_RD, write: FS_MODE_WR, both: FS_MODE_RD | FS_MODE_WR
+ * @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
+ */
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_open (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * file_p, const char * path, lv_fs_mode_t mode)
+{
+    lv_fs_res_t res = LV_FS_RES_NOT_IMP;
+
+    if(mode == LV_FS_MODE_WR)
+    {
+        /*Open a file for write*/
+
+        /* Add your code here*/
+    }
+    else if(mode == LV_FS_MODE_RD)
+    {
+        /*Open a file for read*/
+
+        /* Add your code here*/
+    }
+    else if(mode == (LV_FS_MODE_WR | LV_FS_MODE_RD))
+    {
+        /*Open a file for read and write*/
+
+        /* Add your code here*/
+    }
+
+    return res;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Close an opened file
+ * @param drv pointer to a driver where this function belongs
+ * @param file_p pointer to a file_t variable. (opened with lv_ufs_open)
+ * @return LV_FS_RES_OK: no error, the file is read
+ *         any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
+ */
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_close (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * file_p)
+{
+    lv_fs_res_t res = LV_FS_RES_NOT_IMP;
+
+    /* Add your code here*/
+
+    return res;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Read data from an opened file
+ * @param drv pointer to a driver where this function belongs
+ * @param file_p pointer to a file_t variable.
+ * @param buf pointer to a memory block where to store the read data
+ * @param btr number of Bytes To Read
+ * @param br the real number of read bytes (Byte Read)
+ * @return LV_FS_RES_OK: no error, the file is read
+ *         any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
+ */
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_read (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * file_p, void * buf, uint32_t btr, uint32_t * br)
+{
+    lv_fs_res_t res = LV_FS_RES_NOT_IMP;
+
+    /* Add your code here*/
+
+    return res;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Write into a file
+ * @param drv pointer to a driver where this function belongs
+ * @param file_p pointer to a file_t variable
+ * @param buf pointer to a buffer with the bytes to write
+ * @param btr Bytes To Write
+ * @param br the number of real written bytes (Bytes Written). NULL if unused.
+ * @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
+ */
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_write(lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * file_p, const void * buf, uint32_t btw, uint32_t * bw)
+{
+    lv_fs_res_t res = LV_FS_RES_NOT_IMP;
+
+    /* Add your code here*/
+
+    return res;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the read write pointer. Also expand the file size if necessary.
+ * @param drv pointer to a driver where this function belongs
+ * @param file_p pointer to a file_t variable. (opened with lv_ufs_open )
+ * @param pos the new position of read write pointer
+ * @return LV_FS_RES_OK: no error, the file is read
+ *         any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
+ */
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_seek (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * file_p, uint32_t pos)
+{
+    lv_fs_res_t res = LV_FS_RES_NOT_IMP;
+
+    /* Add your code here*/
+
+    return res;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Give the size of a file bytes
+ * @param drv pointer to a driver where this function belongs
+ * @param file_p pointer to a file_t variable
+ * @param size pointer to a variable to store the size
+ * @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
+ */
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_size (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * file_p, uint32_t * size_p)
+{
+    lv_fs_res_t res = LV_FS_RES_NOT_IMP;
+
+    /* Add your code here*/
+
+    return res;
+}
+/**
+ * Give the position of the read write pointer
+ * @param drv pointer to a driver where this function belongs
+ * @param file_p pointer to a file_t variable.
+ * @param pos_p pointer to to store the result
+ * @return LV_FS_RES_OK: no error, the file is read
+ *         any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
+ */
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_tell (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * file_p, uint32_t * pos_p)
+{
+    lv_fs_res_t res = LV_FS_RES_NOT_IMP;
+
+    /* Add your code here*/
+
+    return res;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Delete a file
+ * @param drv pointer to a driver where this function belongs
+ * @param path path of the file to delete
+ * @return  LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
+ */
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_remove (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, const char *path)
+{
+    lv_fs_res_t res = LV_FS_RES_NOT_IMP;
+
+    /* Add your code here*/
+
+    return res;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Truncate the file size to the current position of the read write pointer
+ * @param drv pointer to a driver where this function belongs
+ * @param file_p pointer to an 'ufs_file_t' variable. (opened with lv_fs_open )
+ * @return LV_FS_RES_OK: no error, the file is read
+ *         any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
+ */
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_trunc (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * file_p)
+{
+    lv_fs_res_t res = LV_FS_RES_NOT_IMP;
+
+    /* Add your code here*/
+
+    return res;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Rename a file
+ * @param drv pointer to a driver where this function belongs
+ * @param oldname path to the file
+ * @param newname path with the new name
+ * @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from 'fs_res_t'
+ */
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_rename (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, const char * oldname, const char * newname)
+{
+    lv_fs_res_t res = LV_FS_RES_NOT_IMP;
+
+    /* Add your code here*/
+
+    return res;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the free and total size of a driver in kB
+ * @param drv pointer to a driver where this function belongs
+ * @param letter the driver letter
+ * @param total_p pointer to store the total size [kB]
+ * @param free_p pointer to store the free size [kB]
+ * @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
+ */
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_free (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, uint32_t * total_p, uint32_t * free_p)
+{
+    lv_fs_res_t res = LV_FS_RES_NOT_IMP;
+
+    /* Add your code here*/
+
+    return res;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a 'fs_read_dir_t' variable for directory reading
+ * @param drv pointer to a driver where this function belongs
+ * @param rddir_p pointer to a 'fs_read_dir_t' variable
+ * @param path path to a directory
+ * @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
+ */
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_dir_open (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * rddir_p, const char *path)
+{
+    lv_fs_res_t res = LV_FS_RES_NOT_IMP;
+
+    /* Add your code here*/
+
+    return res;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Read the next filename form a directory.
+ * The name of the directories will begin with '/'
+ * @param drv pointer to a driver where this function belongs
+ * @param rddir_p pointer to an initialized 'fs_read_dir_t' variable
+ * @param fn pointer to a buffer to store the filename
+ * @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
+ */
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_dir_read (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * rddir_p, char *fn)
+{
+    lv_fs_res_t res = LV_FS_RES_NOT_IMP;
+
+    /* Add your code here*/
+
+    return res;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Close the directory reading
+ * @param drv pointer to a driver where this function belongs
+ * @param rddir_p pointer to an initialized 'fs_read_dir_t' variable
+ * @return LV_FS_RES_OK or any error from lv_fs_res_t enum
+ */
+static lv_fs_res_t fs_dir_close (lv_fs_drv_t * drv, void * rddir_p)
+{
+    lv_fs_res_t res = LV_FS_RES_NOT_IMP;
+
+    /* Add your code here*/
+
+    return res;
+}
+
+#else /* Enable this file at the top */
+
+/* This dummy typedef exists purely to silence -Wpedantic. */
+typedef int keep_pedantic_happy;
+#endif

examples/porting/lv_port_fs_template.h

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/**
+ * @file lv_port_fs_templ.h
+ *
+ */
+
+ /*Copy this file as "lv_port_fs.h" and set this value to "1" to enable content*/
+#if 0
+
+#ifndef LV_PORT_FS_TEMPL_H
+#define LV_PORT_FS_TEMPL_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*********************
+ *      INCLUDES
+ *********************/
+#include "lvgl/lvgl.h"
+
+/*********************
+ *      DEFINES
+ *********************/
+
+/**********************
+ *      TYPEDEFS
+ **********************/
+
+/**********************
+ * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
+ **********************/
+
+/**********************
+ *      MACROS
+ **********************/
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+
+#endif /*LV_PORT_FS_TEMPL_H*/
+
+#endif /*Disable/Enable content*/

examples/porting/lv_port_indev_template.c

@@ -0,0 +1,428 @@
+/**
+ * @file lv_port_indev_templ.c
+ *
+ */
+
+ /*Copy this file as "lv_port_indev.c" and set this value to "1" to enable content*/
+#if 0
+
+/*********************
+ *      INCLUDES
+ *********************/
+#include "lv_port_indev_template.h"
+
+/*********************
+ *      DEFINES
+ *********************/
+
+/**********************
+ *      TYPEDEFS
+ **********************/
+
+/**********************
+ *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
+ **********************/
+
+static void touchpad_init(void);
+static bool touchpad_read(lv_indev_drv_t * indev_drv, lv_indev_data_t * data);
+static bool touchpad_is_pressed(void);
+static void touchpad_get_xy(lv_coord_t * x, lv_coord_t * y);
+
+static void mouse_init(void);
+static bool mouse_read(lv_indev_drv_t * indev_drv, lv_indev_data_t * data);
+static bool mouse_is_pressed(void);
+static void mouse_get_xy(lv_coord_t * x, lv_coord_t * y);
+
+static void keypad_init(void);
+static bool keypad_read(lv_indev_drv_t * indev_drv, lv_indev_data_t * data);
+static uint32_t keypad_get_key(void);
+
+static void encoder_init(void);
+static bool encoder_read(lv_indev_drv_t * indev_drv, lv_indev_data_t * data);
+static void encoder_handler(void);
+
+static void button_init(void);
+static bool button_read(lv_indev_drv_t * indev_drv, lv_indev_data_t * data);
+static int8_t button_get_pressed_id(void);
+static bool button_is_pressed(uint8_t id);
+
+/**********************
+ *  STATIC VARIABLES
+ **********************/
+lv_indev_t * indev_touchpad;
+lv_indev_t * indev_mouse;
+lv_indev_t * indev_keypad;
+lv_indev_t * indev_encoder;
+lv_indev_t * indev_button;
+
+static int32_t encoder_diff;
+static lv_indev_state_t encoder_state;
+
+/**********************
+ *      MACROS
+ **********************/
+
+/**********************
+ *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
+ **********************/
+
+void lv_port_indev_init(void)
+{
+    /* Here you will find example implementation of input devices supported by LittelvGL:
+     *  - Touchpad
+     *  - Mouse (with cursor support)
+     *  - Keypad (supports GUI usage only with key)
+     *  - Encoder (supports GUI usage only with: left, right, push)
+     *  - Button (external buttons to press points on the screen)
+     *
+     *  The `..._read()` function are only examples.
+     *  You should shape them according to your hardware
+     */
+
+
+    lv_indev_drv_t indev_drv;
+
+    /*------------------
+     * Touchpad
+     * -----------------*/
+
+    /*Initialize your touchpad if you have*/
+    touchpad_init();
+
+    /*Register a touchpad input device*/
+    lv_indev_drv_init(&indev_drv);
+    indev_drv.type = LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINTER;
+    indev_drv.read_cb = touchpad_read;
+    indev_touchpad = lv_indev_drv_register(&indev_drv);
+
+    /*------------------
+     * Mouse
+     * -----------------*/
+
+    /*Initialize your touchpad if you have*/
+    mouse_init();
+
+    /*Register a mouse input device*/
+    lv_indev_drv_init(&indev_drv);
+    indev_drv.type = LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINTER;
+    indev_drv.read_cb = mouse_read;
+    indev_mouse = lv_indev_drv_register(&indev_drv);
+
+    /*Set cursor. For simplicity set a HOME symbol now.*/
+    lv_obj_t * mouse_cursor = lv_img_create(lv_disp_get_scr_act(NULL), NULL);
+    lv_img_set_src(mouse_cursor, LV_SYMBOL_HOME);
+    lv_indev_set_cursor(indev_mouse, mouse_cursor);
+
+    /*------------------
+     * Keypad
+     * -----------------*/
+
+    /*Initialize your keypad or keyboard if you have*/
+    keypad_init();
+
+    /*Register a keypad input device*/
+    lv_indev_drv_init(&indev_drv);
+    indev_drv.type = LV_INDEV_TYPE_KEYPAD;
+    indev_drv.read_cb = keypad_read;
+    indev_keypad = lv_indev_drv_register(&indev_drv);
+
+    /* Later you should create group(s) with `lv_group_t * group = lv_group_create()`,
+     * add objects to the group with `lv_group_add_obj(group, obj)`
+     * and assign this input device to group to navigate in it:
+     * `lv_indev_set_group(indev_keypad, group);` */
+
+    /*------------------
+     * Encoder
+     * -----------------*/
+
+    /*Initialize your encoder if you have*/
+    encoder_init();
+
+    /*Register a encoder input device*/
+    lv_indev_drv_init(&indev_drv);
+    indev_drv.type = LV_INDEV_TYPE_ENCODER;
+    indev_drv.read_cb = encoder_read;
+    indev_encoder = lv_indev_drv_register(&indev_drv);
+
+    /* Later you should create group(s) with `lv_group_t * group = lv_group_create()`,
+     * add objects to the group with `lv_group_add_obj(group, obj)`
+     * and assign this input device to group to navigate in it:
+     * `lv_indev_set_group(indev_encoder, group);` */
+
+    /*------------------
+     * Button
+     * -----------------*/
+
+    /*Initialize your button if you have*/
+    button_init();
+
+    /*Register a button input device*/
+    lv_indev_drv_init(&indev_drv);
+    indev_drv.type = LV_INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON;
+    indev_drv.read_cb = button_read;
+    indev_button = lv_indev_drv_register(&indev_drv);
+
+    /*Assign buttons to points on the screen*/
+    static const lv_point_t btn_points[2] = {
+            {10, 10},   /*Button 0 -> x:10; y:10*/
+            {40, 100},  /*Button 1 -> x:40; y:100*/
+    };
+    lv_indev_set_button_points(indev_button, btn_points);
+}
+
+/**********************
+ *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
+ **********************/
+
+
+
+/*------------------
+ * Touchpad
+ * -----------------*/
+
+/*Initialize your touchpad*/
+static void touchpad_init(void)
+{
+    /*Your code comes here*/
+}
+
+/* Will be called by the library to read the touchpad */
+static bool touchpad_read(lv_indev_drv_t * indev_drv, lv_indev_data_t * data)
+{
+    static lv_coord_t last_x = 0;
+    static lv_coord_t last_y = 0;
+
+    /*Save the pressed coordinates and the state*/
+    if(touchpad_is_pressed()) {
+        touchpad_get_xy(&last_x, &last_y);
+        data->state = LV_INDEV_STATE_PR;
+    } else {
+        data->state = LV_INDEV_STATE_REL;
+    }
+
+    /*Set the last pressed coordinates*/
+    data->point.x = last_x;
+    data->point.y = last_y;
+
+    /*Return `false` because we are not buffering and no more data to read*/
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*Return true is the touchpad is pressed*/
+static bool touchpad_is_pressed(void)
+{
+    /*Your code comes here*/
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*Get the x and y coordinates if the touchpad is pressed*/
+static void touchpad_get_xy(lv_coord_t * x, lv_coord_t * y)
+{
+    /*Your code comes here*/
+
+    (*x) = 0;
+    (*y) = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*------------------
+ * Mouse
+ * -----------------*/
+
+/* Initialize your mouse */
+static void mouse_init(void)
+{
+    /*Your code comes here*/
+}
+
+/* Will be called by the library to read the mouse */
+static bool mouse_read(lv_indev_drv_t * indev_drv, lv_indev_data_t * data)
+{
+    /*Get the current x and y coordinates*/
+    mouse_get_xy(&data->point.x, &data->point.y);
+
+    /*Get whether the mouse button is pressed or released*/
+    if(mouse_is_pressed()) {
+        data->state = LV_INDEV_STATE_PR;
+    } else {
+        data->state = LV_INDEV_STATE_REL;
+    }
+
+    /*Return `false` because we are not buffering and no more data to read*/
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*Return true is the mouse button is pressed*/
+static bool mouse_is_pressed(void)
+{
+    /*Your code comes here*/
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*Get the x and y coordinates if the mouse is pressed*/
+static void mouse_get_xy(lv_coord_t * x, lv_coord_t * y)
+{
+    /*Your code comes here*/
+
+    (*x) = 0;
+    (*y) = 0;
+}
+
+/*------------------
+ * Keypad
+ * -----------------*/
+
+/* Initialize your keypad */
+static void keypad_init(void)
+{
+    /*Your code comes here*/
+}
+
+/* Will be called by the library to read the mouse */
+static bool keypad_read(lv_indev_drv_t * indev_drv, lv_indev_data_t * data)
+{
+    static uint32_t last_key = 0;
+
+    /*Get the current x and y coordinates*/
+    mouse_get_xy(&data->point.x, &data->point.y);
+
+    /*Get whether the a key is pressed and save the pressed key*/
+    uint32_t act_key = keypad_get_key();
+    if(act_key != 0) {
+        data->state = LV_INDEV_STATE_PR;
+
+        /*Translate the keys to LVGL control characters according to your key definitions*/
+        switch(act_key) {
+        case 1:
+            act_key = LV_KEY_NEXT;
+            break;
+        case 2:
+            act_key = LV_KEY_PREV;
+            break;
+        case 3:
+            act_key = LV_KEY_LEFT;
+            break;
+        case 4:
+            act_key = LV_KEY_RIGHT;
+            break;
+        case 5:
+            act_key = LV_KEY_ENTER;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        last_key = act_key;
+    } else {
+        data->state = LV_INDEV_STATE_REL;
+    }
+
+    data->key = last_key;
+
+    /*Return `false` because we are not buffering and no more data to read*/
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*Get the currently being pressed key.  0 if no key is pressed*/
+static uint32_t keypad_get_key(void)
+{
+    /*Your code comes here*/
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*------------------
+ * Encoder
+ * -----------------*/
+
+/* Initialize your keypad */
+static void encoder_init(void)
+{
+    /*Your code comes here*/
+}
+
+/* Will be called by the library to read the encoder */
+static bool encoder_read(lv_indev_drv_t * indev_drv, lv_indev_data_t * data)
+{
+
+    data->enc_diff = encoder_diff;
+    data->state = encoder_state;
+
+    /*Return `false` because we are not buffering and no more data to read*/
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*Call this function in an interrupt to process encoder events (turn, press)*/
+static void encoder_handler(void)
+{
+    /*Your code comes here*/
+
+    encoder_diff += 0;
+    encoder_state = LV_INDEV_STATE_REL;
+}
+
+
+/*------------------
+ * Button
+ * -----------------*/
+
+/* Initialize your buttons */
+static void button_init(void)
+{
+    /*Your code comes here*/
+}
+
+/* Will be called by the library to read the button */
+static bool button_read(lv_indev_drv_t * indev_drv, lv_indev_data_t * data)
+{
+
+    static uint8_t last_btn = 0;
+
+    /*Get the pressed button's ID*/
+    int8_t btn_act = button_get_pressed_id();
+
+    if(btn_act >= 0) {
+        data->state = LV_INDEV_STATE_PR;
+        last_btn = btn_act;
+    } else {
+        data->state = LV_INDEV_STATE_REL;
+    }
+
+    /*Save the last pressed button's ID*/
+    data->btn_id = last_btn;
+
+    /*Return `false` because we are not buffering and no more data to read*/
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*Get ID  (0, 1, 2 ..) of the pressed button*/
+static int8_t button_get_pressed_id(void)
+{
+    uint8_t i;
+
+    /*Check to buttons see which is being pressed (assume there are 2 buttons)*/
+    for(i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
+        /*Return the pressed button's ID*/
+        if(button_is_pressed(i)) {
+            return i;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /*No button pressed*/
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/*Test if `id` button is pressed or not*/
+static bool button_is_pressed(uint8_t id)
+{
+
+    /*Your code comes here*/
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+#else /* Enable this file at the top */
+
+/* This dummy typedef exists purely to silence -Wpedantic. */
+typedef int keep_pedantic_happy;
+#endif

examples/porting/lv_port_indev_template.h

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+
+/**
+ * @file lv_port_indev_templ.h
+ *
+ */
+
+ /*Copy this file as "lv_port_indev.h" and set this value to "1" to enable content*/
+#if 0
+
+#ifndef LV_PORT_INDEV_TEMPL_H
+#define LV_PORT_INDEV_TEMPL_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*********************
+ *      INCLUDES
+ *********************/
+#include "lvgl/lvgl.h"
+
+/*********************
+ *      DEFINES
+ *********************/
+
+/**********************
+ *      TYPEDEFS
+ **********************/
+
+/**********************
+ * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
+ **********************/
+
+/**********************
+ *      MACROS
+ **********************/
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+
+#endif /*LV_PORT_INDEV_TEMPL_H*/
+
+#endif /*Disable/Enable content*/

library.json

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+{
+    "name": "lvgl",
+    "version": "v7.1.0",
+    "keywords": "graphics, gui, embedded, littlevgl",
+    "description": "Graphics library to create embedded GUI with easy-to-use graphical elements, beautiful visual effects and low memory footprint. It offers anti-aliasing, opacity, and animations using only one frame buffer.",
+    "repository":
+    {
+        "type": "git",
+        "url": "https://github.com/lvgl/lvgl.git"
+    },
+    "build": {
+        "includeDir": "."
+    }
+}

lv_conf_templ.h

@@ -1,322 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_conf.h
- *
- */
-
-/*
- * COPY THIS FILE AS lv_conf.h
- */
-
-#if 0 /*Set it to "1" to enable content*/
-
-#ifndef LV_CONF_H
-#define LV_CONF_H
-
-/*===================
-   Dynamic memory
- *===================*/
-
-/* Memory size which will be used by the library
- * to store the graphical objects and other data */
-#define LV_MEM_CUSTOM      0                /*1: use custom malloc/free, 0: use the built-in lv_mem_alloc/lv_mem_free*/
-#if LV_MEM_CUSTOM == 0
-#define LV_MEM_SIZE    (32U * 1024U)        /*Size memory used by `lv_mem_alloc` in bytes (>= 2kB)*/
-#define LV_MEM_ATTR                         /*Complier prefix for big array declaration*/
-#define LV_MEM_AUTO_DEFRAG  1               /*Automatically defrag on free*/
-#else       /*LV_MEM_CUSTOM*/
-#define LV_MEM_CUSTOM_INCLUDE <stdlib.h>   /*Header for the dynamic memory function*/
-#define LV_MEM_CUSTOM_ALLOC   malloc       /*Wrapper to malloc*/
-#define LV_MEM_CUSTOM_FREE    free         /*Wrapper to free*/
-#endif     /*LV_MEM_CUSTOM*/
-
-/*===================
-   Graphical settings
- *===================*/
-
-/* Horizontal and vertical resolution of the library.*/
-#define LV_HOR_RES          (320)
-#define LV_VER_RES          (240)
-#define LV_DPI              100
-
-/* Size of VDB (Virtual Display Buffer: the internal graphics buffer).
- * Required for buffered drawing, opacity and anti-aliasing
- * VDB makes the double buffering, you don't need to deal with it!
- * Typical size: ~1/10 screen */
-#define LV_VDB_SIZE         (30 * LV_HOR_RES)  /*Size of VDB in pixel count (1/10 screen size is good for first)*/
-#define LV_VDB_PX_BPP       LV_COLOR_SIZE      /*Bit-per-pixel of VDB. Useful for monochrome or non-standard color format displays. (Special formats are handled with `disp_drv->vdb_wr`)*/
-#define LV_VDB_ADR          0                  /*Place VDB to a specific address (e.g. in external RAM) (0: allocate automatically into RAM; LV_VDB_ADR_INV: to replace it later with `lv_vdb_set_adr()`)*/
-
-/* Use two Virtual Display buffers (VDB) parallelize rendering and flushing (optional)
- * The flushing should use DMA to write the frame buffer in the background*/
-#define LV_VDB_DOUBLE       0       /*1: Enable the use of 2 VDBs*/
-#define LV_VDB2_ADR         0       /*Place VDB2 to a specific address (e.g. in external RAM) (0: allocate automatically into RAM; LV_VDB_ADR_INV: to replace it later with `lv_vdb_set_adr()`)*/
-
-/* Enable anti-aliasing (lines, and radiuses will be smoothed) */
-#define LV_ANTIALIAS        1       /*1: Enable anti-aliasing*/
-
-/*Screen refresh settings*/
-#define LV_REFR_PERIOD      30    /*Screen refresh period in milliseconds*/
-#define LV_INV_FIFO_SIZE    32    /*The average count of objects on a screen */
-
-/*=================
-   Misc. setting
- *=================*/
-
-/*Input device settings*/
-#define LV_INDEV_READ_PERIOD            50                     /*Input device read period in milliseconds*/
-#define LV_INDEV_POINT_MARKER           0                      /*Mark the pressed points  (required: USE_LV_REAL_DRAW = 1)*/
-#define LV_INDEV_DRAG_LIMIT             10                     /*Drag threshold in pixels */
-#define LV_INDEV_DRAG_THROW             20                     /*Drag throw slow-down in [%]. Greater value means faster slow-down */
-#define LV_INDEV_LONG_PRESS_TIME        400                    /*Long press time in milliseconds*/
-#define LV_INDEV_LONG_PRESS_REP_TIME    100                    /*Repeated trigger period in long press [ms] */
-
-/*Color settings*/
-#define LV_COLOR_DEPTH     16                     /*Color depth: 1/8/16/32*/
-#define LV_COLOR_16_SWAP   0                      /*Swap the 2 bytes of RGB565 color. Useful if the display has a 8 bit interface (e.g. SPI)*/
-#define LV_COLOR_SCREEN_TRANSP        0           /*1: Enable screen transparency. Useful for OSD or other overlapping GUIs. Requires ARGB8888 colors*/
-#define LV_COLOR_TRANSP    LV_COLOR_LIME          /*Images pixels with this color will not be drawn (with chroma keying)*/
-
-/*Text settings*/
-#define LV_TXT_UTF8             1                /*Enable UTF-8 coded Unicode character usage */
-#define LV_TXT_BREAK_CHARS     " ,.;:-_"         /*Can break texts on these chars*/
-
-/*Graphics feature usage*/
-#define USE_LV_ANIMATION        1               /*1: Enable all animations*/
-#define USE_LV_SHADOW           1               /*1: Enable shadows*/
-#define USE_LV_GROUP            1               /*1: Enable object groups (for keyboards)*/
-#define USE_LV_GPU              1               /*1: Enable GPU interface*/
-#define USE_LV_REAL_DRAW        1               /*1: Enable function which draw directly to the frame buffer instead of VDB (required if LV_VDB_SIZE = 0)*/
-#define USE_LV_FILESYSTEM       1               /*1: Enable file system (required by images*/
-
-/*Compiler settings*/
-#define LV_ATTRIBUTE_TICK_INC                   /* Define a custom attribute to `lv_tick_inc` function */
-#define LV_ATTRIBUTE_TASK_HANDLER               /* Define a custom attribute to `lv_task_handler` function */
-#define LV_COMPILER_VLA_SUPPORTED            1  /* 1: Variable length array is supported*/
-#define LV_COMPILER_NON_CONST_INIT_SUPPORTED 1  /* 1: Initialization with non constant values are supported */
-
-/*HAL settings*/
-#define LV_TICK_CUSTOM     0                        /*1: use a custom tick source (removing the need to manually update the tick with `lv_tick_inc`) */
-#if LV_TICK_CUSTOM == 1
-#define LV_TICK_CUSTOM_INCLUDE  "Arduino.h"         /*Header for the sys time function*/
-#define LV_TICK_CUSTOM_SYS_TIME_EXPR (millis())     /*Expression evaluating to current systime in ms*/
-#endif     /*LV_TICK_CUSTOM*/
-
-
-/*Log settings*/
-#define USE_LV_LOG      1   /*Enable/disable the log module*/
-#if USE_LV_LOG
-/* How important log should be added:
- * LV_LOG_LEVEL_TRACE       A lot of logs to give detailed information
- * LV_LOG_LEVEL_INFO        Log important events
- * LV_LOG_LEVEL_WARN        Log if something unwanted happened but didn't caused problem
- * LV_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR       Only critical issue, when the system may fail
- */
-#define LV_LOG_LEVEL    LV_LOG_LEVEL_INFO
-/* 1: Print the log with 'printf'; 0: user need to register a callback*/
-
-#define LV_LOG_PRINTF   0
-#endif  /*USE_LV_LOG*/
-
-/*================
- *  THEME USAGE
- *================*/
-#define LV_THEME_LIVE_UPDATE    0       /*1: Allow theme switching at run time. Uses 8..10 kB of RAM*/
-
-#define USE_LV_THEME_TEMPL      0       /*Just for test*/
-#define USE_LV_THEME_DEFAULT    0       /*Built mainly from the built-in styles. Consumes very few RAM*/
-#define USE_LV_THEME_ALIEN      0       /*Dark futuristic theme*/
-#define USE_LV_THEME_NIGHT      0       /*Dark elegant theme*/
-#define USE_LV_THEME_MONO       0       /*Mono color theme for monochrome displays*/
-#define USE_LV_THEME_MATERIAL   0       /*Flat theme with bold colors and light shadows*/
-#define USE_LV_THEME_ZEN        0       /*Peaceful, mainly light theme */
-#define USE_LV_THEME_NEMO       0       /*Water-like theme based on the movie "Finding Nemo"*/
-
-/*==================
- *    FONT USAGE
- *===================*/
-
-/* More info about fonts: https://littlevgl.com/basics#fonts
- * To enable a built-in font use 1,2,4 or 8 values
- * which will determine the bit-per-pixel */
-#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10              0
-#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10_LATIN_SUP    0
-#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10_CYRILLIC     0
-#define USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_10              0
-
-#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20              4
-#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20_LATIN_SUP    0
-#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20_CYRILLIC     0
-#define USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_20              4
-
-#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30              0
-#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30_LATIN_SUP    0
-#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30_CYRILLIC     0
-#define USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_30              0
-
-#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40              0
-#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40_LATIN_SUP    0
-#define USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40_CYRILLIC     0
-#define USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_40              0
-
-#define USE_LV_FONT_MONOSPACE_8            0
-
-/* Optionally declare your custom fonts here.
- * You can use these fonts as default font too
- * and they will be available globally. E.g.
- * #define LV_FONT_CUSTOM_DECLARE LV_FONT_DECLARE(my_font_1) \
- *                                LV_FONT_DECLARE(my_font_2) \
- */
-#define LV_FONT_CUSTOM_DECLARE
-
-#define LV_FONT_DEFAULT        &lv_font_dejavu_20     /*Always set a default font from the built-in fonts*/
-
-/*===================
- *  LV_OBJ SETTINGS
- *==================*/
-#define LV_OBJ_FREE_NUM_TYPE    uint32_t    /*Type of free number attribute (comment out disable free number)*/
-#define LV_OBJ_FREE_PTR         1           /*Enable the free pointer attribute*/
-
-/*==================
- *  LV OBJ X USAGE
- *================*/
-/*
- * Documentation of the object types: https://littlevgl.com/object-types
- */
-
-/*****************
- * Simple object
- *****************/
-
-/*Label (dependencies: -*/
-#define USE_LV_LABEL    1
-#if USE_LV_LABEL != 0
-#define LV_LABEL_SCROLL_SPEED       25     /*Hor, or ver. scroll speed [px/sec] in 'LV_LABEL_LONG_SCROLL/ROLL' mode*/
-#endif
-
-/*Image (dependencies: lv_label*/
-#define USE_LV_IMG      1
-#if USE_LV_IMG != 0
-#define LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED   1       /*Enable indexed (palette) images*/
-#define LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA     1       /*Enable alpha indexed images*/
-#endif
-
-/*Line (dependencies: -*/
-#define USE_LV_LINE     1
-
-/*Arc (dependencies: -)*/
-#define USE_LV_ARC      1
-
-/*******************
- * Container objects
- *******************/
-
-/*Container (dependencies: -*/
-#define USE_LV_CONT     1
-
-/*Page (dependencies: lv_cont)*/
-#define USE_LV_PAGE     1
-
-/*Window (dependencies: lv_cont, lv_btn, lv_label, lv_img, lv_page)*/
-#define USE_LV_WIN      1
-
-/*Tab (dependencies: lv_page, lv_btnm)*/
-#define USE_LV_TABVIEW      1
-#if USE_LV_TABVIEW != 0
-#define LV_TABVIEW_ANIM_TIME    300     /*Time of slide animation [ms] (0: no animation)*/
-#endif
-
-/*************************
- * Data visualizer objects
- *************************/
-
-/*Bar (dependencies: -)*/
-#define USE_LV_BAR      1
-
-/*Line meter (dependencies: *;)*/
-#define USE_LV_LMETER   1
-
-/*Gauge (dependencies:bar, lmeter)*/
-#define USE_LV_GAUGE    1
-
-/*Chart (dependencies: -)*/
-#define USE_LV_CHART    1
-
-/*LED (dependencies: -)*/
-#define USE_LV_LED      1
-
-/*Message box (dependencies: lv_rect, lv_btnm, lv_label)*/
-#define USE_LV_MBOX     1
-
-/*Text area (dependencies: lv_label, lv_page)*/
-#define USE_LV_TA       1
-#if USE_LV_TA != 0
-#define LV_TA_CURSOR_BLINK_TIME 400     /*ms*/
-#define LV_TA_PWD_SHOW_TIME     1500    /*ms*/
-#endif
-
-/*Calendar (dependencies: -)*/
-#define USE_LV_CALENDAR 1
-
-/*Preload (dependencies: arc)*/
-#define USE_LV_PRELOAD      1
-#if USE_LV_PRELOAD != 0
-#define LV_PRELOAD_DEF_ARC_LENGTH   60      /*[deg]*/
-#define LV_PRELOAD_DEF_SPIN_TIME    1000    /*[ms]*/
-#endif
-
-/*************************
- * User input objects
- *************************/
-
-/*Button (dependencies: lv_cont*/
-#define USE_LV_BTN      1
-#if USE_LV_BTN != 0
-#define LV_BTN_INK_EFFECT   1       /*Enable button-state animations - draw a circle on click (dependencies: USE_LV_ANIMATION)*/
-#endif
-
-/*Image Button (dependencies: lv_btn*/
-#define USE_LV_IMGBTN   1
-
-/*Button matrix (dependencies: -)*/
-#define USE_LV_BTNM     1
-
-/*Keyboard (dependencies: lv_btnm)*/
-#define USE_LV_KB       1
-
-/*Check box (dependencies: lv_btn, lv_label)*/
-#define USE_LV_CB       1
-
-/*List (dependencies: lv_page, lv_btn, lv_label, (lv_img optionally for icons ))*/
-#define USE_LV_LIST     1
-#if USE_LV_LIST != 0
-#define LV_LIST_FOCUS_TIME  100 /*Default animation time of focusing to a list element [ms] (0: no animation)  */
-#endif
-
-/*Drop down list (dependencies: lv_page, lv_label)*/
-#define USE_LV_DDLIST    1
-#if USE_LV_DDLIST != 0
-#define LV_DDLIST_ANIM_TIME     200     /*Open and close default animation time [ms] (0: no animation)*/
-#endif
-
-/*Roller (dependencies: lv_ddlist)*/
-#define USE_LV_ROLLER    1
-#if USE_LV_ROLLER != 0
-#define LV_ROLLER_ANIM_TIME     200     /*Focus animation time [ms] (0: no animation)*/
-#endif
-
-/*Slider (dependencies: lv_bar)*/
-#define USE_LV_SLIDER    1
-
-/*Switch (dependencies: lv_slider)*/
-#define USE_LV_SW       1
-
-/*************************
- * Non-user section
- *************************/
-#ifdef _MSC_VER                               /* Disable warnings for Visual Studio*/
-# define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
-#endif
-
-#endif /*LV_CONF_H*/
-
-#endif /*End of "Content enable"*/

lv_conf_template.h

@@ -0,0 +1,712 @@
+/**
+ * @file lv_conf.h
+ * Configuration file for LVGL v7.1.0
+ */
+
+/*
+ * COPY THIS FILE AS `lv_conf.h` NEXT TO the `lvgl` FOLDER
+ */
+
+#if 0 /*Set it to "1" to enable content*/
+
+#ifndef LV_CONF_H
+#define LV_CONF_H
+/* clang-format off */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/*====================
+   Graphical settings
+ *====================*/
+
+/* Maximal horizontal and vertical resolution to support by the library.*/
+#define LV_HOR_RES_MAX          (480)
+#define LV_VER_RES_MAX          (320)
+
+/* Color depth:
+ * - 1:  1 byte per pixel
+ * - 8:  RGB332
+ * - 16: RGB565
+ * - 32: ARGB8888
+ */
+#define LV_COLOR_DEPTH     16
+
+/* Swap the 2 bytes of RGB565 color.
+ * Useful if the display has a 8 bit interface (e.g. SPI)*/
+#define LV_COLOR_16_SWAP   0
+
+/* 1: Enable screen transparency.
+ * Useful for OSD or other overlapping GUIs.
+ * Requires `LV_COLOR_DEPTH = 32` colors and the screen's style should be modified: `style.body.opa = ...`*/
+#define LV_COLOR_SCREEN_TRANSP    0
+
+/*Images pixels with this color will not be drawn (with chroma keying)*/
+#define LV_COLOR_TRANSP    LV_COLOR_LIME         /*LV_COLOR_LIME: pure green*/
+
+/* Enable anti-aliasing (lines, and radiuses will be smoothed) */
+#define LV_ANTIALIAS        1
+
+/* Default display refresh period.
+ * Can be changed in the display driver (`lv_disp_drv_t`).*/
+#define LV_DISP_DEF_REFR_PERIOD      30      /*[ms]*/
+
+/* Dot Per Inch: used to initialize default sizes.
+ * E.g. a button with width = LV_DPI / 2 -> half inch wide
+ * (Not so important, you can adjust it to modify default sizes and spaces)*/
+#define LV_DPI              130     /*[px]*/
+
+/* The the real width of the display changes some default values:
+ * default object sizes, layout of examples, etc.
+ * According to the width of the display (hor. res. / dpi)
+ * the displays fall in 4 categories.
+ * The 4th is extra large which has no upper limit so not listed here
+ * The upper limit of the categories are set below in 0.1 inch unit.
+ */
+#define LV_DISP_SMALL_LIMIT  30
+#define LV_DISP_MEDIUM_LIMIT 50
+#define LV_DISP_LARGE_LIMIT  70
+
+/* Type of coordinates. Should be `int16_t` (or `int32_t` for extreme cases) */
+typedef int16_t lv_coord_t;
+
+/*=========================
+   Memory manager settings
+ *=========================*/
+
+/* LittelvGL's internal memory manager's settings.
+ * The graphical objects and other related data are stored here. */
+
+/* 1: use custom malloc/free, 0: use the built-in `lv_mem_alloc` and `lv_mem_free` */
+#define LV_MEM_CUSTOM      0
+#if LV_MEM_CUSTOM == 0
+/* Size of the memory used by `lv_mem_alloc` in bytes (>= 2kB)*/
+#  define LV_MEM_SIZE    (32U * 1024U)
+
+/* Complier prefix for a big array declaration */
+#  define LV_MEM_ATTR
+
+/* Set an address for the memory pool instead of allocating it as an array.
+ * Can be in external SRAM too. */
+#  define LV_MEM_ADR          0
+
+/* Automatically defrag. on free. Defrag. means joining the adjacent free cells. */
+#  define LV_MEM_AUTO_DEFRAG  1
+#else       /*LV_MEM_CUSTOM*/
+#  define LV_MEM_CUSTOM_INCLUDE <stdlib.h>   /*Header for the dynamic memory function*/
+#  define LV_MEM_CUSTOM_ALLOC   malloc       /*Wrapper to malloc*/
+#  define LV_MEM_CUSTOM_FREE    free         /*Wrapper to free*/
+#endif     /*LV_MEM_CUSTOM*/
+
+/* Garbage Collector settings
+ * Used if lvgl is binded to higher level language and the memory is managed by that language */
+#define LV_ENABLE_GC 0
+#if LV_ENABLE_GC != 0
+#  define LV_GC_INCLUDE "gc.h"                           /*Include Garbage Collector related things*/
+#  define LV_MEM_CUSTOM_REALLOC   your_realloc           /*Wrapper to realloc*/
+#  define LV_MEM_CUSTOM_GET_SIZE  your_mem_get_size      /*Wrapper to lv_mem_get_size*/
+#endif /* LV_ENABLE_GC */
+
+/*=======================
+   Input device settings
+ *=======================*/
+
+/* Input device default settings.
+ * Can be changed in the Input device driver (`lv_indev_drv_t`)*/
+
+/* Input device read period in milliseconds */
+#define LV_INDEV_DEF_READ_PERIOD          30
+
+/* Drag threshold in pixels */
+#define LV_INDEV_DEF_DRAG_LIMIT           10
+
+/* Drag throw slow-down in [%]. Greater value -> faster slow-down */
+#define LV_INDEV_DEF_DRAG_THROW           10
+
+/* Long press time in milliseconds.
+ * Time to send `LV_EVENT_LONG_PRESSSED`) */
+#define LV_INDEV_DEF_LONG_PRESS_TIME      400
+
+/* Repeated trigger period in long press [ms]
+ * Time between `LV_EVENT_LONG_PRESSED_REPEAT */
+#define LV_INDEV_DEF_LONG_PRESS_REP_TIME  100
+
+
+/* Gesture threshold in pixels */
+#define LV_INDEV_DEF_GESTURE_LIMIT        50
+
+/* Gesture min velocity at release before swipe (pixels)*/
+#define LV_INDEV_DEF_GESTURE_MIN_VELOCITY 3
+
+/*==================
+ * Feature usage
+ *==================*/
+
+/*1: Enable the Animations */
+#define LV_USE_ANIMATION        1
+#if LV_USE_ANIMATION
+
+/*Declare the type of the user data of animations (can be e.g. `void *`, `int`, `struct`)*/
+typedef void * lv_anim_user_data_t;
+
+#endif
+
+/* 1: Enable shadow drawing*/
+#define LV_USE_SHADOW           1
+#if LV_USE_SHADOW
+/* Allow buffering some shadow calculation
+ * LV_SHADOW_CACHE_SIZE is the max. shadow size to buffer,
+ * where shadow size is `shadow_width + radius`
+ * Caching has LV_SHADOW_CACHE_SIZE^2 RAM cost*/
+#define LV_SHADOW_CACHE_SIZE    0
+#endif
+
+/* 1: Use other blend modes than normal (`LV_BLEND_MODE_...`)*/
+#define LV_USE_BLEND_MODES      1
+
+/* 1: Use the `opa_scale` style property to set the opacity of an object and its children at once*/
+#define LV_USE_OPA_SCALE        1
+
+/* 1: Use image zoom and rotation*/
+#define LV_USE_IMG_TRANSFORM    1
+
+/* 1: Enable object groups (for keyboard/encoder navigation) */
+#define LV_USE_GROUP            1
+#if LV_USE_GROUP
+typedef void * lv_group_user_data_t;
+#endif  /*LV_USE_GROUP*/
+
+/* 1: Enable GPU interface*/
+#define LV_USE_GPU              1   /*Only enables `gpu_fill_cb` and `gpu_blend_cb` in the disp. drv- */
+#define LV_USE_GPU_STM32_DMA2D  0
+/*If enabling LV_USE_GPU_STM32_DMA2D, LV_GPU_DMA2D_CMSIS_INCLUDE must be defined to include path of CMSIS header of target processor
+e.g. "stm32f769xx.h" or "stm32f429xx.h" */
+#define LV_GPU_DMA2D_CMSIS_INCLUDE
+
+/* 1: Enable file system (might be required for images */
+#define LV_USE_FILESYSTEM       1
+#if LV_USE_FILESYSTEM
+/*Declare the type of the user data of file system drivers (can be e.g. `void *`, `int`, `struct`)*/
+typedef void * lv_fs_drv_user_data_t;
+#endif
+
+/*1: Add a `user_data` to drivers and objects*/
+#define LV_USE_USER_DATA        0
+
+/*1: Show CPU usage and FPS count in the right bottom corner*/
+#define LV_USE_PERF_MONITOR     0
+
+/*1: Use the functions and types from the older API if possible */
+#define LV_USE_API_EXTENSION_V6  1
+
+/*========================
+ * Image decoder and cache
+ *========================*/
+
+/* 1: Enable indexed (palette) images */
+#define LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED       1
+
+/* 1: Enable alpha indexed images */
+#define LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA         1
+
+/* Default image cache size. Image caching keeps the images opened.
+ * If only the built-in image formats are used there is no real advantage of caching.
+ * (I.e. no new image decoder is added)
+ * With complex image decoders (e.g. PNG or JPG) caching can save the continuous open/decode of images.
+ * However the opened images might consume additional RAM.
+ * LV_IMG_CACHE_DEF_SIZE must be >= 1 */
+#define LV_IMG_CACHE_DEF_SIZE       1
+
+/*Declare the type of the user data of image decoder (can be e.g. `void *`, `int`, `struct`)*/
+typedef void * lv_img_decoder_user_data_t;
+
+/*=====================
+ *  Compiler settings
+ *====================*/
+
+/* For big endian systems set to 1 */
+#define LV_BIG_ENDIAN_SYSTEM    0
+
+/* Define a custom attribute to `lv_tick_inc` function */
+#define LV_ATTRIBUTE_TICK_INC
+
+/* Define a custom attribute to `lv_task_handler` function */
+#define LV_ATTRIBUTE_TASK_HANDLER
+
+/* Define a custom attribute to `lv_disp_flush_ready` function */
+#define LV_ATTRIBUTE_FLUSH_READY
+
+/* With size optimization (-Os) the compiler might not align data to
+ * 4 or 8 byte boundary. This alignment will be explicitly applied where needed.
+ * E.g. __attribute__((aligned(4))) */
+#define LV_ATTRIBUTE_MEM_ALIGN
+
+/* Attribute to mark large constant arrays for example
+ * font's bitmaps */
+#define LV_ATTRIBUTE_LARGE_CONST
+
+/* Prefix performance critical functions to place them into a faster memory (e.g RAM)
+ * Uses 15-20 kB extra memory */
+#define LV_ATTRIBUTE_FAST_MEM
+
+/* Export integer constant to binding.
+ * This macro is used with constants in the form of LV_<CONST> that
+ * should also appear on lvgl binding API such as Micropython
+ *
+ * The default value just prevents a GCC warning.
+ */
+#define LV_EXPORT_CONST_INT(int_value) struct _silence_gcc_warning
+
+/* Prefix variables that are used in GPU accelerated operations, often these need to be
+ * placed in RAM sections that are DMA accessible */
+#define LV_ATTRIBUTE_DMA
+
+/*===================
+ *  HAL settings
+ *==================*/
+
+/* 1: use a custom tick source.
+ * It removes the need to manually update the tick with `lv_tick_inc`) */
+#define LV_TICK_CUSTOM     0
+#if LV_TICK_CUSTOM == 1
+#define LV_TICK_CUSTOM_INCLUDE  "Arduino.h"         /*Header for the system time function*/
+#define LV_TICK_CUSTOM_SYS_TIME_EXPR (millis())     /*Expression evaluating to current system time in ms*/
+#endif   /*LV_TICK_CUSTOM*/
+
+typedef void * lv_disp_drv_user_data_t;             /*Type of user data in the display driver*/
+typedef void * lv_indev_drv_user_data_t;            /*Type of user data in the input device driver*/
+
+/*================
+ * Log settings
+ *===============*/
+
+/*1: Enable the log module*/
+#define LV_USE_LOG      0
+#if LV_USE_LOG
+/* How important log should be added:
+ * LV_LOG_LEVEL_TRACE       A lot of logs to give detailed information
+ * LV_LOG_LEVEL_INFO        Log important events
+ * LV_LOG_LEVEL_WARN        Log if something unwanted happened but didn't cause a problem
+ * LV_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR       Only critical issue, when the system may fail
+ * LV_LOG_LEVEL_NONE        Do not log anything
+ */
+#  define LV_LOG_LEVEL    LV_LOG_LEVEL_WARN
+
+/* 1: Print the log with 'printf';
+ * 0: user need to register a callback with `lv_log_register_print_cb`*/
+#  define LV_LOG_PRINTF   0
+#endif  /*LV_USE_LOG*/
+
+/*=================
+ * Debug settings
+ *================*/
+
+/* If Debug is enabled LittelvGL validates the parameters of the functions.
+ * If an invalid parameter is found an error log message is printed and
+ * the MCU halts at the error. (`LV_USE_LOG` should be enabled)
+ * If you are debugging the MCU you can pause
+ * the debugger to see exactly where  the issue is.
+ *
+ * The behavior of asserts can be overwritten by redefining them here.
+ * E.g. #define LV_ASSERT_MEM(p)  <my_assert_code>
+ */
+#define LV_USE_DEBUG        1
+#if LV_USE_DEBUG
+
+/*Check if the parameter is NULL. (Quite fast) */
+#define LV_USE_ASSERT_NULL      1
+
+/*Checks is the memory is successfully allocated or no. (Quite fast)*/
+#define LV_USE_ASSERT_MEM       1
+
+/*Check the integrity of `lv_mem` after critical operations. (Slow)*/
+#define LV_USE_ASSERT_MEM_INTEGRITY       0
+
+/* Check the strings.
+ * Search for NULL, very long strings, invalid characters, and unnatural repetitions. (Slow)
+ * If disabled `LV_USE_ASSERT_NULL` will be performed instead (if it's enabled) */
+#define LV_USE_ASSERT_STR       0
+
+/* Check NULL, the object's type and existence (e.g. not deleted). (Quite slow)
+ * If disabled `LV_USE_ASSERT_NULL` will be performed instead (if it's enabled) */
+#define LV_USE_ASSERT_OBJ       0
+
+/*Check if the styles are properly initialized. (Fast)*/
+#define LV_USE_ASSERT_STYLE     0
+
+#endif /*LV_USE_DEBUG*/
+
+/*==================
+ *    FONT USAGE
+ *===================*/
+
+/* The built-in fonts contains the ASCII range and some Symbols with  4 bit-per-pixel.
+ * The symbols are available via `LV_SYMBOL_...` defines
+ * More info about fonts: https://docs.lvgl.io/v7/en/html/overview/font.html
+ * To create a new font go to: https://lvgl.com/ttf-font-to-c-array
+ */
+
+/* Montserrat fonts with bpp = 4
+ * https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Montserrat  */
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_12    0
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_14    0
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_16    1
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_18    0
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_20    0
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_22    0
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_24    0
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_26    0
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_28    0
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_30    0
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_32    0
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_34    0
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_36    0
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_38    0
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_40    0
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_42    0
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_44    0
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_46    0
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_48    0
+
+/* Demonstrate special features */
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_12_SUBPX      0
+#define LV_FONT_MONTSERRAT_28_COMPRESSED 0  /*bpp = 3*/
+#define LV_FONT_DEJAVU_16_PERSIAN_HEBREW 0  /*Hebrew, Arabic, PErisan letters and all their forms*/
+#define LV_FONT_SIMSUN_16_CJK            0  /*1000 most common CJK radicals*/
+
+/*Pixel perfect monospace font
+ * http://pelulamu.net/unscii/ */
+#define LV_FONT_UNSCII_8     0
+
+/* Optionally declare your custom fonts here.
+ * You can use these fonts as default font too
+ * and they will be available globally. E.g.
+ * #define LV_FONT_CUSTOM_DECLARE LV_FONT_DECLARE(my_font_1) \
+ *                                LV_FONT_DECLARE(my_font_2)
+ */
+#define LV_FONT_CUSTOM_DECLARE
+
+/* Enable it if you have fonts with a lot of characters.
+ * The limit depends on the font size, font face and bpp
+ * but with > 10,000 characters if you see issues probably you need to enable it.*/
+#define LV_FONT_FMT_TXT_LARGE   0
+
+/* Set the pixel order of the display.
+ * Important only if "subpx fonts" are used.
+ * With "normal" font it doesn't matter.
+ */
+#define LV_FONT_SUBPX_BGR    0
+
+/*Declare the type of the user data of fonts (can be e.g. `void *`, `int`, `struct`)*/
+typedef void * lv_font_user_data_t;
+
+/*================
+ *  THEME USAGE
+ *================*/
+
+/*Always enable at least on theme*/
+
+/* No theme, you can apply your styles as you need
+ * No flags. Set LV_THEME_DEFAULT_FLAG 0 */
+ #define LV_USE_THEME_EMPTY       1
+
+/*Simple to the create your theme based on it
+ * No flags. Set LV_THEME_DEFAULT_FLAG 0 */
+ #define LV_USE_THEME_TEMPLATE    1
+
+/* A fast and impressive theme.
+ * Flags:
+ * LV_THEME_MATERIAL_FLAG_LIGHT: light theme
+ * LV_THEME_MATERIAL_FLAG_DARK: dark theme*/
+ #define LV_USE_THEME_MATERIAL    1
+
+/* Mono-color theme for monochrome displays.
+ * If LV_THEME_DEFAULT_COLOR_PRIMARY is LV_COLOR_BLACK the
+ * texts and borders will be black and the background will be
+ * white. Else the colors are inverted.
+ * No flags. Set LV_THEME_DEFAULT_FLAG 0 */
+ #define LV_USE_THEME_MONO        1
+
+#define LV_THEME_DEFAULT_INCLUDE            <stdint.h>      /*Include a header for the init. function*/
+#define LV_THEME_DEFAULT_INIT               lv_theme_material_init
+#define LV_THEME_DEFAULT_COLOR_PRIMARY      lv_color_hex(0x01a2b1)
+#define LV_THEME_DEFAULT_COLOR_SECONDARY    lv_color_hex(0x44d1b6)
+#define LV_THEME_DEFAULT_FLAG               LV_THEME_MATERIAL_FLAG_LIGHT
+#define LV_THEME_DEFAULT_FONT_SMALL         &lv_font_montserrat_16
+#define LV_THEME_DEFAULT_FONT_NORMAL        &lv_font_montserrat_16
+#define LV_THEME_DEFAULT_FONT_SUBTITLE      &lv_font_montserrat_16
+#define LV_THEME_DEFAULT_FONT_TITLE         &lv_font_montserrat_16
+
+/*=================
+ *  Text settings
+ *=================*/
+
+/* Select a character encoding for strings.
+ * Your IDE or editor should have the same character encoding
+ * - LV_TXT_ENC_UTF8
+ * - LV_TXT_ENC_ASCII
+ * */
+#define LV_TXT_ENC LV_TXT_ENC_UTF8
+
+ /*Can break (wrap) texts on these chars*/
+#define LV_TXT_BREAK_CHARS                  " ,.;:-_"
+
+/* If a word is at least this long, will break wherever "prettiest"
+ * To disable, set to a value <= 0 */
+#define LV_TXT_LINE_BREAK_LONG_LEN          0
+
+/* Minimum number of characters in a long word to put on a line before a break.
+ * Depends on LV_TXT_LINE_BREAK_LONG_LEN. */
+#define LV_TXT_LINE_BREAK_LONG_PRE_MIN_LEN  3
+
+/* Minimum number of characters in a long word to put on a line after a break.
+ * Depends on LV_TXT_LINE_BREAK_LONG_LEN. */
+#define LV_TXT_LINE_BREAK_LONG_POST_MIN_LEN 3
+
+/* The control character to use for signalling text recoloring. */
+#define LV_TXT_COLOR_CMD "#"
+
+/* Support bidirectional texts.
+ * Allows mixing Left-to-Right and Right-to-Left texts.
+ * The direction will be processed according to the Unicode Bidirectioanl Algorithm:
+ * https://www.w3.org/International/articles/inline-bidi-markup/uba-basics*/
+#define LV_USE_BIDI     0
+#if LV_USE_BIDI
+/* Set the default direction. Supported values:
+ * `LV_BIDI_DIR_LTR` Left-to-Right
+ * `LV_BIDI_DIR_RTL` Right-to-Left
+ * `LV_BIDI_DIR_AUTO` detect texts base direction */
+#define LV_BIDI_BASE_DIR_DEF  LV_BIDI_DIR_AUTO
+#endif
+
+/* Enable Arabic/Persian processing
+ * In these languages characters should be replaced with
+ * an other form based on their position in the text */
+#define LV_USE_ARABIC_PERSIAN_CHARS 0
+
+/*Change the built in (v)snprintf functions*/
+#define LV_SPRINTF_CUSTOM   0
+#if LV_SPRINTF_CUSTOM
+#  define LV_SPRINTF_INCLUDE <stdio.h>
+#  define lv_snprintf     snprintf
+#  define lv_vsnprintf    vsnprintf
+#else   /*!LV_SPRINTF_CUSTOM*/
+#  define LV_SPRINTF_DISABLE_FLOAT 1
+#endif  /*LV_SPRINTF_CUSTOM*/
+
+/*===================
+ *  LV_OBJ SETTINGS
+ *==================*/
+
+#if LV_USE_USER_DATA
+/*Declare the type of the user data of object (can be e.g. `void *`, `int`, `struct`)*/
+typedef void * lv_obj_user_data_t;
+/*Provide a function to free user data*/
+#define LV_USE_USER_DATA_FREE 0
+#if LV_USE_USER_DATA_FREE
+#  define LV_USER_DATA_FREE_INCLUDE  "something.h"  /*Header for user data free function*/
+/* Function prototype : void user_data_free(lv_obj_t * obj); */
+#  define LV_USER_DATA_FREE  (user_data_free)       /*Invoking for user data free function*/
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*1: enable `lv_obj_realign()` based on `lv_obj_align()` parameters*/
+#define LV_USE_OBJ_REALIGN          1
+
+/* Enable to make the object clickable on a larger area.
+ * LV_EXT_CLICK_AREA_OFF or 0: Disable this feature
+ * LV_EXT_CLICK_AREA_TINY: The extra area can be adjusted horizontally and vertically (0..255 px)
+ * LV_EXT_CLICK_AREA_FULL: The extra area can be adjusted in all 4 directions (-32k..+32k px)
+ */
+#define LV_USE_EXT_CLICK_AREA  LV_EXT_CLICK_AREA_TINY
+
+/*==================
+ *  LV OBJ X USAGE
+ *================*/
+/*
+ * Documentation of the object types: https://docs.lvgl.com/#Object-types
+ */
+
+/*Arc (dependencies: -)*/
+#define LV_USE_ARC      1
+
+/*Bar (dependencies: -)*/
+#define LV_USE_BAR      1
+
+/*Button (dependencies: lv_cont*/
+#define LV_USE_BTN      1
+
+/*Button matrix (dependencies: -)*/
+#define LV_USE_BTNMATRIX     1
+
+/*Calendar (dependencies: -)*/
+#define LV_USE_CALENDAR 1
+
+/*Canvas (dependencies: lv_img)*/
+#define LV_USE_CANVAS   1
+
+/*Check box (dependencies: lv_btn, lv_label)*/
+#define LV_USE_CHECKBOX       1
+
+/*Chart (dependencies: -)*/
+#define LV_USE_CHART    1
+#if LV_USE_CHART
+#  define LV_CHART_AXIS_TICK_LABEL_MAX_LEN    256
+#endif
+
+/*Container (dependencies: -*/
+#define LV_USE_CONT     1
+
+/*Color picker (dependencies: -*/
+#define LV_USE_CPICKER   1
+
+/*Drop down list (dependencies: lv_page, lv_label, lv_symbol_def.h)*/
+#define LV_USE_DROPDOWN    1
+#if LV_USE_DROPDOWN != 0
+/*Open and close default animation time [ms] (0: no animation)*/
+#  define LV_DROPDOWN_DEF_ANIM_TIME     200
+#endif
+
+/*Gauge (dependencies:lv_bar, lv_linemeter)*/
+#define LV_USE_GAUGE    1
+
+/*Image (dependencies: lv_label*/
+#define LV_USE_IMG      1
+
+/*Image Button (dependencies: lv_btn*/
+#define LV_USE_IMGBTN   1
+#if LV_USE_IMGBTN
+/*1: The imgbtn requires left, mid and right parts and the width can be set freely*/
+#  define LV_IMGBTN_TILED 0
+#endif
+
+/*Keyboard (dependencies: lv_btnm)*/
+#define LV_USE_KEYBOARD       1
+
+/*Label (dependencies: -*/
+#define LV_USE_LABEL    1
+#if LV_USE_LABEL != 0
+/*Hor, or ver. scroll speed [px/sec] in 'LV_LABEL_LONG_ROLL/ROLL_CIRC' mode*/
+#  define LV_LABEL_DEF_SCROLL_SPEED       25
+
+/* Waiting period at beginning/end of animation cycle */
+#  define LV_LABEL_WAIT_CHAR_COUNT        3
+
+/*Enable selecting text of the label */
+#  define LV_LABEL_TEXT_SEL               0
+
+/*Store extra some info in labels (12 bytes) to speed up drawing of very long texts*/
+#  define LV_LABEL_LONG_TXT_HINT          0
+#endif
+
+/*LED (dependencies: -)*/
+#define LV_USE_LED      1
+#if LV_USE_LED
+#  define LV_LED_BRIGHT_MIN  120      /*Minimal brightness*/
+#  define LV_LED_BRIGHT_MAX  255     /*Maximal brightness*/
+#endif
+
+/*Line (dependencies: -*/
+#define LV_USE_LINE     1
+
+/*List (dependencies: lv_page, lv_btn, lv_label, (lv_img optionally for icons ))*/
+#define LV_USE_LIST     1
+#if LV_USE_LIST != 0
+/*Default animation time of focusing to a list element [ms] (0: no animation)  */
+#  define LV_LIST_DEF_ANIM_TIME  100
+#endif
+
+/*Line meter (dependencies: *;)*/
+#define LV_USE_LINEMETER   1
+#if LV_USE_LINEMETER
+/* Draw line more precisely at cost of performance.
+ * Useful if there are lot of lines any minor are visible
+ * 0: No extra precision
+ * 1: Some extra precision
+ * 2: Best precision
+ */
+#  define LV_LINEMETER_PRECISE    0
+#endif
+
+/*Mask (dependencies: -)*/
+#define LV_USE_OBJMASK  1
+
+/*Message box (dependencies: lv_rect, lv_btnm, lv_label)*/
+#define LV_USE_MSGBOX     1
+
+/*Page (dependencies: lv_cont)*/
+#define LV_USE_PAGE     1
+#if LV_USE_PAGE != 0
+/*Focus default animation time [ms] (0: no animation)*/
+#  define LV_PAGE_DEF_ANIM_TIME     400
+#endif
+
+/*Preload (dependencies: lv_arc, lv_anim)*/
+#define LV_USE_SPINNER      1
+#if LV_USE_SPINNER != 0
+#  define LV_SPINNER_DEF_ARC_LENGTH   60      /*[deg]*/
+#  define LV_SPINNER_DEF_SPIN_TIME    1000    /*[ms]*/
+#  define LV_SPINNER_DEF_ANIM         LV_SPINNER_TYPE_SPINNING_ARC
+#endif
+
+/*Roller (dependencies: lv_ddlist)*/
+#define LV_USE_ROLLER    1
+#if LV_USE_ROLLER != 0
+/*Focus animation time [ms] (0: no animation)*/
+#  define LV_ROLLER_DEF_ANIM_TIME     200
+
+/*Number of extra "pages" when the roller is infinite*/
+#  define LV_ROLLER_INF_PAGES         7
+#endif
+
+/*Slider (dependencies: lv_bar)*/
+#define LV_USE_SLIDER    1
+
+/*Spinbox (dependencies: lv_ta)*/
+#define LV_USE_SPINBOX       1
+
+/*Switch (dependencies: lv_slider)*/
+#define LV_USE_SWITCH       1
+
+/*Text area (dependencies: lv_label, lv_page)*/
+#define LV_USE_TEXTAREA       1
+#if LV_USE_TEXTAREA != 0
+#  define LV_TEXTAREA_DEF_CURSOR_BLINK_TIME 400     /*ms*/
+#  define LV_TEXTAREA_DEF_PWD_SHOW_TIME     1500    /*ms*/
+#endif
+
+/*Table (dependencies: lv_label)*/
+#define LV_USE_TABLE    1
+#if LV_USE_TABLE
+#  define LV_TABLE_COL_MAX    12
+#endif
+
+/*Tab (dependencies: lv_page, lv_btnm)*/
+#define LV_USE_TABVIEW      1
+#  if LV_USE_TABVIEW != 0
+/*Time of slide animation [ms] (0: no animation)*/
+#  define LV_TABVIEW_DEF_ANIM_TIME    300
+#endif
+
+/*Tileview (dependencies: lv_page) */
+#define LV_USE_TILEVIEW     1
+#if LV_USE_TILEVIEW
+/*Time of slide animation [ms] (0: no animation)*/
+#  define LV_TILEVIEW_DEF_ANIM_TIME   300
+#endif
+
+/*Window (dependencies: lv_cont, lv_btn, lv_label, lv_img, lv_page)*/
+#define LV_USE_WIN      1
+
+/*==================
+ * Non-user section
+ *==================*/
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)    /* Disable warnings for Visual Studio*/
+#  define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#endif
+
+/*--END OF LV_CONF_H--*/
+
+#endif /*LV_CONF_H*/
+
+#endif /*End of "Content enable"*/

lv_core/lv_core.mk

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-CSRCS += lv_group.c
-CSRCS += lv_indev.c
-CSRCS += lv_obj.c
-CSRCS += lv_refr.c
-CSRCS += lv_style.c
-CSRCS += lv_vdb.c
-
-DEPPATH += --dep-path lvgl/lv_core
-VPATH += :lvgl/lv_core
-
-CFLAGS += "-I$(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_core"

lv_core/lv_group.c

@@ -1,473 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_group.c
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_group.h"
-#if USE_LV_GROUP != 0
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-static void style_mod_def(lv_style_t * style);
-static void style_mod_edit_def(lv_style_t * style);
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Create a new object group
- * @return pointer to the new object group
- */
-lv_group_t * lv_group_create(void)
-{
-    lv_group_t * group = lv_mem_alloc(sizeof(lv_group_t));
-    lv_mem_assert(group);
-    if(group == NULL) return NULL;
-    lv_ll_init(&group->obj_ll, sizeof(lv_obj_t *));
-
-    group->style_mod = style_mod_def;
-    group->style_mod_edit = style_mod_edit_def;
-    group->obj_focus = NULL;
-    group->frozen = 0;
-    group->focus_cb = NULL;
-    group->click_focus = 1;
-    group->editing = 0;
-
-    return group;
-}
-
-/**
- * Delete a group object
- * @param group pointer to a group
- */
-void lv_group_del(lv_group_t * group)
-{
-    /*Defocus the the currently focused object*/
-    if(group->obj_focus != NULL) {
-        (*group->obj_focus)->signal_func(*group->obj_focus, LV_SIGNAL_DEFOCUS, NULL);
-        lv_obj_invalidate(*group->obj_focus);
-    }
-
-    /*Remove the objects from the group*/
-    lv_obj_t ** obj;
-    LL_READ(group->obj_ll, obj) {
-        (*obj)->group_p = NULL;
-    }
-
-    lv_ll_clear(&(group->obj_ll));
-    lv_mem_free(group);
-}
-
-/**
- * Add an object to a group
- * @param group pointer to a group
- * @param obj pointer to an object to add
- */
-void lv_group_add_obj(lv_group_t * group, lv_obj_t * obj)
-{
-    if(group == NULL) return;
-
-    /*If the object is already in a group and focused then defocuse it*/
-    if(obj->group_p) {
-        if(lv_obj_is_focused(obj)) {
-            lv_group_focus_next(obj->group_p);
-
-            LV_LOG_INFO("group: assign object to an other group");
-        }
-    }
-
-    obj->group_p = group;
-    lv_obj_t ** next = lv_ll_ins_tail(&group->obj_ll);
-    lv_mem_assert(next);
-    if(next == NULL) return;
-    *next = obj;
-
-    /* If the head and the tail is equal then there is only one object in the linked list.
-     * In this case automatically activate it*/
-    if(lv_ll_get_head(&group->obj_ll) == next) {
-        lv_group_focus_next(group);
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Remove an object from its group
- * @param obj pointer to an object to remove
- */
-void lv_group_remove_obj(lv_obj_t * obj)
-{
-    lv_group_t * g = obj->group_p;
-    if(g == NULL) return;
-    if(g->obj_focus == NULL) return;        /*Just to be sure (Not possible if there is at least one object in the group)*/
-
-    if(*g->obj_focus == obj) {
-        lv_group_focus_next(g);
-    }
-
-    /* If the focuses object is still the same then it was the only object in the group but it will be deleted.
-     * Set the `obj_focus` to NULL to get back to the initial state of the group with zero objects*/
-    if(*g->obj_focus == obj) {
-        g->obj_focus = NULL;
-    }
-
-    /*Search the object and remove it from its group */
-    lv_obj_t ** i;
-    LL_READ(g->obj_ll, i) {
-        if(*i == obj) {
-            lv_ll_rem(&g->obj_ll, i);
-            lv_mem_free(i);
-            obj->group_p = NULL;
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Focus on an object (defocus the current)
- * @param obj pointer to an object to focus on
- */
-void lv_group_focus_obj(lv_obj_t * obj)
-{
-    lv_group_t * g = obj->group_p;
-    if(g == NULL) return;
-
-    if(g->frozen != 0) return;
-
-    /*On defocus edit mode must be leaved*/
-    lv_group_set_editing(g, false);
-
-    lv_obj_t ** i;
-    LL_READ(g->obj_ll, i) {
-        if(*i == obj) {
-            if(g->obj_focus == i) return;       /*Don't focus the already focused object again*/
-            if(g->obj_focus != NULL) {
-                (*g->obj_focus)->signal_func(*g->obj_focus, LV_SIGNAL_DEFOCUS, NULL);
-                lv_obj_invalidate(*g->obj_focus);
-            }
-
-            g->obj_focus = i;
-
-            if(g->obj_focus != NULL) {
-                (*g->obj_focus)->signal_func(*g->obj_focus, LV_SIGNAL_FOCUS, NULL);
-                if(g->focus_cb) g->focus_cb(g);
-                lv_obj_invalidate(*g->obj_focus);
-            }
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Focus the next object in a group (defocus the current)
- * @param group pointer to a group
- */
-void lv_group_focus_next(lv_group_t * group)
-{
-    if(group->frozen) return;
-
-    if(group->obj_focus) {
-        (*group->obj_focus)->signal_func(*group->obj_focus, LV_SIGNAL_DEFOCUS, NULL);
-        lv_obj_invalidate(*group->obj_focus);
-    }
-
-    lv_obj_t ** obj_next;
-    if(group->obj_focus == NULL) obj_next = lv_ll_get_head(&group->obj_ll);
-    else obj_next = lv_ll_get_next(&group->obj_ll, group->obj_focus);
-
-    if(obj_next == NULL) obj_next = lv_ll_get_head(&group->obj_ll);
-    group->obj_focus = obj_next;
-
-    if(group->obj_focus) {
-        (*group->obj_focus)->signal_func(*group->obj_focus, LV_SIGNAL_FOCUS, NULL);
-        lv_obj_invalidate(*group->obj_focus);
-
-        if(group->focus_cb) group->focus_cb(group);
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Focus the previous object in a group (defocus the current)
- * @param group pointer to a group
- */
-void lv_group_focus_prev(lv_group_t * group)
-{
-    if(group->frozen) return;
-
-    if(group->obj_focus) {
-        (*group->obj_focus)->signal_func(*group->obj_focus, LV_SIGNAL_DEFOCUS, NULL);
-        lv_obj_invalidate(*group->obj_focus);
-    }
-
-    lv_obj_t ** obj_next;
-    if(group->obj_focus == NULL) obj_next = lv_ll_get_tail(&group->obj_ll);
-    else obj_next = lv_ll_get_prev(&group->obj_ll, group->obj_focus);
-
-    if(obj_next == NULL) obj_next = lv_ll_get_tail(&group->obj_ll);
-    group->obj_focus = obj_next;
-
-    if(group->obj_focus != NULL) {
-        (*group->obj_focus)->signal_func(*group->obj_focus, LV_SIGNAL_FOCUS, NULL);
-        lv_obj_invalidate(*group->obj_focus);
-
-        if(group->focus_cb) group->focus_cb(group);
-    }
-
-}
-
-/**
- * Do not let to change the focus from the current object
- * @param group pointer to a group
- * @param en true: freeze, false: release freezing (normal mode)
- */
-void lv_group_focus_freeze(lv_group_t * group, bool en)
-{
-    if(en == false) group->frozen = 0;
-    else group->frozen = 1;
-}
-
-/**
- * Send a control character to the focuses object of a group
- * @param group pointer to a group
- * @param c a character (use LV_GROUP_KEY_.. to navigate)
- */
-void lv_group_send_data(lv_group_t * group, uint32_t c)
-{
-    lv_obj_t * act = lv_group_get_focused(group);
-    if(act == NULL) return;
-
-    act->signal_func(act, LV_SIGNAL_CONTROLL, &c);
-}
-
-/**
- * Set a function for a group which will modify the object's style if it is in focus
- * @param group pointer to a group
- * @param style_mod_func the style modifier function pointer
- */
-void lv_group_set_style_mod_cb(lv_group_t * group, lv_group_style_mod_func_t style_mod_func)
-{
-    group->style_mod = style_mod_func;
-    if(group->obj_focus != NULL) lv_obj_invalidate(*group->obj_focus);
-}
-
-/**
- * Set a function for a group which will modify the object's style if it is in focus in edit mode
- * @param group pointer to a group
- * @param style_mod_func the style modifier function pointer
- */
-void lv_group_set_style_mod_edit_cb(lv_group_t * group, lv_group_style_mod_func_t style_mod_func)
-{
-    group->style_mod_edit = style_mod_func;
-    if(group->obj_focus != NULL) lv_obj_invalidate(*group->obj_focus);
-}
-
-/**
- * Set a function for a group which will be called when a new object is focused
- * @param group pointer to a group
- * @param focus_cb the call back function or NULL if unused
- */
-void lv_group_set_focus_cb(lv_group_t * group, lv_group_focus_cb_t focus_cb)
-{
-    group->focus_cb = focus_cb;
-}
-
-/**
- * Manually set the current mode (edit or navigate).
- * @param group pointer to group
- * @param edit: true: edit mode; false: navigate mode
- */
-void lv_group_set_editing(lv_group_t * group, bool edit)
-{
-    uint8_t en_val = edit ? 1 : 0;
-
-    if(en_val == group->editing) return;        /*Do not set the same mode again*/
-
-    group->editing = en_val;
-    lv_obj_t * focused = lv_group_get_focused(group);
-
-    if(focused) focused->signal_func(focused, LV_SIGNAL_FOCUS, NULL);       /*Focus again to properly leave edit mode*/
-
-    lv_obj_invalidate(focused);
-}
-
-/**
- * Set the `click_focus` attribute. If enabled then the object will be focused then it is clicked.
- * @param group pointer to group
- * @param en: true: enable `click_focus`
- */
-void lv_group_set_click_focus(lv_group_t * group, bool en)
-{
-    group->click_focus = en ? 1 : 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * Modify a style with the set 'style_mod' function. The input style remains unchanged.
- * @param group pointer to group
- * @param style pointer to a style to modify
- * @return a copy of the input style but modified with the 'style_mod' function
- */
-lv_style_t * lv_group_mod_style(lv_group_t * group, const lv_style_t * style)
-{
-    lv_style_copy(&group->style_tmp, style);
-
-    if(group->editing) {
-        if(group->style_mod_edit != NULL) group->style_mod_edit(&group->style_tmp);
-        else style_mod_edit_def(&group->style_tmp);
-    } else {
-        if(group->style_mod != NULL) group->style_mod(&group->style_tmp);
-        else style_mod_def(&group->style_tmp);
-    }
-    return &group->style_tmp;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the focused object or NULL if there isn't one
- * @param group pointer to a group
- * @return pointer to the focused object
- */
-lv_obj_t * lv_group_get_focused(const lv_group_t * group)
-{
-    if(!group) return NULL;
-    if(group->obj_focus == NULL) return NULL;
-
-    return *group->obj_focus;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get a the style modifier function of a group
- * @param group pointer to a group
- * @return pointer to the style modifier function
- */
-lv_group_style_mod_func_t lv_group_get_style_mod_cb(const lv_group_t * group)
-{
-    if(!group) return false;
-    return group->style_mod ;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get a the style modifier function of a group in edit mode
- * @param group pointer to a group
- * @return pointer to the style modifier function
- */
-lv_group_style_mod_func_t lv_group_get_style_mod_edit_cb(const lv_group_t * group)
-{
-    if(!group) return false;
-    return group->style_mod_edit;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the focus callback function of a group
- * @param group pointer to a group
- * @return the call back function or NULL if not set
- */
-lv_group_focus_cb_t lv_group_get_focus_cb(const lv_group_t * group)
-{
-    if(!group) return false;
-    return group->focus_cb;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the current mode (edit or navigate).
- * @param group pointer to group
- * @return true: edit mode; false: navigate mode
- */
-bool lv_group_get_editing(const lv_group_t * group)
-{
-    if(!group) return false;
-    return group->editing ? true : false;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the `click_focus` attribute.
- * @param group pointer to group
- * @return true: `click_focus` is enabled; false: disabled
- */
-bool lv_group_get_click_focus(const lv_group_t * group)
-{
-    if(!group) return false;
-    return group->click_focus ? true : false;
-}
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Default style modifier function
- * @param style pointer to a style to modify. (Typically group.style_tmp) It will be OVERWRITTEN.
- */
-static void style_mod_def(lv_style_t * style)
-{
-#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH != 1
-
-    /*Make the style to be a little bit orange*/
-    style->body.border.opa = LV_OPA_COVER;
-    style->body.border.color = LV_COLOR_ORANGE;
-
-    /*If not empty or has border then emphasis the border*/
-    if(style->body.empty == 0 || style->body.border.width != 0) style->body.border.width = LV_DPI / 20;
-
-    style->body.main_color = lv_color_mix(style->body.main_color, LV_COLOR_ORANGE, LV_OPA_70);
-    style->body.grad_color = lv_color_mix(style->body.grad_color, LV_COLOR_ORANGE, LV_OPA_70);
-    style->body.shadow.color = lv_color_mix(style->body.shadow.color, LV_COLOR_ORANGE, LV_OPA_60);
-
-    style->text.color = lv_color_mix(style->text.color, LV_COLOR_ORANGE, LV_OPA_70);
-#else
-    style->body.border.opa = LV_OPA_COVER;
-    style->body.border.color = LV_COLOR_BLACK;
-    style->body.border.width = 2;
-
-#endif
-
-}
-
-/**
- * Default style modifier function
- * @param style pointer to a style to modify. (Typically group.style_tmp) It will be OVERWRITTEN.
- */
-static void style_mod_edit_def(lv_style_t * style)
-{
-#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH != 1
-
-    /*Make the style to be a little bit orange*/
-    style->body.border.opa = LV_OPA_COVER;
-    style->body.border.color = LV_COLOR_GREEN;
-
-    /*If not empty or has border then emphasis the border*/
-    if(style->body.empty == 0 || style->body.border.width != 0) style->body.border.width = LV_DPI / 20;
-
-    style->body.main_color = lv_color_mix(style->body.main_color, LV_COLOR_GREEN, LV_OPA_70);
-    style->body.grad_color = lv_color_mix(style->body.grad_color, LV_COLOR_GREEN, LV_OPA_70);
-    style->body.shadow.color = lv_color_mix(style->body.shadow.color, LV_COLOR_GREEN, LV_OPA_60);
-
-    style->text.color = lv_color_mix(style->text.color, LV_COLOR_GREEN, LV_OPA_70);
-#else
-    style->body.border.opa = LV_OPA_COVER;
-    style->body.border.color = LV_COLOR_BLACK;
-    style->body.border.width = 3;
-
-#endif
-
-}
-
-#endif /*USE_LV_GROUP != 0*/

lv_core/lv_indev.c

@@ -1,927 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_indev_proc.c
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- ********************/
-#include "lv_indev.h"
-
-#include "../lv_hal/lv_hal_tick.h"
-#include "../lv_core/lv_group.h"
-#include "../lv_core/lv_refr.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_task.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_math.h"
-#include "../lv_draw/lv_draw_rbasic.h"
-#include "lv_obj.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-#if LV_INDEV_READ_PERIOD != 0
-static void indev_proc_task(void * param);
-static void indev_pointer_proc(lv_indev_t * i, lv_indev_data_t * data);
-static void indev_keypad_proc(lv_indev_t * i, lv_indev_data_t * data);
-static void indev_encoder_proc(lv_indev_t * i, lv_indev_data_t * data);
-static void indev_button_proc(lv_indev_t * i, lv_indev_data_t * data);
-static void indev_proc_press(lv_indev_proc_t * proc);
-static void indev_proc_release(lv_indev_proc_t * proc);
-static void indev_proc_reset_query_handler(lv_indev_t * indev);
-static lv_obj_t * indev_search_obj(const lv_indev_proc_t * proc, lv_obj_t * obj);
-static void indev_drag(lv_indev_proc_t * state);
-static void indev_drag_throw(lv_indev_proc_t * state);
-#endif
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-static lv_indev_t * indev_act;
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Initialize the display input device subsystem
- */
-void lv_indev_init(void)
-{
-#if LV_INDEV_READ_PERIOD != 0
-    lv_task_create(indev_proc_task, LV_INDEV_READ_PERIOD, LV_TASK_PRIO_MID, NULL);
-#endif
-
-    lv_indev_reset(NULL);   /*Reset all input devices*/
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the currently processed input device. Can be used in action functions too.
- * @return pointer to the currently processed input device or NULL if no input device processing right now
- */
-lv_indev_t * lv_indev_get_act(void)
-{
-    return indev_act;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the type of an input device
- * @param indev pointer to an input device
- * @return the type of the input device from `lv_hal_indev_type_t` (`LV_INDEV_TYPE_...`)
- */
-lv_hal_indev_type_t lv_indev_get_type(const lv_indev_t * indev)
-{
-    if(indev == NULL) return LV_INDEV_TYPE_NONE;
-
-    return indev->driver.type;
-}
-/**
- * Reset one or all input devices
- * @param indev pointer to an input device to reset or NULL to reset all of them
- */
-void lv_indev_reset(lv_indev_t * indev)
-{
-    if(indev) indev->proc.reset_query = 1;
-    else {
-        lv_indev_t * i = lv_indev_next(NULL);
-        while(i) {
-            i->proc.reset_query = 1;
-            i = lv_indev_next(i);
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Reset the long press state of an input device
- * @param indev pointer to an input device
- */
-void lv_indev_reset_lpr(lv_indev_t * indev)
-{
-    indev->proc.long_pr_sent = 0;
-    indev->proc.longpr_rep_timestamp = lv_tick_get();
-    indev->proc.pr_timestamp = lv_tick_get();
-}
-
-/**
- * Enable input devices device by type
- * @param type Input device type
- * @param enable true: enable this type; false: disable this type
- */
-void lv_indev_enable(lv_hal_indev_type_t type, bool enable)
-{
-    lv_indev_t * i = lv_indev_next(NULL);
-
-    while(i) {
-        if(i->driver.type == type) i->proc.disabled = enable == false ? 1 : 0;
-        i = lv_indev_next(i);
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Set a cursor for a pointer input device (for LV_INPUT_TYPE_POINTER and LV_INPUT_TYPE_BUTTON)
- * @param indev pointer to an input device
- * @param cur_obj pointer to an object to be used as cursor
- */
-void lv_indev_set_cursor(lv_indev_t * indev, lv_obj_t * cur_obj)
-{
-    if(indev->driver.type != LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINTER && indev->driver.type != LV_INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON) return;
-
-    indev->cursor = cur_obj;
-    lv_obj_set_parent(indev->cursor, lv_layer_sys());
-    lv_obj_set_pos(indev->cursor, indev->proc.act_point.x,  indev->proc.act_point.y);
-}
-
-#if USE_LV_GROUP
-/**
- * Set a destination group for a keypad input device (for LV_INDEV_TYPE_KEYPAD)
- * @param indev pointer to an input device
- * @param group point to a group
- */
-void lv_indev_set_group(lv_indev_t * indev, lv_group_t * group)
-{
-    if(indev->driver.type == LV_INDEV_TYPE_KEYPAD || indev->driver.type == LV_INDEV_TYPE_ENCODER) indev->group = group;
-}
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Set the an array of points for LV_INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON.
- * These points will be assigned to the buttons to press a specific point on the screen
- * @param indev pointer to an input device
- * @param group point to a group
- */
-void lv_indev_set_button_points(lv_indev_t * indev, lv_point_t * points)
-{
-    if(indev->driver.type == LV_INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON) indev->btn_points = points;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the last point of an input device (for LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINTER and LV_INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON)
- * @param indev pointer to an input device
- * @param point pointer to a point to store the result
- */
-void lv_indev_get_point(const lv_indev_t * indev, lv_point_t * point)
-{
-    if(indev->driver.type != LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINTER && indev->driver.type != LV_INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON) {
-        point->x = -1;
-        point->y = -1;
-    } else {
-        point->x = indev->proc.act_point.x;
-        point->y = indev->proc.act_point.y;
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the last key of an input device (for LV_INDEV_TYPE_KEYPAD)
- * @param indev pointer to an input device
- * @return the last pressed key (0 on error)
- */
-uint32_t lv_indev_get_key(const lv_indev_t * indev)
-{
-    if(indev->driver.type != LV_INDEV_TYPE_KEYPAD) return 0;
-    else return indev->proc.last_key;
-}
-
-/**
- * Check if there is dragging with an input device or not (for LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINTER and LV_INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON)
- * @param indev pointer to an input device
- * @return true: drag is in progress
- */
-bool lv_indev_is_dragging(const lv_indev_t * indev)
-{
-    if(indev == NULL) return false;
-    if(indev->driver.type != LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINTER && indev->driver.type != LV_INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON) return false;
-    return indev->proc.drag_in_prog == 0 ? false : true;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the vector of dragging of an input device (for LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINTER and LV_INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON)
- * @param indev pointer to an input device
- * @param point pointer to a point to store the vector
- */
-void lv_indev_get_vect(const lv_indev_t * indev, lv_point_t * point)
-{
-    if(indev == NULL) {
-        point->x = 0;
-        point->y = 0;
-        return;
-    }
-
-    if(indev->driver.type != LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINTER && indev->driver.type != LV_INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON) {
-        point->x = 0;
-        point->y = 0;
-    } else {
-        point->x = indev->proc.vect.x;
-        point->y = indev->proc.vect.y;
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Get elapsed time since last press
- * @param indev pointer to an input device (NULL to get the overall smallest inactivity)
- * @return Elapsed ticks (milliseconds) since last press
- */
-uint32_t lv_indev_get_inactive_time(const lv_indev_t * indev)
-{
-    uint32_t t;
-
-    if(indev) return t = lv_tick_elaps(indev->last_activity_time);
-
-    lv_indev_t * i;
-    t = UINT16_MAX;
-    i = lv_indev_next(NULL);
-    while(i) {
-        t = LV_MATH_MIN(t, lv_tick_elaps(i->last_activity_time));
-        i = lv_indev_next(i);
-    }
-
-    return t;
-}
-
-/**
- * Do nothing until the next release
- * @param indev pointer to an input device
- */
-void lv_indev_wait_release(lv_indev_t * indev)
-{
-    indev->proc.wait_unil_release = 1;
-}
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-#if LV_INDEV_READ_PERIOD != 0
-/**
- * Called periodically to handle the input devices
- * @param param unused
- */
-static void indev_proc_task(void * param)
-{
-    (void)param;
-
-
-    LV_LOG_TRACE("indev task started");
-
-    lv_indev_data_t data;
-    lv_indev_t * i;
-    i = lv_indev_next(NULL);
-
-    /*Read and process all indevs*/
-    while(i) {
-        indev_act = i;
-
-        /*Handle reset query before processing the point*/
-        indev_proc_reset_query_handler(i);
-
-        if(i->proc.disabled == 0) {
-            bool more_to_read;
-            do {
-                /*Read the data*/
-                more_to_read = lv_indev_read(i, &data);
-                indev_proc_reset_query_handler(i);          /*The active object might deleted even in the read function*/
-                i->proc.state = data.state;
-
-                if(i->proc.state == LV_INDEV_STATE_PR) {
-                    i->last_activity_time = lv_tick_get();
-                }
-
-                if(i->driver.type == LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINTER) {
-                    indev_pointer_proc(i, &data);
-                } else if(i->driver.type == LV_INDEV_TYPE_KEYPAD) {
-                    indev_keypad_proc(i, &data);
-                } else if(i->driver.type == LV_INDEV_TYPE_ENCODER) {
-                    indev_encoder_proc(i, &data);
-                } else if(i->driver.type == LV_INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON) {
-                    indev_button_proc(i, &data);
-                }
-                /*Handle reset query if it happened in during processing*/
-                indev_proc_reset_query_handler(i);
-            } while(more_to_read);
-        }
-        i = lv_indev_next(i);    /*Go to the next indev*/
-    }
-
-    indev_act = NULL;   /*End of indev processing, so no act indev*/
-
-    LV_LOG_TRACE("indev task finished");
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Process a new point from LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINTER input device
- * @param i pointer to an input device
- * @param data pointer to the data read from the input device
- */
-static void indev_pointer_proc(lv_indev_t * i, lv_indev_data_t * data)
-{
-    /*Move the cursor if set and moved*/
-    if(i->cursor != NULL &&
-            (i->proc.last_point.x != data->point.x ||
-             i->proc.last_point.y != data->point.y)) {
-        lv_obj_set_pos(i->cursor, data->point.x, data->point.y);
-    }
-
-    i->proc.act_point.x = data->point.x;
-    i->proc.act_point.y = data->point.y;
-
-    if(i->proc.state == LV_INDEV_STATE_PR) {
-#if LV_INDEV_POINT_MARKER != 0
-        lv_area_t area;
-        area.x1 = i->proc.act_point.x - (LV_INDEV_POINT_MARKER >> 1);
-        area.y1 = i->proc.act_point.y - (LV_INDEV_POINT_MARKER >> 1);
-        area.x2 = i->proc.act_point.x + ((LV_INDEV_POINT_MARKER >> 1) | 0x1);
-        area.y2 = i->proc.act_point.y + ((LV_INDEV_POINT_MARKER >> 1) | 0x1);
-        lv_rfill(&area, NULL, LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xFF, 0, 0), LV_OPA_COVER);
-#endif
-        indev_proc_press(&i->proc);
-    } else {
-        indev_proc_release(&i->proc);
-    }
-
-    i->proc.last_point.x = i->proc.act_point.x;
-    i->proc.last_point.y = i->proc.act_point.y;
-}
-
-/**
- * Process a new point from LV_INDEV_TYPE_KEYPAD input device
- * @param i pointer to an input device
- * @param data pointer to the data read from the input device
- */
-static void indev_keypad_proc(lv_indev_t * i, lv_indev_data_t * data)
-{
-#if USE_LV_GROUP
-    if(i->group == NULL) return;
-
-    /*Key press happened*/
-    if(data->state == LV_INDEV_STATE_PR &&
-            i->proc.last_state == LV_INDEV_STATE_REL) {
-        i->proc.pr_timestamp = lv_tick_get();
-    }
-    /*Pressing*/
-    else if(data->state == LV_INDEV_STATE_PR && i->proc.last_state == LV_INDEV_STATE_PR) {
-        if(data->key == LV_GROUP_KEY_ENTER &&
-                i->proc.long_pr_sent == 0 &&
-                lv_tick_elaps(i->proc.pr_timestamp) > LV_INDEV_LONG_PRESS_TIME) {
-            /*On enter long press leave edit mode.*/
-            lv_obj_t * focused = lv_group_get_focused(i->group);
-            if(focused) {
-                focused->signal_func(focused, LV_SIGNAL_LONG_PRESS, indev_act);
-                i->proc.long_pr_sent = 1;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    /*Release happened*/
-    else if(data->state == LV_INDEV_STATE_REL && i->proc.last_state == LV_INDEV_STATE_PR) {
-        /*The user might clear the key when it was released. Always release the pressed key*/
-        data->key = i->proc.last_key;
-
-        /* Edit mode is not used by KEYPAD devices.
-         * So leave edit mode if we are in it before focusing on the next/prev object*/
-        if(data->key == LV_GROUP_KEY_NEXT || data->key == LV_GROUP_KEY_PREV) {
-            lv_group_set_editing(i->group, false);
-        }
-
-        if(data->key == LV_GROUP_KEY_NEXT) {
-            lv_group_focus_next(i->group);
-        } else if(data->key == LV_GROUP_KEY_PREV) {
-            lv_group_focus_prev(i->group);
-        } else if(data->key == LV_GROUP_KEY_ENTER) {
-            if(!i->proc.long_pr_sent) {
-                lv_group_send_data(i->group, data->key);
-            }
-        } else {
-            lv_group_send_data(i->group, data->key);
-        }
-
-        if(i->proc.reset_query) return;     /*The object might be deleted in `focus_cb` or due to any other user event*/
-
-        i->proc.pr_timestamp = 0;
-        i->proc.long_pr_sent = 0;
-    }
-
-    i->proc.last_state = data->state;
-    i->proc.last_key = data->key;
-#else
-    (void)data; /*Unused*/
-    (void)i; /*Unused*/
-#endif
-}
-
-/**
- * Process a new point from LV_INDEV_TYPE_ENCODER input device
- * @param i pointer to an input device
- * @param data pointer to the data read from the input device
- */
-static void indev_encoder_proc(lv_indev_t * i, lv_indev_data_t * data)
-{
-#if USE_LV_GROUP
-    if(i->group == NULL) return;
-
-    /*Process the steps first. They are valid only with released button*/
-    if(data->state == LV_INDEV_STATE_REL) {
-        /*In edit mode send LEFT/RIGHT keys*/
-        if(lv_group_get_editing(i->group)) {
-            int32_t s;
-            if(data->enc_diff < 0) {
-                for(s = 0; s < -data->enc_diff; s++) lv_group_send_data(i->group, LV_GROUP_KEY_LEFT);
-            } else if(data->enc_diff > 0) {
-                for(s = 0; s < data->enc_diff; s++) lv_group_send_data(i->group, LV_GROUP_KEY_RIGHT);
-            }
-        }
-        /*In navigate mode focus on the next/prev objects*/
-        else {
-            int32_t s;
-            if(data->enc_diff < 0) {
-                for(s = 0; s < -data->enc_diff; s++) lv_group_focus_prev(i->group);
-            } else if(data->enc_diff > 0) {
-                for(s = 0; s < data->enc_diff; s++) lv_group_focus_next(i->group);
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    /*Key press happened*/
-    if(data->state == LV_INDEV_STATE_PR &&
-            i->proc.last_state == LV_INDEV_STATE_REL) {
-        i->proc.pr_timestamp = lv_tick_get();
-    }
-    /*Pressing*/
-    else if(data->state == LV_INDEV_STATE_PR && i->proc.last_state == LV_INDEV_STATE_PR) {
-        if(i->proc.long_pr_sent == 0 &&
-                lv_tick_elaps(i->proc.pr_timestamp) > LV_INDEV_LONG_PRESS_TIME) {
-            /*On enter long press leave edit mode.*/
-            lv_obj_t * focused = lv_group_get_focused(i->group);
-
-            bool editable = false;
-            if(focused) focused->signal_func(focused, LV_SIGNAL_GET_EDITABLE, &editable);
-
-            if(editable) {
-                if(i->group->obj_ll.head != i->group->obj_ll.tail)
-                    lv_group_set_editing(i->group, lv_group_get_editing(i->group) ? false : true);  /*Toggle edit mode on long press*/
-                else if(focused)
-                    focused->signal_func(focused, LV_SIGNAL_LONG_PRESS, indev_act);
-            }
-            /*If not editable then just send a long press signal*/
-            else {
-                if(focused)
-                    focused->signal_func(focused, LV_SIGNAL_LONG_PRESS, indev_act);
-            }
-            i->proc.long_pr_sent = 1;
-        }
-    }
-    /*Release happened*/
-    else if(data->state == LV_INDEV_STATE_REL && i->proc.last_state == LV_INDEV_STATE_PR) {
-        lv_obj_t * focused = lv_group_get_focused(i->group);
-        bool editable = false;
-        if(focused) focused->signal_func(focused, LV_SIGNAL_GET_EDITABLE, &editable);
-
-        /*The button was released on a non-editable object. Just send enter*/
-        if(!editable) {
-            lv_group_send_data(i->group, LV_GROUP_KEY_ENTER);
-        }
-        /*An object is being edited and the button is releases. Just send enter */
-        else if(i->group->editing) {
-            if(!i->proc.long_pr_sent || i->group->obj_ll.head == i->group->obj_ll.tail)
-                lv_group_send_data(i->group, LV_GROUP_KEY_ENTER);  /*Ignore long pressed enter release because it comes from mode switch*/
-        }
-        /*If the focused object is editable and now in navigate mode then enter edit mode*/
-        else if(editable && !i->group->editing && !i->proc.long_pr_sent) {
-            lv_group_set_editing(i->group, lv_group_get_editing(i->group) ? false : true);  /*Toggle edit mode on long press*/
-        }
-
-        if(i->proc.reset_query) return;     /*The object might be deleted in `focus_cb` or due to any other user event*/
-
-        i->proc.pr_timestamp = 0;
-        i->proc.long_pr_sent = 0;
-    }
-
-    i->proc.last_state = data->state;
-    i->proc.last_key = data->key;
-#else
-    (void)data; /*Unused*/
-    (void)i; /*Unused*/
-#endif
-}
-
-/**
- * Process new points from a input device. indev->state.pressed has to be set
- * @param indev pointer to an input device state
- * @param x x coordinate of the next point
- * @param y y coordinate of the next point
- */
-static void indev_button_proc(lv_indev_t * i, lv_indev_data_t * data)
-{
-    i->proc.act_point.x = i->btn_points[data->btn].x;
-    i->proc.act_point.y = i->btn_points[data->btn].y;
-
-    /*Still the same point is pressed*/
-    if(i->proc.last_point.x == i->proc.act_point.x &&
-            i->proc.last_point.y == i->proc.act_point.y &&
-            data->state == LV_INDEV_STATE_PR) {
-#if LV_INDEV_POINT_MARKER != 0
-        lv_area_t area;
-        area.x1 = i->proc.act_point.x - (LV_INDEV_POINT_MARKER >> 1);
-        area.y1 = i->proc.act_point.y - (LV_INDEV_POINT_MARKER >> 1);
-        area.x2 = i->proc.act_point.x + ((LV_INDEV_POINT_MARKER >> 1) | 0x1);
-        area.y2 = i->proc.act_point.y + ((LV_INDEV_POINT_MARKER >> 1) | 0x1);
-        lv_rfill(&area, NULL, LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xFF, 0, 0), LV_OPA_COVER);
-#endif
-        indev_proc_press(&i->proc);
-    } else {
-        /*If a new point comes always make a release*/
-        indev_proc_release(&i->proc);
-    }
-
-    i->proc.last_point.x = i->proc.act_point.x;
-    i->proc.last_point.y = i->proc.act_point.y;
-}
-
-/**
- * Process the pressed state of LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINER input devices
- * @param indev pointer to an input device 'proc'
- */
-static void indev_proc_press(lv_indev_proc_t * proc)
-{
-    lv_obj_t * pr_obj = proc->act_obj;
-
-    if(proc->wait_unil_release != 0) return;
-
-    /*If there is no last object then search*/
-    if(proc->act_obj == NULL) {
-        pr_obj = indev_search_obj(proc, lv_layer_top());
-        if(pr_obj == NULL) pr_obj = indev_search_obj(proc, lv_scr_act());
-    }
-    /*If there is last object but it is not dragged and not protected also search*/
-    else if(proc->drag_in_prog == 0 &&
-            lv_obj_is_protected(proc->act_obj, LV_PROTECT_PRESS_LOST) == false) {/*Now act_obj != NULL*/
-        pr_obj = indev_search_obj(proc, lv_layer_top());
-        if(pr_obj == NULL) pr_obj = indev_search_obj(proc, lv_scr_act());
-    }
-    /*If a dragable or a protected object was the last then keep it*/
-    else {
-
-    }
-
-    /*If a new object was found reset some variables and send a pressed signal*/
-    if(pr_obj != proc->act_obj) {
-
-        proc->last_point.x = proc->act_point.x;
-        proc->last_point.y = proc->act_point.y;
-
-        /*If a new object found the previous was lost, so send a signal*/
-        if(proc->act_obj != NULL) {
-            proc->act_obj->signal_func(proc->act_obj, LV_SIGNAL_PRESS_LOST, indev_act);
-            if(proc->reset_query != 0) return;
-        }
-
-        proc->act_obj = pr_obj;           /*Save the pressed object*/
-        proc->last_obj = proc->act_obj;   /*Refresh the last_obj*/
-
-        if(proc->act_obj != NULL) {
-            /* Save the time when the obj pressed.
-             * It is necessary to count the long press time.*/
-            proc->pr_timestamp = lv_tick_get();
-            proc->long_pr_sent = 0;
-            proc->drag_range_out = 0;
-            proc->drag_in_prog = 0;
-            proc->drag_sum.x = 0;
-            proc->drag_sum.y = 0;
-            proc->vect.x = 0;
-            proc->vect.y = 0;
-
-            /*Search for 'top' attribute*/
-            lv_obj_t * i = proc->act_obj;
-            lv_obj_t * last_top = NULL;
-            while(i != NULL) {
-                if(i->top != 0) last_top = i;
-                i = lv_obj_get_parent(i);
-            }
-
-            if(last_top != NULL) {
-                /*Move the last_top object to the foreground*/
-                lv_obj_t * par = lv_obj_get_parent(last_top);
-                /*After list change it will be the new head*/
-                lv_ll_chg_list(&par->child_ll, &par->child_ll, last_top);
-                lv_obj_invalidate(last_top);
-            }
-
-            /*Send a signal about the press*/
-            proc->act_obj->signal_func(proc->act_obj, LV_SIGNAL_PRESSED, indev_act);
-            if(proc->reset_query != 0) return;
-        }
-    }
-
-    /*Calculate the vector*/
-    proc->vect.x = proc->act_point.x - proc->last_point.x;
-    proc->vect.y = proc->act_point.y - proc->last_point.y;
-
-    /*If there is active object and it can be dragged run the drag*/
-    if(proc->act_obj != NULL) {
-        proc->act_obj->signal_func(proc->act_obj, LV_SIGNAL_PRESSING, indev_act);
-        if(proc->reset_query != 0) return;
-
-        indev_drag(proc);
-        if(proc->reset_query != 0) return;
-
-        /*If there is no drag then check for long press time*/
-        if(proc->drag_in_prog == 0 && proc->long_pr_sent == 0) {
-            /*Send a signal about the long press if enough time elapsed*/
-            if(lv_tick_elaps(proc->pr_timestamp) > LV_INDEV_LONG_PRESS_TIME) {
-                pr_obj->signal_func(pr_obj, LV_SIGNAL_LONG_PRESS, indev_act);
-                if(proc->reset_query != 0) return;
-
-                /*Mark the signal sending to do not send it again*/
-                proc->long_pr_sent = 1;
-
-                /*Save the long press time stamp for the long press repeat handler*/
-                proc->longpr_rep_timestamp = lv_tick_get();
-            }
-        }
-        /*Send long press repeated signal*/
-        if(proc->drag_in_prog == 0 && proc->long_pr_sent == 1) {
-            /*Send a signal about the long press repeate if enough time elapsed*/
-            if(lv_tick_elaps(proc->longpr_rep_timestamp) > LV_INDEV_LONG_PRESS_REP_TIME) {
-                pr_obj->signal_func(pr_obj, LV_SIGNAL_LONG_PRESS_REP, indev_act);
-                if(proc->reset_query != 0) return;
-                proc->longpr_rep_timestamp = lv_tick_get();
-
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Process the released state of LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINER input devices
- * @param proc pointer to an input device 'proc'
- */
-static void indev_proc_release(lv_indev_proc_t * proc)
-{
-    if(proc->wait_unil_release != 0) {
-        proc->act_obj = NULL;
-        proc->last_obj = NULL;
-        proc->pr_timestamp = 0;
-        proc->longpr_rep_timestamp = 0;
-        proc->wait_unil_release = 0;
-    }
-
-    /*Forgot the act obj and send a released signal */
-    if(proc->act_obj != NULL) {
-        /* If the object was protected against press lost then it possible that
-         * the object is already not pressed but still it is the `act_obj`.
-         * In this case send the `LV_SIGNAL_RELEASED` if the indev is ON the `act_obj` */
-        if(lv_obj_is_protected(proc->act_obj, LV_PROTECT_PRESS_LOST)) {
-            /* Search the object on the current current coordinates.
-             * The start object is the object itself. If not ON it the the result will be NULL*/
-            lv_obj_t * obj_on = indev_search_obj(proc, proc->act_obj);
-            if(obj_on == proc->act_obj) proc->act_obj->signal_func(proc->act_obj, LV_SIGNAL_RELEASED, indev_act);
-            else proc->act_obj->signal_func(proc->act_obj, LV_SIGNAL_PRESS_LOST, indev_act);
-
-        }
-        /* The simple case: `act_obj` was not protected against press lost.
-         * If it is already not pressed then was handled in `indev_proc_press`*/
-        else {
-            proc->act_obj->signal_func(proc->act_obj, LV_SIGNAL_RELEASED, indev_act);
-        }
-
-        if(proc->reset_query != 0) return;
-
-        /*Handle click focus*/
-#if USE_LV_GROUP
-        /*Edit mode is not used by POINTER devices. So leave edit mode if we are in it*/
-        lv_group_t * act_g = lv_obj_get_group(proc->act_obj);
-        if(lv_group_get_editing(act_g)) {
-            lv_group_set_editing(act_g, false);
-        }
-
-        /*Check, if the parent is in a group focus on it.*/
-        if(lv_obj_is_protected(proc->act_obj, LV_PROTECT_CLICK_FOCUS) == false) {       /*Respect the click protection*/
-            lv_group_t * g = lv_obj_get_group(proc->act_obj);
-            lv_obj_t * parent = proc->act_obj;
-
-            while(g == NULL) {
-                parent = lv_obj_get_parent(parent);
-                if(parent == NULL) break;
-                if(lv_obj_is_protected(parent, LV_PROTECT_CLICK_FOCUS)) {   /*Ignore is the protected against click focus*/
-                    parent = NULL;
-                    break;
-                }
-                g = lv_obj_get_group(parent);
-            }
-
-            if(g != NULL && parent != NULL)
-                if(lv_group_get_click_focus(g)) {
-                    lv_group_focus_obj(parent);
-                }
-        }
-#endif
-
-        if(proc->reset_query != 0) return;
-        proc->act_obj = NULL;
-        proc->pr_timestamp = 0;
-        proc->longpr_rep_timestamp = 0;
-    }
-
-    /*The reset can be set in the signal function.
-     * In case of reset query ignore the remaining parts.*/
-    if(proc->last_obj != NULL && proc->reset_query == 0) {
-        indev_drag_throw(proc);
-        if(proc->reset_query != 0) return;
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Process a new point from LV_INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON input device
- * @param i pointer to an input device
- * @param data pointer to the data read from the input device
- * Reset input device if a reset query has been sent to it
- * @param indev pointer to an input device
- */
-static void indev_proc_reset_query_handler(lv_indev_t * indev)
-{
-    if(indev->proc.reset_query) {
-        indev->proc.act_obj = NULL;
-        indev->proc.last_obj = NULL;
-        indev->proc.drag_range_out = 0;
-        indev->proc.drag_in_prog = 0;
-        indev->proc.long_pr_sent = 0;
-        indev->proc.pr_timestamp = 0;
-        indev->proc.longpr_rep_timestamp = 0;
-        indev->proc.drag_sum.x = 0;
-        indev->proc.drag_sum.y = 0;
-        indev->proc.reset_query = 0;
-    }
-}
-/**
- * Search the most top, clickable object on the last point of an input device
- * @param proc pointer to  the `lv_indev_proc_t` part of the input device
- * @param obj pointer to a start object, typically the screen
- * @return pointer to the found object or NULL if there was no suitable object
- */
-static lv_obj_t * indev_search_obj(const lv_indev_proc_t * proc, lv_obj_t * obj)
-{
-    lv_obj_t * found_p = NULL;
-
-    /*If the point is on this object*/
-    /*Check its children too*/
-    if(lv_area_is_point_on(&obj->coords, &proc->act_point)) {
-        lv_obj_t * i;
-
-        LL_READ(obj->child_ll, i) {
-            found_p = indev_search_obj(proc, i);
-
-            /*If a child was found then break*/
-            if(found_p != NULL) {
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-
-        /*If then the children was not ok, and this obj is clickable
-         * and it or its parent is not hidden then save this object*/
-        if(found_p == NULL && lv_obj_get_click(obj) != false) {
-            lv_obj_t * hidden_i = obj;
-            while(hidden_i != NULL) {
-                if(lv_obj_get_hidden(hidden_i) == true) break;
-                hidden_i = lv_obj_get_parent(hidden_i);
-            }
-            /*No parent found with hidden == true*/
-            if(hidden_i == NULL) found_p = obj;
-        }
-
-    }
-
-    return found_p;
-}
-
-/**
- * Handle the dragging of indev_proc_p->act_obj
- * @param indev pointer to a input device state
- */
-static void indev_drag(lv_indev_proc_t * state)
-{
-    lv_obj_t * drag_obj = state->act_obj;
-
-    /*If drag parent is active check recursively the drag_parent attribute*/
-    while(lv_obj_get_drag_parent(drag_obj) != false &&
-            drag_obj != NULL) {
-        drag_obj = lv_obj_get_parent(drag_obj);
-    }
-
-    if(drag_obj == NULL) return;
-
-    if(lv_obj_get_drag(drag_obj) == false) return;
-
-    /*If still there is no drag then count the movement*/
-    if(state->drag_range_out == 0) {
-        state->drag_sum.x += state->vect.x;
-        state->drag_sum.y += state->vect.y;
-
-        /*If a move is greater then LV_DRAG_LIMIT then begin the drag*/
-        if(LV_MATH_ABS(state->drag_sum.x) >= LV_INDEV_DRAG_LIMIT ||
-                LV_MATH_ABS(state->drag_sum.y) >= LV_INDEV_DRAG_LIMIT) {
-            state->drag_range_out = 1;
-        }
-    }
-
-    /*If the drag limit is stepped over then handle the dragging*/
-    if(state->drag_range_out != 0) {
-        /*Set new position if the vector is not zero*/
-        if(state->vect.x != 0 ||
-                state->vect.y != 0) {
-            /*Get the coordinates of the object and modify them*/
-            lv_coord_t act_x = lv_obj_get_x(drag_obj);
-            lv_coord_t act_y = lv_obj_get_y(drag_obj);
-            uint16_t inv_buf_size = lv_refr_get_buf_size(); /*Get the number of currently invalidated areas*/
-
-            lv_coord_t prev_x = drag_obj->coords.x1;
-            lv_coord_t prev_y = drag_obj->coords.y1;
-
-            lv_obj_set_pos(drag_obj, act_x + state->vect.x, act_y + state->vect.y);
-
-            /*Set the drag in progress flag if the object is really moved*/
-
-            if(drag_obj->coords.x1 != prev_x || drag_obj->coords.y1 != prev_y) {
-                if(state->drag_range_out != 0) { /*Send the drag begin signal on first move*/
-                    drag_obj->signal_func(drag_obj,  LV_SIGNAL_DRAG_BEGIN, indev_act);
-                    if(state->reset_query != 0) return;
-                }
-                state->drag_in_prog = 1;
-            }
-            /*If the object didn't moved then clear the invalidated areas*/
-            else {
-                uint16_t new_inv_buf_size = lv_refr_get_buf_size();
-                lv_refr_pop_from_buf(new_inv_buf_size - inv_buf_size);
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Handle throwing by drag if the drag is ended
- * @param indev pointer to an input device state
- */
-static void indev_drag_throw(lv_indev_proc_t * state)
-{
-    if(state->drag_in_prog == 0) return;
-
-    /*Set new position if the vector is not zero*/
-    lv_obj_t * drag_obj = state->last_obj;
-
-    /*If drag parent is active check recursively the drag_parent attribute*/
-    while(lv_obj_get_drag_parent(drag_obj) != false &&
-            drag_obj != NULL) {
-        drag_obj = lv_obj_get_parent(drag_obj);
-    }
-
-    if(drag_obj == NULL) return;
-
-    /*Return if the drag throw is not enabled*/
-    if(lv_obj_get_drag_throw(drag_obj) == false) {
-        state->drag_in_prog = 0;
-        drag_obj->signal_func(drag_obj, LV_SIGNAL_DRAG_END, indev_act);
-        return;
-    }
-
-    /*Reduce the vectors*/
-    state->vect.x = state->vect.x * (100 - LV_INDEV_DRAG_THROW) / 100;
-    state->vect.y = state->vect.y * (100 - LV_INDEV_DRAG_THROW) / 100;
-
-    if(state->vect.x != 0 ||
-            state->vect.y != 0) {
-        /*Get the coordinates and modify them*/
-        lv_area_t coords_ori;
-        lv_obj_get_coords(drag_obj, &coords_ori);
-        lv_coord_t act_x = lv_obj_get_x(drag_obj) + state->vect.x;
-        lv_coord_t act_y = lv_obj_get_y(drag_obj) + state->vect.y;
-        lv_obj_set_pos(drag_obj, act_x, act_y);
-
-        lv_area_t coord_new;
-        lv_obj_get_coords(drag_obj, &coord_new);
-
-        /*If non of the coordinates are changed then do not continue throwing*/
-        if((coords_ori.x1 == coord_new.x1 || state->vect.x == 0) &&
-                (coords_ori.y1 == coord_new.y1 || state->vect.y == 0)) {
-            state->drag_in_prog = 0;
-            state->vect.x = 0;
-            state->vect.y = 0;
-            drag_obj->signal_func(drag_obj, LV_SIGNAL_DRAG_END, indev_act);
-
-        }
-    }
-    /*If the vectors become 0 -> drag_in_prog = 0 and send a drag end signal*/
-    else {
-        state->drag_in_prog = 0;
-        drag_obj->signal_func(drag_obj, LV_SIGNAL_DRAG_END, indev_act);
-    }
-}
-#endif

lv_core/lv_obj.h

@@ -1,785 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_obj.h
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef LV_OBJ_H
-#define LV_OBJ_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
-#include "lv_conf.h"
-#else
-#include "../../lv_conf.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "lv_style.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_area.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_mem.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_ll.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_color.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_log.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/*Error check of lv_conf.h*/
-#if LV_HOR_RES == 0 || LV_VER_RES == 0
-#error "LittlevGL: LV_HOR_RES and LV_VER_RES must be greater then 0"
-#endif
-
-#if LV_ANTIALIAS > 1
-#error "LittlevGL: LV_ANTIALIAS can be only 0 or 1"
-#endif
-
-#if LV_VDB_SIZE == 0 && LV_ANTIALIAS != 0
-#error "LittlevGL: If LV_VDB_SIZE == 0 the anti-aliasing must be disabled"
-#endif
-
-#if LV_VDB_SIZE > 0 && LV_VDB_SIZE < LV_HOR_RES
-#error "LittlevGL: Small Virtual Display Buffer (lv_conf.h: LV_VDB_SIZE >= LV_HOR_RES)"
-#endif
-
-#if LV_VDB_SIZE == 0 && USE_LV_REAL_DRAW == 0
-#error "LittlevGL: If LV_VDB_SIZE = 0 Real drawing function are required (lv_conf.h: USE_LV_REAL_DRAW 1)"
-#endif
-
-
-#define LV_ANIM_IN              0x00    /*Animation to show an object. 'OR' it with lv_anim_builtin_t*/
-#define LV_ANIM_OUT             0x80    /*Animation to hide an object. 'OR' it with lv_anim_builtin_t*/
-#define LV_ANIM_DIR_MASK        0x80    /*ANIM_IN/ANIM_OUT mask*/
-
-#define LV_MAX_ANCESTOR_NUM     8
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-struct _lv_obj_t;
-
-enum
-{
-    LV_DESIGN_DRAW_MAIN,
-    LV_DESIGN_DRAW_POST,
-    LV_DESIGN_COVER_CHK,
-};
-typedef uint8_t lv_design_mode_t;
-
-typedef bool (* lv_design_func_t) (struct _lv_obj_t * obj, const lv_area_t * mask_p, lv_design_mode_t mode);
-
-enum
-{
-    LV_RES_INV = 0,      /*Typically indicates that the object is deleted (become invalid) in the action function or an operation was failed*/
-    LV_RES_OK,           /*The object is valid (no deleted) after the action*/
-};
-typedef uint8_t lv_res_t;
-
-enum
-{
-    /*General signals*/
-    LV_SIGNAL_CLEANUP,
-    LV_SIGNAL_CHILD_CHG,
-    LV_SIGNAL_CORD_CHG,
-    LV_SIGNAL_STYLE_CHG,
-    LV_SIGNAL_REFR_EXT_SIZE,
-    LV_SIGNAL_GET_TYPE,
-
-    /*Input device related*/
-    LV_SIGNAL_PRESSED,
-    LV_SIGNAL_PRESSING,
-    LV_SIGNAL_PRESS_LOST,
-    LV_SIGNAL_RELEASED,
-    LV_SIGNAL_LONG_PRESS,
-    LV_SIGNAL_LONG_PRESS_REP,
-    LV_SIGNAL_DRAG_BEGIN,
-    LV_SIGNAL_DRAG_END,
-
-    /*Group related*/
-    LV_SIGNAL_FOCUS,
-    LV_SIGNAL_DEFOCUS,
-    LV_SIGNAL_CONTROLL,
-    LV_SIGNAL_GET_EDITABLE,
-};
-typedef uint8_t lv_signal_t;
-
-typedef lv_res_t (* lv_signal_func_t) (struct _lv_obj_t * obj, lv_signal_t sign, void * param);
-
-typedef struct _lv_obj_t
-{
-    struct _lv_obj_t * par;    /*Pointer to the parent object*/
-    lv_ll_t child_ll;          /*Linked list to store the children objects*/
-
-    lv_area_t coords;               /*Coordinates of the object (x1, y1, x2, y2)*/
-
-    lv_signal_func_t signal_func;     /*Object type specific signal function*/
-    lv_design_func_t design_func;     /*Object type specific design function*/
-
-    void * ext_attr;                 /*Object type specific extended data*/
-    lv_style_t * style_p;       /*Pointer to the object's style*/
-
-#if LV_OBJ_FREE_PTR != 0
-    void * free_ptr;              /*Application specific pointer (set it freely)*/
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_GROUP != 0
-    void * group_p;                 /*Pointer to the group of the object*/
-#endif
-    /*Attributes and states*/
-    uint8_t click         :1;    /*1: Can be pressed by an input device*/
-    uint8_t drag          :1;    /*1: Enable the dragging*/
-    uint8_t drag_throw    :1;    /*1: Enable throwing with drag*/
-    uint8_t drag_parent   :1;    /*1: Parent will be dragged instead*/
-    uint8_t hidden        :1;    /*1: Object is hidden*/
-    uint8_t top           :1;    /*1: If the object or its children is clicked it goes to the foreground*/
-    uint8_t opa_scale_en  :1;    /*1: opa_scale is set*/
-    uint8_t protect;            /*Automatically happening actions can be prevented. 'OR'ed values from `lv_protect_t`*/
-    lv_opa_t opa_scale;         /*Scale down the opacity by this factor. Effects all children as well*/
-
-    lv_coord_t ext_size;        /*EXTtend the size of the object in every direction. E.g. for shadow drawing*/
-
-#ifdef LV_OBJ_FREE_NUM_TYPE
-    LV_OBJ_FREE_NUM_TYPE free_num;          /*Application specific identifier (set it freely)*/
-#endif
-} lv_obj_t;
-
-typedef lv_res_t (*lv_action_t) (struct _lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/*Protect some attributes (max. 8 bit)*/
-enum
-{
-    LV_PROTECT_NONE      = 0x00,
-    LV_PROTECT_CHILD_CHG = 0x01, /*Disable the child change signal. Used by the library*/
-    LV_PROTECT_PARENT    = 0x02, /*Prevent automatic parent change (e.g. in lv_page)*/
-    LV_PROTECT_POS       = 0x04, /*Prevent automatic positioning (e.g. in lv_cont layout)*/
-    LV_PROTECT_FOLLOW    = 0x08, /*Prevent the object be followed in automatic ordering (e.g. in lv_cont PRETTY layout)*/
-    LV_PROTECT_PRESS_LOST= 0x10, /*If the `indev` was pressing this object but swiped out while pressing do not search other object.*/
-    LV_PROTECT_CLICK_FOCUS= 0x20,/*Prevent focusing the object by clicking on it*/
-};
-typedef uint8_t lv_protect_t;
-
-
-/*Used by `lv_obj_get_type()`. The object's and its ancestor types are stored here*/
-typedef struct {
-    const char * type[LV_MAX_ANCESTOR_NUM];   /*[0]: the actual type, [1]: ancestor, [2] #1's ancestor ... [x]: "lv_obj" */
-} lv_obj_type_t;
-
-enum
-{
-    LV_ALIGN_CENTER = 0,
-    LV_ALIGN_IN_TOP_LEFT,
-    LV_ALIGN_IN_TOP_MID,
-    LV_ALIGN_IN_TOP_RIGHT,
-    LV_ALIGN_IN_BOTTOM_LEFT,
-    LV_ALIGN_IN_BOTTOM_MID,
-    LV_ALIGN_IN_BOTTOM_RIGHT,
-    LV_ALIGN_IN_LEFT_MID,
-    LV_ALIGN_IN_RIGHT_MID,
-    LV_ALIGN_OUT_TOP_LEFT,
-    LV_ALIGN_OUT_TOP_MID,
-    LV_ALIGN_OUT_TOP_RIGHT,
-    LV_ALIGN_OUT_BOTTOM_LEFT,
-    LV_ALIGN_OUT_BOTTOM_MID,
-    LV_ALIGN_OUT_BOTTOM_RIGHT,
-    LV_ALIGN_OUT_LEFT_TOP,
-    LV_ALIGN_OUT_LEFT_MID,
-    LV_ALIGN_OUT_LEFT_BOTTOM,
-    LV_ALIGN_OUT_RIGHT_TOP,
-    LV_ALIGN_OUT_RIGHT_MID,
-    LV_ALIGN_OUT_RIGHT_BOTTOM,
-};
-typedef uint8_t lv_align_t;
-
-enum
-{
-    LV_ANIM_NONE = 0,
-    LV_ANIM_FLOAT_TOP,      /*Float from/to the top*/
-    LV_ANIM_FLOAT_LEFT,     /*Float from/to the left*/
-    LV_ANIM_FLOAT_BOTTOM,   /*Float from/to the bottom*/
-    LV_ANIM_FLOAT_RIGHT,    /*Float from/to the right*/
-    LV_ANIM_GROW_H,         /*Grow/shrink  horizontally*/
-    LV_ANIM_GROW_V,         /*Grow/shrink  vertically*/
-};
-typedef uint8_t lv_anim_builtin_t;
-
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Init. the 'lv' library.
- */
-void lv_init(void);
-
-/*--------------------
- * Create and delete
- *-------------------*/
-
-/**
- * Create a basic object
- * @param parent pointer to a parent object.
- *                  If NULL then a screen will be created
- * @param copy pointer to a base object, if not NULL then the new object will be copied from it
- * @return pointer to the new object
- */
-lv_obj_t * lv_obj_create(lv_obj_t * parent,const  lv_obj_t * copy);
-
-/**
- * Delete 'obj' and all of its children
- * @param obj pointer to an object to delete
- * @return LV_RES_INV because the object is deleted
- */
-lv_res_t lv_obj_del(lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/**
- * Delete all children of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- */
-void lv_obj_clean(lv_obj_t *obj);
-
-/**
- * Mark the object as invalid therefore its current position will be redrawn by 'lv_refr_task'
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- */
-void lv_obj_invalidate(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/*=====================
- * Setter functions
- *====================*/
-
-/*--------------
- * Screen set
- *--------------*/
-
-/**
- * Load a new screen
- * @param scr pointer to a screen
- */
-void lv_scr_load(lv_obj_t * scr);
-
-/*--------------------
- * Parent/children set
- *--------------------*/
-
-/**
- * Set a new parent for an object. Its relative position will be the same.
- * @param obj pointer to an object. Can't be a screen.
- * @param parent pointer to the new parent object. (Can't be NULL)
- */
-void lv_obj_set_parent(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_obj_t * parent);
-
-/*--------------------
- * Coordinate set
- * ------------------*/
-
-/**
- * Set relative the position of an object (relative to the parent)
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param x new distance from the left side of the parent
- * @param y new distance from the top of the parent
- */
-void lv_obj_set_pos(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y);
-
-/**
- * Set the x coordinate of a object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param x new distance from the left side from the parent
- */
-void lv_obj_set_x(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_coord_t x);
-
-/**
- * Set the y coordinate of a object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param y new distance from the top of the parent
- */
-void lv_obj_set_y(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_coord_t y);
-
-/**
- * Set the size of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param w new width
- * @param h new height
- */
-void lv_obj_set_size(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_coord_t w, lv_coord_t h);
-
-/**
- * Set the width of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param w new width
- */
-void lv_obj_set_width(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_coord_t w);
-
-/**
- * Set the height of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param h new height
- */
-void lv_obj_set_height(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_coord_t h);
-
-/**
- * Align an object to an other object.
- * @param obj pointer to an object to align
- * @param base pointer to an object (if NULL the parent is used). 'obj' will be aligned to it.
- * @param align type of alignment (see 'lv_align_t' enum)
- * @param x_mod x coordinate shift after alignment
- * @param y_mod y coordinate shift after alignment
- */
-void lv_obj_align(lv_obj_t * obj,const lv_obj_t * base, lv_align_t align, lv_coord_t x_mod, lv_coord_t y_mod);
-
-
-/*---------------------
- * Appearance set
- *--------------------*/
-
-/**
- * Set a new style for an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param style_p pointer to the new style
- */
-void lv_obj_set_style(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_style_t * style);
-
-/**
- * Notify an object about its style is modified
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- */
-void lv_obj_refresh_style(lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/**
- * Notify all object if a style is modified
- * @param style pointer to a style. Only the objects with this style will be notified
- *               (NULL to notify all objects)
- */
-void lv_obj_report_style_mod(lv_style_t * style);
-
-/*-----------------
- * Attribute set
- *----------------*/
-
-/**
- * Hide an object. It won't be visible and clickable.
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param en true: hide the object
- */
-void lv_obj_set_hidden(lv_obj_t * obj, bool en);
-
-/**
- * Enable or disable the clicking of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param en true: make the object clickable
- */
-void lv_obj_set_click(lv_obj_t * obj, bool en);
-
-/**
- * Enable to bring this object to the foreground if it
- * or any of its children is clicked
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param en true: enable the auto top feature
- */
-void lv_obj_set_top(lv_obj_t * obj, bool en);
-
-/**
- * Enable the dragging of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param en true: make the object dragable
- */
-void lv_obj_set_drag(lv_obj_t * obj, bool en);
-
-/**
- * Enable the throwing of an object after is is dragged
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param en true: enable the drag throw
- */
-void lv_obj_set_drag_throw(lv_obj_t * obj, bool en);
-
-/**
- * Enable to use parent for drag related operations.
- * If trying to drag the object the parent will be moved instead
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param en true: enable the 'drag parent' for the object
- */
-void lv_obj_set_drag_parent(lv_obj_t * obj, bool en);
-
-/**
- * Set editable parameter Used by groups and keyboard/encoder control.
- * Editable object has something inside to choose (the elements of a list)
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param en true: enable editing
- */
-void lv_obj_set_editable(lv_obj_t * obj, bool en);
-
-/**
- * Set the opa scale enable parameter (required to set opa_scale with `lv_obj_set_opa_scale()`)
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param en true: opa scaling is enabled for this object and all children; false: no opa scaling
- */
-void lv_obj_set_opa_scale_enable(lv_obj_t * obj, bool en);
-
-/**
- * Set the opa scale of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param opa_scale a factor to scale down opacity [0..255]
- */
-void lv_obj_set_opa_scale(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_opa_t opa_scale);
-
-/**
- * Set a bit or bits in the protect filed
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param prot 'OR'-ed values from `lv_protect_t`
- */
-void lv_obj_set_protect(lv_obj_t * obj, uint8_t prot);
-
-/**
- * Clear a bit or bits in the protect filed
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param prot 'OR'-ed values from `lv_protect_t`
- */
-void lv_obj_clear_protect(lv_obj_t * obj, uint8_t prot);
-
-/**
- * Set the signal function of an object.
- * Always call the previous signal function in the new.
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param fp the new signal function
- */
-void lv_obj_set_signal_func(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_signal_func_t fp);
-
-/**
- * Set a new design function for an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param fp the new design function
- */
-void lv_obj_set_design_func(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_design_func_t fp);
-
-/*----------------
- * Other set
- *--------------*/
-
-/**
- * Allocate a new ext. data for an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param ext_size the size of the new ext. data
- * @return pointer to the allocated ext
- */
-void * lv_obj_allocate_ext_attr(lv_obj_t * obj, uint16_t ext_size);
-
-/**
- * Send a 'LV_SIGNAL_REFR_EXT_SIZE' signal to the object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- */
-void lv_obj_refresh_ext_size(lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-#ifdef LV_OBJ_FREE_NUM_TYPE
-/**
- * Set an application specific number for an object.
- * It can help to identify objects in the application.
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param free_num the new free number
- */
-void lv_obj_set_free_num(lv_obj_t * obj, LV_OBJ_FREE_NUM_TYPE free_num);
-#endif
-
-#if LV_OBJ_FREE_PTR != 0
-/**
- * Set an application specific  pointer for an object.
- * It can help to identify objects in the application.
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param free_p the new free pinter
- */
-void lv_obj_set_free_ptr(lv_obj_t * obj, void * free_p);
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_ANIMATION
-/**
- * Animate an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object to animate
- * @param type type of animation from 'lv_anim_builtin_t'. 'OR' it with ANIM_IN or ANIM_OUT
- * @param time time of animation in milliseconds
- * @param delay delay before the animation in milliseconds
- * @param cb a function to call when the animation is ready
- */
-void lv_obj_animate(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_anim_builtin_t type, uint16_t time, uint16_t delay, void (*cb) (lv_obj_t *));
-#endif
-
-/*=======================
- * Getter functions
- *======================*/
-
-/*------------------
- * Screen get
- *-----------------*/
-
-/**
- * Return with a pointer to the active screen
- * @return pointer to the active screen object (loaded by 'lv_scr_load()')
- */
-lv_obj_t * lv_scr_act(void);
-
-/**
- * Return with the top layer. (Same on every screen and it is above the normal screen layer)
- * @return pointer to the top layer object  (transparent screen sized lv_obj)
- */
-lv_obj_t * lv_layer_top(void);
-
-/**
- * Return with the system layer. (Same on every screen and it is above the all other layers)
- * It is used for example by the cursor
- * @return pointer to the system layer object (transparent screen sized lv_obj)
- */
-lv_obj_t * lv_layer_sys(void);
-
-/**
- * Return with the screen of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return pointer to a screen
- */
-lv_obj_t * lv_obj_get_screen(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/*---------------------
- * Parent/children get
- *--------------------*/
-
-/**
- * Returns with the parent of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return pointer to the parent of  'obj'
- */
-lv_obj_t * lv_obj_get_parent(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/**
- * Iterate through the children of an object (start from the "youngest, lastly created")
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param child NULL at first call to get the next children
- *                  and the previous return value later
- * @return the child after 'act_child' or NULL if no more child
- */
-lv_obj_t * lv_obj_get_child(const lv_obj_t * obj, const lv_obj_t * child);
-
-/**
- * Iterate through the children of an object (start from the "oldest", firstly created)
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param child NULL at first call to get the next children
- *                  and the previous return value later
- * @return the child after 'act_child' or NULL if no more child
- */
-lv_obj_t * lv_obj_get_child_back(const lv_obj_t * obj, const lv_obj_t * child);
-
-/**
- * Count the children of an object (only children directly on 'obj')
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return children number of 'obj'
- */
-uint16_t lv_obj_count_children(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/*---------------------
- * Coordinate get
- *--------------------*/
-
-/**
- * Copy the coordinates of an object to an area
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param cords_p pointer to an area to store the coordinates
- */
-void lv_obj_get_coords(const lv_obj_t * obj, lv_area_t * cords_p);
-
-/**
- * Get the x coordinate of object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return distance of 'obj' from the left side of its parent
- */
-lv_coord_t lv_obj_get_x(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/**
- * Get the y coordinate of object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return distance of 'obj' from the top of its parent
- */
-lv_coord_t lv_obj_get_y(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/**
- * Get the width of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return the width
- */
-lv_coord_t lv_obj_get_width(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/**
- * Get the height of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return the height
- */
-lv_coord_t lv_obj_get_height(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/**
- * Get the extended size attribute of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return the extended size attribute
- */
-lv_coord_t lv_obj_get_ext_size(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/*-----------------
- * Appearance get
- *---------------*/
-
-/**
- * Get the style pointer of an object (if NULL get style of the parent)
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return pointer to a style
- */
-lv_style_t * lv_obj_get_style(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/*-----------------
- * Attribute get
- *----------------*/
-
-/**
- * Get the hidden attribute of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return true: the object is hidden
- */
-bool lv_obj_get_hidden(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/**
- * Get the click enable attribute of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return true: the object is clickable
- */
-bool lv_obj_get_click(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/**
- * Get the top enable attribute of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return true: the auto top feture is enabled
- */
-bool lv_obj_get_top(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/**
- * Get the drag enable attribute of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return true: the object is dragable
- */
-bool lv_obj_get_drag(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/**
- * Get the drag thow enable attribute of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return true: drag throw is enabled
- */
-bool lv_obj_get_drag_throw(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/**
- * Get the drag parent attribute of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return true: drag parent is enabled
- */
-bool lv_obj_get_drag_parent(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/**
- * Get the opa scale parameter of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return opa scale [0..255]
- */
-lv_opa_t lv_obj_get_opa_scale(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/**
- * Get the protect field of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return protect field ('OR'ed values of `lv_protect_t`)
- */
-uint8_t lv_obj_get_protect(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/**
- * Check at least one bit of a given protect bitfield is set
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @param prot protect bits to test ('OR'ed values of `lv_protect_t`)
- * @return false: none of the given bits are set, true: at least one bit is set
- */
-bool lv_obj_is_protected(const lv_obj_t * obj, uint8_t prot);
-
-/**
- * Get the signal function of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return the signal function
- */
-lv_signal_func_t   lv_obj_get_signal_func(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/**
- * Get the design function of an object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return the design function
- */
-lv_design_func_t lv_obj_get_design_func(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/*------------------
- * Other get
- *-----------------*/
-
-/**
- * Get the ext pointer
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return the ext pointer but not the dynamic version
- *         Use it as ext->data1, and NOT da(ext)->data1
- */
-void * lv_obj_get_ext_attr(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-/**
- * Get object's and its ancestors type. Put their name in `type_buf` starting with the current type.
- * E.g. buf.type[0]="lv_btn", buf.type[1]="lv_cont", buf.type[2]="lv_obj"
- * @param obj pointer to an object which type should be get
- * @param buf pointer to an `lv_obj_type_t` buffer to store the types
- */
-void lv_obj_get_type(lv_obj_t * obj, lv_obj_type_t * buf);
-
-#ifdef LV_OBJ_FREE_NUM_TYPE
-/**
- * Get the free number
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return the free number
- */
-LV_OBJ_FREE_NUM_TYPE lv_obj_get_free_num(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-#endif
-
-#if LV_OBJ_FREE_PTR != 0
-/**
- * Get the free pointer
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return the free pointer
- */
-void * lv_obj_get_free_ptr(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_GROUP
-/**
- * Get the group of the object
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return the pointer to group of the object
- */
-void * lv_obj_get_group(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-
-/**
- * Tell whether the ohe object is the focused object of a group or not.
- * @param obj pointer to an object
- * @return true: the object is focused, false: the object is not focused or not in a group
- */
-bool lv_obj_is_focused(const lv_obj_t * obj);
-
-#endif
-
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif /*LV_OBJ_H*/

lv_core/lv_refr.c

@@ -1,554 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_refr.c
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include "lv_refr.h"
-#include "lv_vdb.h"
-#include "../lv_hal/lv_hal_tick.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_task.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_mem.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-typedef struct {
-    lv_area_t area;
-    uint8_t joined;
-} lv_join_t;
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-static void lv_refr_task(void * param);
-static void lv_refr_join_area(void);
-static void lv_refr_areas(void);
-#if LV_VDB_SIZE == 0
-static void lv_refr_area_no_vdb(const lv_area_t * area_p);
-#else
-static void lv_refr_area_with_vdb(const lv_area_t * area_p);
-static void lv_refr_area_part_vdb(const lv_area_t * area_p);
-#endif
-static lv_obj_t * lv_refr_get_top_obj(const lv_area_t * area_p, lv_obj_t * obj);
-static void lv_refr_obj_and_children(lv_obj_t * top_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p);
-static void lv_refr_obj(lv_obj_t * obj, const lv_area_t * mask_ori_p);
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-static lv_join_t inv_buf[LV_INV_FIFO_SIZE];
-static uint16_t inv_buf_p;
-static void (*monitor_cb)(uint32_t, uint32_t); /*Monitor the rendering time*/
-static void (*round_cb)(lv_area_t *);          /*If set then called to modify invalidated areas for special display controllers*/
-static uint32_t px_num;
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Initialize the screen refresh subsystem
- */
-void lv_refr_init(void)
-{
-    inv_buf_p = 0;
-    memset(inv_buf, 0, sizeof(inv_buf));
-
-    lv_task_t * task;
-    task = lv_task_create(lv_refr_task, LV_REFR_PERIOD, LV_TASK_PRIO_MID, NULL);
-    lv_task_ready(task);        /*Be sure the screen will be refreshed immediately on start up*/
-}
-
-/**
- * Redraw the invalidated areas now.
- * Normally the redarwing is peridocally executed in `lv_task_handler` but a long blocking process can
- * prevent the call of `lv_task_handler`. In this case if the the GUI is updated in the process (e.g. progress bar)
- * this function can be called when the screen shoud be updated.
- */
-void lv_refr_now(void)
-{
-    lv_refr_task(NULL);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Invalidate an area
- * @param area_p pointer to area which should be invalidated
- */
-void lv_inv_area(const lv_area_t * area_p)
-{
-    /*Clear the invalidate buffer if the parameter is NULL*/
-    if(area_p == NULL) {
-        inv_buf_p = 0;
-        return;
-    }
-
-    lv_area_t scr_area;
-    scr_area.x1 = 0;
-    scr_area.y1 = 0;
-    scr_area.x2 = LV_HOR_RES - 1;
-    scr_area.y2 = LV_VER_RES - 1;
-
-    lv_area_t com_area;
-    bool suc;
-
-    suc = lv_area_intersect(&com_area, area_p, &scr_area);
-
-    /*The area is truncated to the screen*/
-    if(suc != false) {
-        if(round_cb) round_cb(&com_area);
-
-        /*Save only if this area is not in one of the saved areas*/
-        uint16_t i;
-        for(i = 0; i < inv_buf_p; i++) {
-            if(lv_area_is_in(&com_area, &inv_buf[i].area) != false) return;
-        }
-
-        /*Save the area*/
-        if(inv_buf_p < LV_INV_FIFO_SIZE) {
-            lv_area_copy(&inv_buf[inv_buf_p].area, &com_area);
-        } else {/*If no place for the area add the screen*/
-            inv_buf_p = 0;
-            lv_area_copy(&inv_buf[inv_buf_p].area, &scr_area);
-        }
-        inv_buf_p ++;
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Set a function to call after every refresh to announce the refresh time and the number of refreshed pixels
- * @param cb pointer to a callback function (void my_refr_cb(uint32_t time_ms, uint32_t px_num))
- *           time_ms: refresh time in [ms]
- *           px_num: not the drawn pixels but the number of affected pixels of the screen
- *                   (more pixels are drawn because of overlapping objects)
- */
-void lv_refr_set_monitor_cb(void (*cb)(uint32_t, uint32_t))
-{
-    monitor_cb = cb;
-}
-
-/**
- * Called when an area is invalidated to modify the coordinates of the area.
- * Special display controllers may require special coordinate rounding
- * @param cb pointer to the a function which will modify the area
- */
-void lv_refr_set_round_cb(void(*cb)(lv_area_t *))
-{
-    round_cb = cb;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the number of areas in the buffer
- * @return number of invalid areas
- */
-uint16_t lv_refr_get_buf_size(void)
-{
-    return inv_buf_p;
-}
-
-/**
- * Pop (delete) the last 'num' invalidated areas from the buffer
- * @param num number of areas to delete
- */
-void lv_refr_pop_from_buf(uint16_t num)
-{
-    if(inv_buf_p < num) inv_buf_p = 0;
-    else inv_buf_p -= num;
-}
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Called periodically to handle the refreshing
- * @param param unused
- */
-static void lv_refr_task(void * param)
-{
-    (void)param;
-
-    LV_LOG_TRACE("display refresh task started");
-
-    uint32_t start = lv_tick_get();
-
-    lv_refr_join_area();
-
-    lv_refr_areas();
-
-    bool refr_done = false;
-    if(inv_buf_p != 0) refr_done = true;
-    memset(inv_buf, 0, sizeof(inv_buf));
-    inv_buf_p = 0;
-
-    /* In the callback lv_obj_inv can occur
-     * therefore be sure the inv_buf is cleared prior to it*/
-    if(refr_done != false) {
-        if(monitor_cb != NULL) {
-            monitor_cb(lv_tick_elaps(start), px_num);
-        }
-    }
-
-    LV_LOG_TRACE("display refresh task finished");
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Join the areas which has got common parts
- */
-static void lv_refr_join_area(void)
-{
-    uint32_t join_from;
-    uint32_t join_in;
-    lv_area_t joined_area;
-    for(join_in = 0; join_in < inv_buf_p; join_in++) {
-        if(inv_buf[join_in].joined != 0) continue;
-
-        /*Check all areas to join them in 'join_in'*/
-        for(join_from = 0; join_from < inv_buf_p; join_from++) {
-            /*Handle only unjoined areas and ignore itself*/
-            if(inv_buf[join_from].joined != 0 || join_in == join_from) {
-                continue;
-            }
-
-            /*Check if the areas are on each other*/
-            if(lv_area_is_on(&inv_buf[join_in].area,
-                             &inv_buf[join_from].area) == false) {
-                continue;
-            }
-
-            lv_area_join(&joined_area, &inv_buf[join_in].area,
-                         &inv_buf[join_from].area);
-
-            /*Join two area only if the joined area size is smaller*/
-            if(lv_area_get_size(&joined_area) <
-                    (lv_area_get_size(&inv_buf[join_in].area) + lv_area_get_size(&inv_buf[join_from].area))) {
-                lv_area_copy(&inv_buf[join_in].area, &joined_area);
-
-                /*Mark 'join_form' is joined into 'join_in'*/
-                inv_buf[join_from].joined = 1;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Refresh the joined areas
- */
-static void lv_refr_areas(void)
-{
-    px_num = 0;
-    uint32_t i;
-
-    for(i = 0; i < inv_buf_p; i++) {
-        /*Refresh the unjoined areas*/
-        if(inv_buf[i].joined == 0) {
-            /*If there is no VDB do simple drawing*/
-#if LV_VDB_SIZE == 0
-            lv_refr_area_no_vdb(&inv_buf[i].area);
-#else
-            /*If VDB is used...*/
-            lv_refr_area_with_vdb(&inv_buf[i].area);
-#endif
-            if(monitor_cb != NULL) px_num += lv_area_get_size(&inv_buf[i].area);
-        }
-    }
-
-}
-
-#if LV_VDB_SIZE == 0
-/**
- * Refresh an area if there is no Virtual Display Buffer
- * @param area_p pointer to an area to refresh
- */
-static void lv_refr_area_no_vdb(const lv_area_t * area_p)
-{
-    lv_obj_t * top_p;
-
-    /*Get top object which is not covered by others*/
-    top_p = lv_refr_get_top_obj(area_p, lv_scr_act());
-
-    /*Do the refreshing*/
-    lv_refr_obj_and_children(top_p, area_p);
-
-    /*Also refresh top and sys layer unconditionally*/
-    lv_refr_obj_and_children(lv_layer_top(), area_p);
-    lv_refr_obj_and_children(lv_layer_sys(), area_p);
-}
-
-#else
-
-/**
- * Refresh an area if there is Virtual Display Buffer
- * @param area_p  pointer to an area to refresh
- */
-static void lv_refr_area_with_vdb(const lv_area_t * area_p)
-{
-    /*Calculate the max row num*/
-    lv_coord_t w = lv_area_get_width(area_p);
-    lv_coord_t h = lv_area_get_height(area_p);
-    lv_coord_t y2 = area_p->y2 >= LV_VER_RES ? y2 = LV_VER_RES - 1 : area_p->y2;
-
-    int32_t max_row = (uint32_t) LV_VDB_SIZE / w;
-
-    if(max_row > h) max_row = h;
-
-
-    /*Round down the lines of VDB if rounding is added*/
-    if(round_cb) {
-        lv_area_t tmp;
-        tmp.x1 = 0;
-        tmp.x2 = 0;
-        tmp.y1 = 0;
-        tmp.y2 = max_row;
-
-        lv_coord_t y_tmp = max_row;
-        do {
-            tmp.y2 = y_tmp;
-            round_cb(&tmp);
-            y_tmp --;       /*Decrement the number of line until it is rounded to a smaller (or equal) value then the original. */
-        } while(lv_area_get_height(&tmp) > max_row && y_tmp != 0);
-
-        if(y_tmp == 0) {
-            LV_LOG_WARN("Can't set VDB height using the round function. (Wrong round_cb or to small VDB)");
-            return;
-        } else {
-            max_row = tmp.y2 + 1;
-        }
-    }
-
-    /*Always use the full row*/
-    lv_coord_t row;
-    lv_coord_t row_last = 0;
-    for(row = area_p->y1; row  + max_row - 1 <= y2; row += max_row)  {
-        lv_vdb_t * vdb_p = lv_vdb_get();
-        if(!vdb_p) {
-            LV_LOG_WARN("Invalid VDB pointer");
-            return;
-        }
-
-        /*Calc. the next y coordinates of VDB*/
-        vdb_p->area.x1 = area_p->x1;
-        vdb_p->area.x2 = area_p->x2;
-        vdb_p->area.y1 = row;
-        vdb_p->area.y2 = row + max_row - 1;
-        if(vdb_p->area.y2 > y2) vdb_p->area.y2 = y2;
-        row_last = vdb_p->area.y2;
-        lv_refr_area_part_vdb(area_p);
-    }
-
-    /*If the last y coordinates are not handled yet ...*/
-    if(y2 != row_last) {
-        lv_vdb_t * vdb_p = lv_vdb_get();
-        if(!vdb_p) {
-            LV_LOG_WARN("Invalid VDB pointer");
-            return;
-        }
-
-        /*Calc. the next y coordinates of VDB*/
-        vdb_p->area.x1 = area_p->x1;
-        vdb_p->area.x2 = area_p->x2;
-        vdb_p->area.y1 = row;
-        vdb_p->area.y2 = y2;
-
-        /*Refresh this part too*/
-        lv_refr_area_part_vdb(area_p);
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Refresh a part of an area which is on the actual Virtual Display Buffer
- * @param area_p pointer to an area to refresh
- */
-static void lv_refr_area_part_vdb(const lv_area_t * area_p)
-{
-    lv_vdb_t * vdb_p = lv_vdb_get();
-    if(!vdb_p) {
-        LV_LOG_WARN("Invalid VDB pointer");
-        return;
-    }
-    lv_obj_t * top_p;
-
-    /*Get the new mask from the original area and the act. VDB
-     It will be a part of 'area_p'*/
-    lv_area_t start_mask;
-    lv_area_intersect(&start_mask, area_p, &vdb_p->area);
-
-    /*Get the most top object which is not covered by others*/
-    top_p = lv_refr_get_top_obj(&start_mask, lv_scr_act());
-
-    /*Do the refreshing from the top object*/
-    lv_refr_obj_and_children(top_p, &start_mask);
-
-    /*Also refresh top and sys layer unconditionally*/
-    lv_refr_obj_and_children(lv_layer_top(), &start_mask);
-    lv_refr_obj_and_children(lv_layer_sys(), &start_mask);
-
-    /*Flush the content of the VDB*/
-    lv_vdb_flush();
-}
-
-#endif /*LV_VDB_SIZE == 0*/
-
-/**
- * Search the most top object which fully covers an area
- * @param area_p pointer to an area
- * @param obj the first object to start the searching (typically a screen)
- * @return
- */
-static lv_obj_t * lv_refr_get_top_obj(const lv_area_t * area_p, lv_obj_t * obj)
-{
-    lv_obj_t * i;
-    lv_obj_t * found_p = NULL;
-
-    /*If this object is fully cover the draw area check the children too */
-    if(lv_area_is_in(area_p, &obj->coords) && obj->hidden == 0) {
-        LL_READ(obj->child_ll, i)        {
-            found_p = lv_refr_get_top_obj(area_p, i);
-
-            /*If a children is ok then break*/
-            if(found_p != NULL) {
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-
-        /*If no better children check this object*/
-        if(found_p == NULL) {
-            lv_style_t * style = lv_obj_get_style(obj);
-            if(style->body.opa == LV_OPA_COVER &&
-                    obj->design_func(obj, area_p, LV_DESIGN_COVER_CHK) != false &&
-                    lv_obj_get_opa_scale(obj) == LV_OPA_COVER) {
-                found_p = obj;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    return found_p;
-}
-
-/**
- * Make the refreshing from an object. Draw all its children and the youngers too.
- * @param top_p pointer to an objects. Start the drawing from it.
- * @param mask_p pointer to an area, the objects will be drawn only here
- */
-static void lv_refr_obj_and_children(lv_obj_t * top_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p)
-{
-    /* Normally always will be a top_obj (at least the screen)
-     * but in special cases (e.g. if the screen has alpha) it won't.
-     * In this case use the screen directly */
-    if(top_p == NULL) top_p = lv_scr_act();
-
-    /*Refresh the top object and its children*/
-    lv_refr_obj(top_p, mask_p);
-
-    /*Draw the 'younger' sibling objects because they can be on top_obj */
-    lv_obj_t * par;
-    lv_obj_t * i;
-    lv_obj_t * border_p = top_p;
-
-    par = lv_obj_get_parent(top_p);
-
-    /*Do until not reach the screen*/
-    while(par != NULL) {
-        /*object before border_p has to be redrawn*/
-        i = lv_ll_get_prev(&(par->child_ll), border_p);
-
-        while(i != NULL) {
-            /*Refresh the objects*/
-            lv_refr_obj(i, mask_p);
-            i = lv_ll_get_prev(&(par->child_ll), i);
-        }
-
-        /*The new border will be there last parents,
-         *so the 'younger' brothers of parent will be refreshed*/
-        border_p = par;
-        /*Go a level deeper*/
-        par = lv_obj_get_parent(par);
-    }
-
-    /*Call the post draw design function of the parents of the to object*/
-    par = lv_obj_get_parent(top_p);
-    while(par != NULL) {
-        par->design_func(par, mask_p, LV_DESIGN_DRAW_POST);
-        par = lv_obj_get_parent(par);
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Refresh an object an all of its children. (Called recursively)
- * @param obj pointer to an object to refresh
- * @param mask_ori_p pointer to an area, the objects will be drawn only here
- */
-static void lv_refr_obj(lv_obj_t * obj, const lv_area_t * mask_ori_p)
-{
-    /*Do not refresh hidden objects*/
-    if(obj->hidden != 0) return;
-
-    bool union_ok;  /* Store the return value of area_union */
-    /* Truncate the original mask to the coordinates of the parent
-     * because the parent and its children are visible only here */
-    lv_area_t obj_mask;
-    lv_area_t obj_ext_mask;
-    lv_area_t obj_area;
-    lv_coord_t ext_size = obj->ext_size;
-    lv_obj_get_coords(obj, &obj_area);
-    obj_area.x1 -= ext_size;
-    obj_area.y1 -= ext_size;
-    obj_area.x2 += ext_size;
-    obj_area.y2 += ext_size;
-    union_ok = lv_area_intersect(&obj_ext_mask, mask_ori_p, &obj_area);
-
-    /*Draw the parent and its children only if they ore on 'mask_parent'*/
-    if(union_ok != false) {
-
-        /* Redraw the object */
-        lv_style_t * style = lv_obj_get_style(obj);
-        if(style->body.opa != LV_OPA_TRANSP) {
-            obj->design_func(obj, &obj_ext_mask, LV_DESIGN_DRAW_MAIN);
-            //tick_wait_ms(100);  /*DEBUG: Wait after every object draw to see the order of drawing*/
-        }
-
-        /*Create a new 'obj_mask' without 'ext_size' because the children can't be visible there*/
-        lv_obj_get_coords(obj, &obj_area);
-        union_ok = lv_area_intersect(&obj_mask, mask_ori_p, &obj_area);
-        if(union_ok != false) {
-            lv_area_t mask_child; /*Mask from obj and its child*/
-            lv_obj_t * child_p;
-            lv_area_t child_area;
-            LL_READ_BACK(obj->child_ll, child_p) {
-                lv_obj_get_coords(child_p, &child_area);
-                ext_size = child_p->ext_size;
-                child_area.x1 -= ext_size;
-                child_area.y1 -= ext_size;
-                child_area.x2 += ext_size;
-                child_area.y2 += ext_size;
-                /* Get the union (common parts) of original mask (from obj)
-                 * and its child */
-                union_ok = lv_area_intersect(&mask_child, &obj_mask, &child_area);
-
-                /*If the parent and the child has common area then refresh the child */
-                if(union_ok) {
-                    /*Refresh the next children*/
-                    lv_refr_obj(child_p, &mask_child);
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        /* If all the children are redrawn make 'post draw' design */
-        if(style->body.opa != LV_OPA_TRANSP) {
-            obj->design_func(obj, &obj_ext_mask, LV_DESIGN_DRAW_POST);
-        }
-    }
-}

lv_core/lv_refr.h

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_refr.h
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef LV_REFR_H
-#define LV_REFR_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_obj.h"
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Initialize the screen refresh subsystem
- */
-void lv_refr_init(void);
-
-/**
- * Redraw the invalidated areas now.
- * Normally the redarwing is peridocally executed in `lv_task_handler` but a long blocking process can
- * prevent the call of `lv_task_handler`. In this case if the the GUI is updated in the process (e.g. progress bar)
- * this function can be called when the screen shoud be updated.
- */
-void lv_refr_now(void);
-
-/**
- * Invalidate an area
- * @param area_p pointer to area which should be invalidated
- */
-void lv_inv_area(const lv_area_t * area_p);
-
-/**
- * Set a function to call after every refresh to announce the refresh time and the number of refreshed pixels
- * @param cb pointer to a callback function (void my_refr_cb(uint32_t time_ms, uint32_t px_num))
- */
-void lv_refr_set_monitor_cb(void (*cb)(uint32_t, uint32_t));
-
-/**
- * Called when an area is invalidated to modify the coordinates of the area.
- * Special display controllers may require special coordinate rounding
- * @param cb pointer to the a function which will modify the area
- */
-void lv_refr_set_round_cb(void(*cb)(lv_area_t*));
-
-/**
- * Get the number of areas in the buffer
- * @return number of invalid areas
- */
-uint16_t lv_refr_get_buf_size(void);
-
-/**
- * Pop (delete) the last 'num' invalidated areas from the buffer
- * @param num number of areas to delete
- */
-void lv_refr_pop_from_buf(uint16_t num);
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif /*LV_REFR_H*/

lv_core/lv_style.c

@@ -1,345 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_style.c
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_obj.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_mem.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-#define STYLE_MIX_MAX       256
-#define STYLE_MIX_SHIFT     8      /*log2(STYLE_MIX_MAX)*/
-
-#define VAL_PROP(v1, v2, r)   v1 + (((v2-v1) * r) >> STYLE_MIX_SHIFT)
-#define STYLE_ATTR_MIX(attr, r)   if(start->attr != end->attr) {res->attr = VAL_PROP(start->attr, end->attr, r);} else {res->attr = start->attr;}
-
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-#if USE_LV_ANIMATION
-typedef struct {
-    lv_style_t style_start;   /*Save not only pointers because can be same as 'style_anim' then it will be modified too*/
-    lv_style_t style_end;
-    lv_style_t * style_anim;
-    void (*end_cb)(void *);
-} lv_style_anim_dsc_t;
-#endif
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-#if USE_LV_ANIMATION
-static void style_animator(lv_style_anim_dsc_t * dsc, int32_t val);
-static void style_animation_common_end_cb(void * ptr);
-#endif
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-lv_style_t lv_style_scr;
-lv_style_t lv_style_transp;
-lv_style_t lv_style_transp_fit;
-lv_style_t lv_style_transp_tight;
-lv_style_t lv_style_plain;
-lv_style_t lv_style_plain_color;
-lv_style_t lv_style_pretty;
-lv_style_t lv_style_pretty_color;
-lv_style_t lv_style_btn_rel;
-lv_style_t lv_style_btn_pr;
-lv_style_t lv_style_btn_tgl_rel;
-lv_style_t lv_style_btn_tgl_pr;
-lv_style_t lv_style_btn_ina;
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- *  Init the basic styles
- */
-void lv_style_init(void)
-{
-    /* Not White/Black/Gray colors are created by HSV model with
-     * HUE = 210*/
-
-    /*Screen style*/
-    lv_style_scr.glass = 0;
-    lv_style_scr.body.opa = LV_OPA_COVER;
-    lv_style_scr.body.main_color = LV_COLOR_WHITE;
-    lv_style_scr.body.grad_color = LV_COLOR_WHITE;
-    lv_style_scr.body.radius = 0;
-    lv_style_scr.body.padding.ver = LV_DPI / 12;
-    lv_style_scr.body.padding.hor = LV_DPI / 12;
-    lv_style_scr.body.padding.inner = LV_DPI / 12;
-
-    lv_style_scr.body.border.color = LV_COLOR_BLACK;
-    lv_style_scr.body.border.opa = LV_OPA_COVER;
-    lv_style_scr.body.border.width = 0;
-    lv_style_scr.body.border.part = LV_BORDER_FULL;
-
-    lv_style_scr.body.shadow.color = LV_COLOR_GRAY;
-    lv_style_scr.body.shadow.type = LV_SHADOW_FULL;
-    lv_style_scr.body.shadow.width = 0;
-
-    lv_style_scr.text.opa = LV_OPA_COVER;
-    lv_style_scr.text.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x30, 0x30, 0x30);
-    lv_style_scr.text.font = LV_FONT_DEFAULT;
-    lv_style_scr.text.letter_space = 2;
-    lv_style_scr.text.line_space = 2;
-
-    lv_style_scr.image.opa = LV_OPA_COVER;
-    lv_style_scr.image.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x20, 0x20, 0x20);
-    lv_style_scr.image.intense = LV_OPA_TRANSP;
-
-    lv_style_scr.line.opa = LV_OPA_COVER;
-    lv_style_scr.line.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x20, 0x20, 0x20);
-    lv_style_scr.line.width = 2;
-    lv_style_scr.line.rounded = 0;
-
-    /*Plain style (by default near the same as the screen style)*/
-    memcpy(&lv_style_plain, &lv_style_scr, sizeof(lv_style_t));
-
-    /*Plain color style*/
-    memcpy(&lv_style_plain_color, &lv_style_plain, sizeof(lv_style_t));
-    lv_style_plain_color.text.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xf0, 0xf0, 0xf0);
-    lv_style_plain_color.image.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xf0, 0xf0, 0xf0);
-    lv_style_plain_color.line.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xf0, 0xf0, 0xf0);
-    lv_style_plain_color.body.main_color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x55, 0x96, 0xd8);
-    lv_style_plain_color.body.grad_color = lv_style_plain_color.body.main_color;
-
-    /*Pretty style */
-    memcpy(&lv_style_pretty, &lv_style_plain, sizeof(lv_style_t));
-    lv_style_pretty.text.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x20, 0x20, 0x20);
-    lv_style_pretty.image.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x20, 0x20, 0x20);
-    lv_style_pretty.line.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x20, 0x20, 0x20);
-    lv_style_pretty.body.main_color = LV_COLOR_WHITE;
-    lv_style_pretty.body.grad_color = LV_COLOR_SILVER;
-    lv_style_pretty.body.radius = LV_DPI / 15;
-    lv_style_pretty.body.border.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x40, 0x40, 0x40);
-    lv_style_pretty.body.border.width = LV_DPI / 50 >= 1 ? LV_DPI / 50  : 1;
-    lv_style_pretty.body.border.opa = LV_OPA_30;
-
-    /*Pretty color style*/
-    memcpy(&lv_style_pretty_color, &lv_style_pretty, sizeof(lv_style_t));
-    lv_style_pretty_color.text.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xe0, 0xe0, 0xe0);
-    lv_style_pretty_color.image.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xe0, 0xe0, 0xe0);
-    lv_style_pretty_color.line.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xc0, 0xc0, 0xc0);
-    lv_style_pretty_color.body.main_color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x6b, 0x9a, 0xc7);
-    lv_style_pretty_color.body.grad_color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x2b, 0x59, 0x8b);
-    lv_style_pretty_color.body.border.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x15, 0x2c, 0x42);
-
-    /*Transparent style*/
-    memcpy(&lv_style_transp, &lv_style_plain, sizeof(lv_style_t));
-    lv_style_transp.body.empty = 1;
-    lv_style_transp.glass = 1;
-    lv_style_transp.body.border.width = 0;
-
-    /*Transparent fitting size*/
-    memcpy(&lv_style_transp_fit, &lv_style_transp, sizeof(lv_style_t));
-    lv_style_transp_fit.body.padding.hor = 0;
-    lv_style_transp_fit.body.padding.ver = 0;
-
-    /*Transparent tight style*/
-    memcpy(&lv_style_transp_tight, &lv_style_transp_fit, sizeof(lv_style_t));
-    lv_style_transp_tight.body.padding.inner = 0;
-
-    /*Button released style*/
-    memcpy(&lv_style_btn_rel, &lv_style_plain, sizeof(lv_style_t));
-    lv_style_btn_rel.body.main_color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x76, 0xa2, 0xd0);
-    lv_style_btn_rel.body.grad_color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x19, 0x3a, 0x5d);
-    lv_style_btn_rel.body.radius = LV_DPI / 15;
-    lv_style_btn_rel.body.padding.hor = LV_DPI / 4;
-    lv_style_btn_rel.body.padding.ver = LV_DPI / 6;
-    lv_style_btn_rel.body.padding.inner = LV_DPI / 10;
-    lv_style_btn_rel.body.border.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x0b, 0x19, 0x28);
-    lv_style_btn_rel.body.border.width = LV_DPI / 50 >= 1 ? LV_DPI / 50  : 1;
-    lv_style_btn_rel.body.border.opa = LV_OPA_70;
-    lv_style_btn_rel.text.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xff, 0xff, 0xff);
-    lv_style_btn_rel.body.shadow.color = LV_COLOR_GRAY;
-    lv_style_btn_rel.body.shadow.width = 0;
-
-    /*Button pressed style*/
-    memcpy(&lv_style_btn_pr, &lv_style_btn_rel, sizeof(lv_style_t));
-    lv_style_btn_pr.body.main_color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x33, 0x62, 0x94);
-    lv_style_btn_pr.body.grad_color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x10, 0x26, 0x3c);
-    lv_style_btn_pr.text.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xa4, 0xb5, 0xc6);
-    lv_style_btn_pr.image.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xa4, 0xb5, 0xc6);
-    lv_style_btn_pr.line.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xa4, 0xb5, 0xc6);
-
-    /*Button toggle released style*/
-    memcpy(&lv_style_btn_tgl_rel, &lv_style_btn_rel, sizeof(lv_style_t));
-    lv_style_btn_tgl_rel.body.main_color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x0a, 0x11, 0x22);
-    lv_style_btn_tgl_rel.body.grad_color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x37, 0x62, 0x90);
-    lv_style_btn_tgl_rel.body.border.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x01, 0x07, 0x0d);
-    lv_style_btn_tgl_rel.text.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xc8, 0xdd, 0xf4);
-    lv_style_btn_tgl_rel.image.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xc8, 0xdd, 0xf4);
-    lv_style_btn_tgl_rel.line.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xc8, 0xdd, 0xf4);
-
-    /*Button toggle pressed style*/
-    memcpy(&lv_style_btn_tgl_pr, &lv_style_btn_tgl_rel, sizeof(lv_style_t));
-    lv_style_btn_tgl_pr.body.main_color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x02, 0x14, 0x27);
-    lv_style_btn_tgl_pr.body.grad_color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x2b, 0x4c, 0x70);
-    lv_style_btn_tgl_pr.text.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xa4, 0xb5, 0xc6);
-    lv_style_btn_tgl_pr.image.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xa4, 0xb5, 0xc6);
-    lv_style_btn_tgl_pr.line.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xa4, 0xb5, 0xc6);
-
-    /*Button inactive style*/
-    memcpy(&lv_style_btn_ina, &lv_style_btn_rel, sizeof(lv_style_t));
-    lv_style_btn_ina.body.main_color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xd8, 0xd8, 0xd8);
-    lv_style_btn_ina.body.grad_color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xd8, 0xd8, 0xd8);
-    lv_style_btn_ina.body.border.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x90, 0x90, 0x90);
-    lv_style_btn_ina.text.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x70, 0x70, 0x70);
-    lv_style_btn_ina.image.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x70, 0x70, 0x70);
-    lv_style_btn_ina.line.color = LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x70, 0x70, 0x70);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Copy a style to an other
- * @param dest pointer to the destination style
- * @param src pointer to the source style
- */
-void lv_style_copy(lv_style_t * dest, const lv_style_t * src)
-{
-    memcpy(dest, src, sizeof(lv_style_t));
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Mix two styles according to a given ratio
- * @param start start style
- * @param end end style
- * @param res store the result style here
- * @param ratio the ratio of mix [0..256]; 0: `start` style; 256: `end` style
- */
-void lv_style_mix(const lv_style_t * start, const lv_style_t * end, lv_style_t * res, uint16_t ratio)
-{
-    STYLE_ATTR_MIX(body.opa, ratio);
-    STYLE_ATTR_MIX(body.radius, ratio);
-    STYLE_ATTR_MIX(body.border.width, ratio);
-    STYLE_ATTR_MIX(body.border.opa, ratio);
-    STYLE_ATTR_MIX(body.shadow.width, ratio);
-    STYLE_ATTR_MIX(body.padding.hor, ratio);
-    STYLE_ATTR_MIX(body.padding.ver, ratio);
-    STYLE_ATTR_MIX(body.padding.inner, ratio);
-    STYLE_ATTR_MIX(text.line_space, ratio);
-    STYLE_ATTR_MIX(text.letter_space, ratio);
-    STYLE_ATTR_MIX(text.opa, ratio);
-    STYLE_ATTR_MIX(line.width, ratio);
-    STYLE_ATTR_MIX(line.opa, ratio);
-    STYLE_ATTR_MIX(image.intense, ratio);
-    STYLE_ATTR_MIX(image.opa, ratio);
-
-    lv_opa_t opa = ratio == STYLE_MIX_MAX ? LV_OPA_COVER : ratio;
-
-    res->body.main_color = lv_color_mix(end->body.main_color, start->body.main_color, opa);
-    res->body.grad_color = lv_color_mix(end->body.grad_color, start->body.grad_color, opa);
-    res->body.border.color = lv_color_mix(end->body.border.color, start->body.border.color, opa);
-    res->body.shadow.color = lv_color_mix(end->body.shadow.color, start->body.shadow.color, opa);
-    res->text.color = lv_color_mix(end->text.color, start->text.color, opa);
-    res->image.color = lv_color_mix(end->image.color, start->image.color, opa);
-    res->line.color = lv_color_mix(end->line.color, start->line.color, opa);
-
-    if(ratio < (STYLE_MIX_MAX >> 1)) {
-        res->body.empty = start->body.empty;
-        res->body.border.part = start->body.border.part;
-        res->glass = start->glass;
-        res->text.font = start->text.font;
-        res->body.shadow.type = start->body.shadow.type;
-        res->line.rounded = start->line.rounded;
-    } else {
-        res->body.empty = end->body.empty;
-        res->body.border.part = end->body.border.part;
-        res->glass = end->glass;
-        res->text.font = end->text.font;
-        res->body.shadow.type = end->body.shadow.type;
-        res->line.rounded = end->line.rounded;
-    }
-}
-
-#if USE_LV_ANIMATION
-
-/**
- * Create an animation from a pre-configured 'lv_style_anim_t' variable
- * @param anim pointer to a pre-configured 'lv_style_anim_t' variable (will be copied)
- * @return pointer to a descriptor. Really this variable will be animated. (Can be used in `lv_anim_del(dsc, NULL)`)
- */
-void * lv_style_anim_create(lv_style_anim_t * anim)
-{
-    lv_style_anim_dsc_t * dsc;
-    dsc = lv_mem_alloc(sizeof(lv_style_anim_dsc_t));
-    lv_mem_assert(dsc);
-    if(dsc == NULL) return NULL;
-
-    dsc->style_anim = anim->style_anim;
-    memcpy(&dsc->style_start, anim->style_start, sizeof(lv_style_t));
-    memcpy(&dsc->style_end, anim->style_end, sizeof(lv_style_t));
-    memcpy(dsc->style_anim, anim->style_start, sizeof(lv_style_t));
-    dsc->end_cb = anim->end_cb;
-
-
-    lv_anim_t a;
-    a.var = (void *)dsc;
-    a.start = 0;
-    a.end = STYLE_MIX_MAX;
-    a.fp = (lv_anim_fp_t)style_animator;
-    a.path = lv_anim_path_linear;
-    a.end_cb = style_animation_common_end_cb;
-    a.act_time = anim->act_time;
-    a.time = anim->time;
-    a.playback = anim->playback;
-    a.playback_pause = anim->playback_pause;
-    a.repeat = anim->repeat;
-    a.repeat_pause = anim->repeat_pause;
-
-    lv_anim_create(&a);
-
-    return dsc;
-}
-
-#endif
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-#if USE_LV_ANIMATION
-/**
- * Used by the style animations to set the values of a style according to start and end style.
- * @param dsc the 'animated variable' set by lv_style_anim_create()
- * @param val the current state of the animation between 0 and LV_STYLE_ANIM_RES
- */
-static void style_animator(lv_style_anim_dsc_t * dsc, int32_t val)
-{
-    const lv_style_t * start = &dsc->style_start;
-    const lv_style_t * end = &dsc->style_end;
-    lv_style_t * act = dsc->style_anim;
-
-    lv_style_mix(start, end, act, val);
-
-    lv_obj_report_style_mod(dsc->style_anim);
-}
-
-/**
- * Called when a style animation is ready
- * It called the user defined call back and free the allocated memories
- * @param ptr the 'animated variable' set by lv_style_anim_create()
- */
-static void style_animation_common_end_cb(void * ptr)
-{
-    lv_style_anim_dsc_t * dsc = ptr;    /*To avoid casting*/
-
-    if(dsc->end_cb) dsc->end_cb(dsc);
-
-    lv_mem_free(dsc);
-}
-
-#endif

lv_core/lv_style.h

@@ -1,198 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_style.h
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef LV_STYLE_H
-#define LV_STYLE_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_color.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_area.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_font.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_anim.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-#define LV_RADIUS_CIRCLE  (LV_COORD_MAX)    /*A very big radius to always draw as circle*/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/*Border types (Use 'OR'ed values)*/
-enum
-{
-    LV_BORDER_NONE =   0x00,
-    LV_BORDER_BOTTOM = 0x01,
-    LV_BORDER_TOP =    0x02,
-    LV_BORDER_LEFT =   0x04,
-    LV_BORDER_RIGHT =  0x08,
-    LV_BORDER_FULL =   0x0F,
-};
-typedef uint8_t lv_border_part_t;
-
-/*Shadow types*/
-enum
-{
-    LV_SHADOW_BOTTOM = 0,
-    LV_SHADOW_FULL,
-};
-typedef uint8_t lv_shadow_type_t;
-
-typedef struct
-{
-    uint8_t glass :1;           /*1: Do not inherit this style*/
-
-    struct {
-        lv_color_t main_color;
-        lv_color_t grad_color;      /*`grad_color` will be removed in v6.0, use `aux_color` instead*/
-        lv_coord_t radius;
-        lv_opa_t opa;
-
-        struct {
-            lv_color_t color;
-            lv_coord_t width;
-            lv_border_part_t part;
-            lv_opa_t opa;
-        } border;
-
-        struct {
-            lv_color_t color;
-            lv_coord_t width;
-            lv_shadow_type_t type;
-        } shadow;
-
-        struct {
-            lv_coord_t ver;
-            lv_coord_t hor;
-            lv_coord_t inner;
-        } padding;
-
-        uint8_t empty :1;   /*Transparent background (border still drawn)*/
-    } body;
-
-
-    struct {
-        lv_color_t color;
-        const lv_font_t * font;
-        lv_coord_t letter_space;
-        lv_coord_t line_space;
-        lv_opa_t opa;
-    } text;
-
-    struct {
-        lv_color_t color;
-        lv_opa_t intense;
-        lv_opa_t opa;
-    } image;
-
-    struct {
-        lv_color_t color;
-        lv_coord_t width;
-        lv_opa_t opa;
-        uint8_t rounded :1;     /*1: rounded line endings*/
-    } line;
-} lv_style_t;
-
-#if USE_LV_ANIMATION
-typedef struct {
-    const lv_style_t * style_start; /*Pointer to the starting style*/
-    const lv_style_t * style_end;   /*Pointer to the destination style*/
-    lv_style_t * style_anim;        /*Pointer to a style to animate*/
-    lv_anim_cb_t end_cb;            /*Call it when the animation is ready (NULL if unused)*/
-    int16_t time;                   /*Animation time in ms*/
-    int16_t act_time;               /*Current time in animation. Set to negative to make delay.*/
-    uint16_t playback_pause;        /*Wait before play back*/
-    uint16_t repeat_pause;          /*Wait before repeat*/
-    uint8_t playback :1;            /*When the animation is ready play it back*/
-    uint8_t repeat :1;              /*Repeat the animation infinitely*/
-} lv_style_anim_t;
-
-/* Example initialization
-lv_style_anim_t a;
-a.style_anim = &style_to_anim;
-a.style_start = &style_1;
-a.style_end = &style_2;
-a.act_time = 0;
-a.time = 1000;
-a.playback = 0;
-a.playback_pause = 0;
-a.repeat = 0;
-a.repeat_pause = 0;
-a.end_cb = NULL;
-lv_style_anim_create(&a);
- */
-#endif
-
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**
- *  Init the basic styles
- */
-void lv_style_init (void);
-
-/**
- * Copy a style to an other
- * @param dest pointer to the destination style
- * @param src pointer to the source style
- */
-void lv_style_copy(lv_style_t * dest, const lv_style_t * src);
-
-
-/**
- * Mix two styles according to a given ratio
- * @param start start style
- * @param end end style
- * @param res store the result style here
- * @param ratio the ratio of mix [0..256]; 0: `start` style; 256: `end` style
- */
-void lv_style_mix(const lv_style_t * start, const lv_style_t * end, lv_style_t * res, uint16_t ratio);
-
-#if USE_LV_ANIMATION
-
-/**
- * Create an animation from a pre-configured 'lv_style_anim_t' variable
- * @param anim pointer to a pre-configured 'lv_style_anim_t' variable (will be copied)
- * @return pointer to a descriptor. Really this variable will be animated. (Can be used in `lv_anim_del(dsc, NULL)`)
- */
-void * lv_style_anim_create(lv_style_anim_t * anim);
-#endif
-
-/*************************
- *    GLOBAL VARIABLES
- *************************/
-extern lv_style_t lv_style_scr;
-extern lv_style_t lv_style_transp;
-extern lv_style_t lv_style_transp_fit;
-extern lv_style_t lv_style_transp_tight;
-extern lv_style_t lv_style_plain;
-extern lv_style_t lv_style_plain_color;
-extern lv_style_t lv_style_pretty;
-extern lv_style_t lv_style_pretty_color;
-extern lv_style_t lv_style_btn_rel;
-extern lv_style_t lv_style_btn_pr;
-extern lv_style_t lv_style_btn_tgl_rel;
-extern lv_style_t lv_style_btn_tgl_pr;;
-extern lv_style_t lv_style_btn_ina;
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif  /*LV_STYLE_H*/

lv_core/lv_vdb.c

@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_vdb.c
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_vdb.h"
-#if LV_VDB_SIZE != 0
-
-#include "../lv_hal/lv_hal_disp.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_log.h"
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-enum {
-    LV_VDB_STATE_FREE = 0,      /*Not used*/
-    LV_VDB_STATE_ACTIVE,        /*Being used to render*/
-    LV_VDB_STATE_FLUSH,         /*Flushing pixels from it*/
-};
-typedef uint8_t lv_vdb_state_t;
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-
-#if LV_VDB_DOUBLE == 0
-/*Simple VDB*/
-static volatile lv_vdb_state_t vdb_state = LV_VDB_STATE_ACTIVE;
-#  if LV_VDB_ADR == 0
-/*If the buffer address is not specified  simply allocate it*/
-static uint8_t vdb_buf[LV_VDB_SIZE_IN_BYTES];
-static lv_vdb_t vdb = {.buf = (lv_color_t *)vdb_buf};
-#  else     /*LV_VDB_ADR != 0*/
-/*If the buffer address is specified use that address*/
-static lv_vdb_t vdb = {.buf = (lv_color_t *)LV_VDB_ADR};
-#  endif
-#else       /*LV_VDB_DOUBLE != 0*/
-/*Double VDB*/
-static volatile lv_vdb_state_t vdb_state[2] = {LV_VDB_STATE_FREE, LV_VDB_STATE_FREE};
-#  if LV_VDB_ADR == 0
-/*If the buffer address is not specified  simply allocate it*/
-static uint8_t vdb_buf1[LV_VDB_SIZE_IN_BYTES];
-static uint8_t vdb_buf2[LV_VDB_SIZE_IN_BYTES];
-static lv_vdb_t vdb[2] = {{.buf = (lv_color_t *) vdb_buf1}, {.buf = (lv_color_t *) vdb_buf2}};
-#  else /*LV_VDB_ADR != 0*/
-/*If the buffer address is specified use that address*/
-static lv_vdb_t vdb[2] = {{.buf = (lv_color_t *)LV_VDB_ADR}, {.buf = (lv_color_t *)LV_VDB2_ADR}};
-#  endif
-#endif
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Get the 'vdb' variable or allocate one in LV_VDB_DOUBLE mode
- * @return pointer to a 'vdb' variable
- */
-lv_vdb_t * lv_vdb_get(void)
-{
-#if LV_VDB_DOUBLE == 0
-    /* Wait until VDB become ACTIVE from FLUSH by the
-     * user call of 'lv_flush_ready()' in display drivers's flush function*/
-    while(vdb_state != LV_VDB_STATE_ACTIVE);
-
-    if(vdb.buf == (void *)LV_VDB_ADR_INV) {
-        LV_LOG_ERROR("VDB address is invalid. Use `lv_vdb_set_adr` to set a valid address or use LV_VDB_ADR = 0 in lv_conf.h");
-        return NULL;
-    }
-    return &vdb;
-#else
-    /*If already there is an active do nothing*/
-    if(vdb_state[0] == LV_VDB_STATE_ACTIVE) return &vdb[0];
-    if(vdb_state[1] == LV_VDB_STATE_ACTIVE) return &vdb[1];
-
-    /*Try to allocate a free VDB*/
-    if(vdb_state[0] == LV_VDB_STATE_FREE) {
-        vdb_state[0] = LV_VDB_STATE_ACTIVE;
-        return &vdb[0];
-    }
-
-    if(vdb_state[1] == LV_VDB_STATE_FREE) {
-        vdb_state[1] = LV_VDB_STATE_ACTIVE;
-        return &vdb[1];
-    }
-
-    return NULL;   /*There wasn't free VDB (never happen)*/
-#endif
-}
-
-/**
- * Flush the content of the VDB
- */
-void lv_vdb_flush(void)
-{
-    lv_vdb_t * vdb_act = lv_vdb_get();
-    if(!vdb_act) {
-        LV_LOG_WARN("Invalid VDB pointer");
-        return;
-    }
-#if LV_VDB_DOUBLE == 0
-    vdb_state = LV_VDB_STATE_FLUSH;     /*User call to 'lv_flush_ready()' will set to ACTIVE 'disp_flush'*/
-#else
-    /* Wait the pending flush before starting this one
-     * (Don't forget: 'lv_flush_ready()' has to be called when flushing is ready)*/
-    while(vdb_state[0] == LV_VDB_STATE_FLUSH || vdb_state[1] == LV_VDB_STATE_FLUSH);
-
-    /*Turn the active VDB to flushing*/
-    if(vdb_state[0] == LV_VDB_STATE_ACTIVE) vdb_state[0] = LV_VDB_STATE_FLUSH;
-    if(vdb_state[1] == LV_VDB_STATE_ACTIVE) vdb_state[1] = LV_VDB_STATE_FLUSH;
-#endif
-
-    /*Flush the rendered content to the display*/
-    lv_disp_flush(vdb_act->area.x1, vdb_act->area.y1, vdb_act->area.x2, vdb_act->area.y2, vdb_act->buf);
-
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Set the address of VDB buffer(s) manually. To use this set `LV_VDB_ADR` (and `LV_VDB2_ADR`) to `LV_VDB_ADR_INV` in `lv_conf.h`.
- * It should be called before `lv_init()`. The size of the buffer should be: `LV_VDB_SIZE_IN_BYTES`
- * @param buf1 address of the VDB.
- * @param buf2 address of the second buffer. `NULL` if `LV_VDB_DOUBLE  0`
- */
-void lv_vdb_set_adr(void * buf1, void * buf2)
-{
-#if LV_VDB_DOUBLE == 0
-    (void) buf2;   /*unused*/
-    vdb.buf = buf1;
-#else
-    vdb[0].buf = buf1;
-    vdb[1].buf = buf2;
-#endif
-}
-
-/**
- * Call in the display driver's  'disp_flush' function when the flushing is finished
- */
-void lv_flush_ready(void)
-{
-#if LV_VDB_DOUBLE == 0
-    vdb_state = LV_VDB_STATE_ACTIVE;
-
-#if LV_COLOR_SCREEN_TRANSP
-    memset(vdb_buf, 0x00, LV_VDB_SIZE_IN_BYTES);
-#endif
-
-#else
-    if(vdb_state[0] == LV_VDB_STATE_FLUSH) {
-#if LV_COLOR_SCREEN_TRANSP
-        memset(vdb_buf[0], 0x00, LV_VDB_SIZE_IN_BYTES);
-#endif
-        vdb_state[0] = LV_VDB_STATE_FREE;
-    }
-    if(vdb_state[1] == LV_VDB_STATE_FLUSH) {
-#if LV_COLOR_SCREEN_TRANSP
-        memset(vdb_buf[1], 0x00, LV_VDB_SIZE_IN_BYTES);
-#endif
-        vdb_state[1] = LV_VDB_STATE_FREE;
-    }
-#endif
-}
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-#else
-
-/**
- * Just for compatibility
- */
-void lv_flush_ready(void)
-{
-    /*Do nothing. It is used only for VDB*/
-}
-#endif

lv_core/lv_vdb.h

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_vdb.h
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef LV_VDB_H
-#define LV_VDB_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
-#include "lv_conf.h"
-#else
-#include "../../lv_conf.h"
-#endif
-
-#if LV_VDB_SIZE != 0
-
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_color.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_area.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-/*Can be used in `lv_conf.h` the set an invalid address for the VDB. It should be replaced later by a valid address using `lv_vdb_set_adr()`*/
-#define LV_VDB_ADR_INV  8       /*8 is still too small to be valid but it's aligned on 64 bit machines as well*/
-
-#ifndef LV_VDB_PX_BPP
-#warning "LV_VDB_PX_BPP is not specified in lv_conf.h. Use the default value (LV_COLOR_SIZE)"
-#define LV_VDB_PX_BPP LV_COLOR_SIZE
-#endif
-
-/* The size of VDB in bytes.
- * (LV_VDB_SIZE * LV_VDB_PX_BPP) >> 3): just divide by 8 to convert bits to bytes
- * (((LV_VDB_SIZE * LV_VDB_PX_BPP) & 0x7) ? 1 : 0): add an extra byte to round up.
- *    E.g. if LV_VDB_SIZE = 10 and LV_VDB_PX_BPP = 1 -> 10 bits -> 2 bytes*/
-#define LV_VDB_SIZE_IN_BYTES ((LV_VDB_SIZE * LV_VDB_PX_BPP) >> 3) + (((LV_VDB_SIZE * LV_VDB_PX_BPP) & 0x7) ? 1 : 0)
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-typedef struct
-{
-    lv_area_t area;
-    lv_color_t *buf;
-} lv_vdb_t;
-
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Get the 'vdb' variable or allocate one in LV_VDB_DOUBLE mode
- * @return pointer to a 'vdb' variable
- */
-lv_vdb_t * lv_vdb_get(void);
-
-/**
- * Flush the content of the vdb
- */
-void lv_vdb_flush(void);
-
-/**
- * Set the address of VDB buffer(s) manually. To use this set `LV_VDB_ADR` (and `LV_VDB2_ADR`) to `LV_VDB_ADR_INV` in `lv_conf.h`.
- * It should be called before `lv_init()`. The size of the buffer should be: `LV_VDB_SIZE_IN_BYTES`
- * @param buf1 address of the VDB.
- * @param buf2 address of the second buffer. `NULL` if `LV_VDB_DOUBLE  0`
- */
-void lv_vdb_set_adr(void * buf1, void * buf2);
-
-/**
- * Call in the display driver's  'disp_flush' function when the flushing is finished
- */
-void lv_flush_ready(void);
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-#else /*LV_VDB_SIZE != 0*/
-
-/*Just for compatibility*/
-void lv_flush_ready(void);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif /*LV_VDB_H*/

lv_draw/lv_draw.c

@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_draw.c
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "lv_draw.h"
-#include "lv_draw_rbasic.h"
-#include "lv_draw_vbasic.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_fs.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_math.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_ufs.h"
-#include "../lv_objx/lv_img.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-
-#if LV_VDB_SIZE != 0
-void (*const px_fp)(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa) = lv_vpx;
-void (*const fill_fp)(const lv_area_t * coords, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa) =  lv_vfill;
-void (*const letter_fp)(const lv_point_t * pos_p, const lv_area_t * mask, const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa) = lv_vletter;
-void (*const map_fp)(const lv_area_t * cords_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
-                     const uint8_t * map_p, lv_opa_t opa, bool chroma_key, bool alpha_byte,
-                     lv_color_t recolor, lv_opa_t recolor_opa) = lv_vmap;
-#else
-void (*const px_fp)(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa) = lv_rpx;
-void (*const fill_fp)(const lv_area_t * coords, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa) =  lv_rfill;
-void (*const letter_fp)(const lv_point_t * pos_p, const lv_area_t * mask, const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa) = lv_rletter;
-void (*const map_fp)(const lv_area_t * cords_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
-                     const uint8_t * map_p, lv_opa_t opa, bool chroma_key, bool alpha_byte,
-                     lv_color_t recolor, lv_opa_t recolor_opa) = lv_rmap;
-#endif
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-#if LV_ANTIALIAS != 0
-
-/**
- * Get the opacity of a pixel based it's position in a line segment
- * @param seg segment length
- * @param px_id position of  of a pixel which opacity should be get [0..seg-1]
- * @param base_opa the base opacity
- * @return the opacity of the given pixel
- */
-lv_opa_t lv_draw_aa_get_opa(lv_coord_t seg, lv_coord_t px_id, lv_opa_t base_opa)
-{
-    /* How to calculate the opacity of pixels on the edges which makes the anti-aliasing?
-     * For example we have a line like this (y = -0.5 * x):
-     *
-     *  | _ _
-     *    * * |
-     *
-     * Anti-aliased pixels come to the '*' characters
-     * Calculate what percentage of the pixels should be covered if real line (not rasterized) would be drawn:
-     * 1. A real line should start on (0;0) and end on (2;1)
-     * 2. So the line intersection coordinates on the first pixel: (0;0) (1;0.5) -> 25% covered pixel in average
-     * 3. For the second pixel: (1;0.5) (2;1) -> 75% covered pixel in average
-     * 4. The equation: (px_id * 2 + 1) / (segment_width * 2)
-     *                   segment_width: the line segment which is being anti-aliased (was 2 in the example)
-     *                   px_id: pixel ID from 0 to  (segment_width - 1)
-     *                   result: [0..1] coverage of the pixel
-     */
-
-    /*Accelerate the common segment sizes to avoid division*/
-    static const  lv_opa_t seg1[1] = {128};
-    static const  lv_opa_t seg2[2] = {64, 192};
-    static const  lv_opa_t seg3[3] = {42, 128, 212};
-    static const  lv_opa_t seg4[4] = {32, 96, 159, 223};
-    static const  lv_opa_t seg5[5] = {26,  76, 128, 178, 230};
-    static const  lv_opa_t seg6[6] = {21,  64, 106, 148, 191, 234};
-    static const  lv_opa_t seg7[7] = {18,  55, 91, 128, 164, 200, 237};
-    static const  lv_opa_t seg8[8] = {16,  48, 80, 112, 143, 175, 207, 239};
-
-    static const lv_opa_t * seg_map[] = {seg1, seg2, seg3, seg4,
-                                         seg5, seg6, seg7, seg8
-                                        };
-
-    if(seg == 0) return LV_OPA_TRANSP;
-    else if(seg < 8) return (uint32_t)((uint32_t)seg_map[seg - 1][px_id] * base_opa) >> 8;
-    else {
-        return ((px_id * 2 + 1) * base_opa) / (2 * seg);
-    }
-
-}
-
-/**
- * Add a vertical  anti-aliasing segment (pixels with decreasing opacity)
- * @param x start point x coordinate
- * @param y start point y coordinate
- * @param length length of segment (negative value to start from 0 opacity)
- * @param mask draw only in this area
- * @param color color of pixels
- * @param opa maximum opacity
- */
-void lv_draw_aa_ver_seg(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, lv_coord_t length, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa)
-{
-    bool aa_inv = false;
-    if(length < 0) {
-        aa_inv = true;
-        length = -length;
-    }
-
-    lv_coord_t i;
-    for(i = 0; i < length; i++) {
-        lv_opa_t px_opa = lv_draw_aa_get_opa(length, i, opa);
-        if(aa_inv) px_opa = opa - px_opa;
-        px_fp(x, y + i, mask, color, px_opa);
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Add a horizontal anti-aliasing segment (pixels with decreasing opacity)
- * @param x start point x coordinate
- * @param y start point y coordinate
- * @param length length of segment (negative value to start from 0 opacity)
- * @param mask draw only in this area
- * @param color color of pixels
- * @param opa maximum opacity
- */
-void lv_draw_aa_hor_seg(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, lv_coord_t length, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa)
-{
-    bool aa_inv = false;
-    if(length < 0) {
-        aa_inv = true;
-        length = -length;
-    }
-
-    lv_coord_t i;
-    for(i = 0; i < length; i++) {
-        lv_opa_t px_opa = lv_draw_aa_get_opa(length, i, opa);
-        if(aa_inv) px_opa = opa - px_opa;
-        px_fp(x + i, y, mask, color, px_opa);
-    }
-}
-
-#endif

lv_draw/lv_draw.h

@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_draw.h
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef LV_DRAW_H
-#define LV_DRAW_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
-#include "lv_conf.h"
-#else
-#include "../../lv_conf.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "../lv_core/lv_style.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_txt.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-/*If image pixels contains alpha we need to know how much byte is a pixel*/
-#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1 || LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8
-# define LV_IMG_PX_SIZE_ALPHA_BYTE   2
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16
-# define LV_IMG_PX_SIZE_ALPHA_BYTE   3
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
-# define LV_IMG_PX_SIZE_ALPHA_BYTE   4
-#endif
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-enum {
-    LV_IMG_SRC_VARIABLE,
-    LV_IMG_SRC_FILE,
-    LV_IMG_SRC_SYMBOL,
-    LV_IMG_SRC_UNKNOWN,
-};
-typedef uint8_t lv_img_src_t;
-
-
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-#if LV_ANTIALIAS != 0
-
-/**
- * Get the opacity of a pixel based it's position in a line segment
- * @param seg segment length
- * @param px_id position of  of a pixel which opacity should be get [0..seg-1]
- * @param base_opa the base opacity
- * @return the opacity of the given pixel
- */
-lv_opa_t lv_draw_aa_get_opa(lv_coord_t seg, lv_coord_t px_id, lv_opa_t base_opa);
-
-/**
- * Add a vertical  anti-aliasing segment (pixels with decreasing opacity)
- * @param x start point x coordinate
- * @param y start point y coordinate
- * @param length length of segment (negative value to start from 0 opacity)
- * @param mask draw only in this area
- * @param color color of pixels
- * @param opa maximum opacity
- */
-void lv_draw_aa_ver_seg(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, lv_coord_t length, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
-
-/**
- * Add a horizontal anti-aliasing segment (pixels with decreasing opacity)
- * @param x start point x coordinate
- * @param y start point y coordinate
- * @param length length of segment (negative value to start from 0 opacity)
- * @param mask draw only in this area
- * @param color color of pixels
- * @param opa maximum opacity
- */
-void lv_draw_aa_hor_seg(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, lv_coord_t length, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
-#endif
-
-/**********************
- *  GLOBAL VARIABLES
- **********************/
-extern void (*const px_fp)(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
-extern void (*const fill_fp)(const lv_area_t * coords, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
-extern void (*const letter_fp)(const lv_point_t * pos_p, const lv_area_t * mask, const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
-extern void (*const map_fp)(const lv_area_t * cords_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
-                            const uint8_t * map_p, lv_opa_t opa, bool chroma_key, bool alpha_byte,
-                            lv_color_t recolor, lv_opa_t recolor_opa);
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   POST INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_draw_rect.h"
-#include "lv_draw_label.h"
-#include "lv_draw_img.h"
-#include "lv_draw_line.h"
-#include "lv_draw_triangle.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif  /*LV_DRAW_H*/

lv_draw/lv_draw.mk

@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-CSRCS += lv_draw_vbasic.c
-CSRCS += lv_draw_rbasic.c
-CSRCS += lv_draw.c
-CSRCS += lv_draw_rect.c
-CSRCS += lv_draw_label.c
-CSRCS += lv_draw_line.c
-CSRCS += lv_draw_img.c
-CSRCS += lv_draw_arc.c
-CSRCS += lv_draw_triangle.c
-
-DEPPATH += --dep-path lvgl/lv_draw
-VPATH += :lvgl/lv_draw
-
-CFLAGS += "-I$(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_draw"

lv_draw/lv_draw_arc.c

@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_draw_arc.c
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_draw_arc.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_math.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-static uint16_t fast_atan2(int x, int y);
-static void ver_line(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_coord_t len, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
-static void hor_line(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_coord_t len, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
-static bool deg_test_norm(uint16_t deg, uint16_t start, uint16_t end);
-static bool deg_test_inv(uint16_t deg, uint16_t start, uint16_t end);
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Draw an arc. (Can draw pie too with great thickness.)
- * @param center_x the x coordinate of the center of the arc
- * @param center_y the y coordinate of the center of the arc
- * @param radius the radius of the arc
- * @param mask the arc will be drawn only in this mask
- * @param start_angle the start angle of the arc (0 deg on the bottom, 90 deg on the right)
- * @param end_angle the end angle of the arc
- * @param style style of the arc (`body.thickness`, `body.main_color`, `body.opa` is used)
- * @param opa_scale scale down all opacities by the factor
- */
-void lv_draw_arc(lv_coord_t center_x, lv_coord_t center_y, uint16_t radius, const lv_area_t * mask,
-                 uint16_t start_angle, uint16_t end_angle, const lv_style_t * style, lv_opa_t opa_scale)
-{
-    lv_coord_t thickness = style->line.width;
-    if(thickness > radius) thickness = radius;
-
-    lv_coord_t r_out = radius;
-    lv_coord_t r_in = r_out - thickness;
-    int16_t deg_base;
-    int16_t deg;
-    lv_coord_t x_start[4];
-    lv_coord_t x_end[4];
-
-    lv_color_t color = style->line.color;
-    lv_opa_t opa = opa_scale == LV_OPA_COVER ? style->body.opa : (uint16_t)((uint16_t) style->body.opa * opa_scale) >> 8;
-
-
-    bool (*deg_test)(uint16_t, uint16_t, uint16_t);
-    if(start_angle <= end_angle) deg_test = deg_test_norm;
-    else deg_test = deg_test_inv;
-
-    if(deg_test(270, start_angle, end_angle))  hor_line(center_x - r_out + 1, center_y, mask, thickness - 1, color, opa);   // Left Middle
-    if(deg_test(90, start_angle, end_angle))   hor_line(center_x + r_in, center_y,  mask, thickness - 1, color, opa);       // Right Middle
-    if(deg_test(180, start_angle, end_angle))  ver_line(center_x, center_y - r_out + 1,  mask, thickness - 1, color, opa);  // Top Middle
-    if(deg_test(0, start_angle, end_angle))    ver_line(center_x, center_y + r_in,  mask, thickness - 1, color, opa);       // Bottom middle
-
-    uint32_t r_out_sqr = r_out * r_out;
-    uint32_t r_in_sqr = r_in * r_in;
-    int16_t xi;
-    int16_t yi;
-    for(yi = -r_out; yi < 0; yi++) {
-        x_start[0] = LV_COORD_MIN;
-        x_start[1] = LV_COORD_MIN;
-        x_start[2] = LV_COORD_MIN;
-        x_start[3] = LV_COORD_MIN;
-        x_end[0] = LV_COORD_MIN;
-        x_end[1] = LV_COORD_MIN;
-        x_end[2] = LV_COORD_MIN;
-        x_end[3] = LV_COORD_MIN;
-        for(xi = -r_out; xi < 0; xi++) {
-
-            uint32_t r_act_sqr = xi * xi + yi * yi;
-            if(r_act_sqr > r_out_sqr) continue;
-
-            deg_base =  fast_atan2(xi, yi) - 180;
-
-            deg = 180 + deg_base;
-            if(deg_test(deg, start_angle, end_angle)) {
-                if(x_start[0] == LV_COORD_MIN) x_start[0] = xi;
-            } else if(x_start[0] != LV_COORD_MIN && x_end[0] == LV_COORD_MIN) {
-                x_end[0] = xi - 1;
-            }
-
-            deg = 360 - deg_base;
-            if(deg_test(deg, start_angle, end_angle)) {
-                if(x_start[1] == LV_COORD_MIN) x_start[1] = xi;
-            } else if(x_start[1] != LV_COORD_MIN && x_end[1] == LV_COORD_MIN) {
-                x_end[1] = xi - 1;
-            }
-
-            deg = 180 - deg_base;
-            if(deg_test(deg, start_angle, end_angle)) {
-                if(x_start[2] == LV_COORD_MIN) x_start[2] = xi;
-            } else if(x_start[2] != LV_COORD_MIN && x_end[2] == LV_COORD_MIN) {
-                x_end[2] = xi - 1;
-            }
-
-            deg = deg_base;
-            if(deg_test(deg, start_angle, end_angle)) {
-                if(x_start[3] == LV_COORD_MIN) x_start[3] = xi;
-            } else if(x_start[3] != LV_COORD_MIN && x_end[3] == LV_COORD_MIN) {
-                x_end[3] = xi - 1;
-            }
-
-            if(r_act_sqr < r_in_sqr) break; /*No need to continue the iteration in x once we found the inner edge of the arc*/
-        }
-
-
-        if(x_start[0] != LV_COORD_MIN) {
-            if(x_end[0] == LV_COORD_MIN) x_end[0] = xi - 1;
-            hor_line(center_x + x_start[0], center_y + yi, mask, x_end[0] - x_start[0], color, opa);
-        }
-
-        if(x_start[1] != LV_COORD_MIN) {
-            if(x_end[1] == LV_COORD_MIN) x_end[1] = xi - 1;
-            hor_line(center_x + x_start[1], center_y - yi, mask, x_end[1] - x_start[1], color, opa);
-        }
-
-        if(x_start[2] != LV_COORD_MIN) {
-            if(x_end[2] == LV_COORD_MIN) x_end[2] = xi - 1;
-            hor_line(center_x - x_end[2], center_y + yi, mask, LV_MATH_ABS(x_end[2] - x_start[2]), color, opa);
-        }
-
-        if(x_start[3] != LV_COORD_MIN) {
-            if(x_end[3] == LV_COORD_MIN) x_end[3] = xi - 1;
-            hor_line(center_x - x_end[3], center_y - yi, mask, LV_MATH_ABS(x_end[3] - x_start[3]), color, opa);
-        }
-
-
-#if LV_ANTIALIAS
-        /*TODO*/
-
-#endif
-
-    }
-}
-
-static uint16_t fast_atan2(int x, int y)
-{
-    // Fast XY vector to integer degree algorithm - Jan 2011 www.RomanBlack.com
-    // Converts any XY values including 0 to a degree value that should be
-    // within +/- 1 degree of the accurate value without needing
-    // large slow trig functions like ArcTan() or ArcCos().
-    // NOTE! at least one of the X or Y values must be non-zero!
-    // This is the full version, for all 4 quadrants and will generate
-    // the angle in integer degrees from 0-360.
-    // Any values of X and Y are usable including negative values provided
-    // they are between -1456 and 1456 so the 16bit multiply does not overflow.
-
-    unsigned char negflag;
-    unsigned char tempdegree;
-    unsigned char comp;
-    unsigned int degree;     // this will hold the result
-    //signed int x;            // these hold the XY vector at the start
-    //signed int y;            // (and they will be destroyed)
-    unsigned int ux;
-    unsigned int uy;
-
-    // Save the sign flags then remove signs and get XY as unsigned ints
-    negflag = 0;
-    if(x < 0) {
-        negflag += 0x01;    // x flag bit
-        x = (0 - x);        // is now +
-    }
-    ux = x;                // copy to unsigned var before multiply
-    if(y < 0) {
-        negflag += 0x02;    // y flag bit
-        y = (0 - y);        // is now +
-    }
-    uy = y;                // copy to unsigned var before multiply
-
-    // 1. Calc the scaled "degrees"
-    if(ux > uy) {
-        degree = (uy * 45) / ux;   // degree result will be 0-45 range
-        negflag += 0x10;    // octant flag bit
-    } else {
-        degree = (ux * 45) / uy;   // degree result will be 0-45 range
-    }
-
-    // 2. Compensate for the 4 degree error curve
-    comp = 0;
-    tempdegree = degree;    // use an unsigned char for speed!
-    if(tempdegree > 22) {    // if top half of range
-        if(tempdegree <= 44) comp++;
-        if(tempdegree <= 41) comp++;
-        if(tempdegree <= 37) comp++;
-        if(tempdegree <= 32) comp++;  // max is 4 degrees compensated
-    } else { // else is lower half of range
-        if(tempdegree >= 2) comp++;
-        if(tempdegree >= 6) comp++;
-        if(tempdegree >= 10) comp++;
-        if(tempdegree >= 15) comp++;  // max is 4 degrees compensated
-    }
-    degree += comp;   // degree is now accurate to +/- 1 degree!
-
-    // Invert degree if it was X>Y octant, makes 0-45 into 90-45
-    if(negflag & 0x10) degree = (90 - degree);
-
-    // 3. Degree is now 0-90 range for this quadrant,
-    // need to invert it for whichever quadrant it was in
-    if(negflag & 0x02) { // if -Y
-        if(negflag & 0x01)   // if -Y -X
-            degree = (180 + degree);
-        else        // else is -Y +X
-            degree = (180 - degree);
-    } else { // else is +Y
-        if(negflag & 0x01)   // if +Y -X
-            degree = (360 - degree);
-    }
-    return degree;
-}
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-static void ver_line(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_coord_t len, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa)
-{
-    lv_area_t area;
-    lv_area_set(&area, x, y, x, y + len);
-
-    fill_fp(&area, mask, color, opa);
-}
-
-static void hor_line(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_coord_t len, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa)
-{
-    lv_area_t area;
-    lv_area_set(&area, x, y, x + len, y);
-
-    fill_fp(&area, mask, color, opa);
-}
-
-static bool deg_test_norm(uint16_t deg, uint16_t start, uint16_t end)
-{
-    if(deg >= start && deg <= end) return true;
-    else return false;
-}
-
-static bool deg_test_inv(uint16_t deg, uint16_t start, uint16_t end)
-{
-    if(deg >= start || deg <= end) {
-        return true;
-    } else return false;
-}

lv_draw/lv_draw_img.c

@@ -1,759 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_draw_img.c
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_draw_img.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_fs.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-static lv_res_t lv_img_draw_core(const lv_area_t * coords, const lv_area_t * mask,
-                                 const void * src, const lv_style_t * style, lv_opa_t opa_scale);
-
-static const uint8_t * lv_img_decoder_open(const void * src, const lv_style_t * style);
-static lv_res_t lv_img_decoder_read_line(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, lv_coord_t len, uint8_t * buf);
-static void lv_img_decoder_close(void);
-static lv_res_t lv_img_built_in_decoder_line_alpha(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, lv_coord_t len, uint8_t * buf);
-static lv_res_t lv_img_built_in_decoder_line_indexed(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, lv_coord_t len, uint8_t * buf);
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-static bool decoder_custom;
-static const void * decoder_src;
-static lv_img_src_t decoder_src_type;
-static lv_img_header_t decoder_header;
-static const lv_style_t * decoder_style;
-#if USE_LV_FILESYSTEM
-static lv_fs_file_t decoder_file;
-#endif
-#if LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED
-static lv_color_t decoder_index_map[256];
-#endif
-
-static lv_img_decoder_info_f_t lv_img_decoder_info_custom;
-static lv_img_decoder_open_f_t lv_img_decoder_open_custom;
-static lv_img_decoder_read_line_f_t lv_img_decoder_read_line_custom;
-static lv_img_decoder_close_f_t lv_img_decoder_close_custom;
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Draw an image
- * @param coords the coordinates of the image
- * @param mask the image will be drawn only in this area
- * @param src pointer to a lv_color_t array which contains the pixels of the image
- * @param style style of the image
- * @param opa_scale scale down all opacities by the factor
- */
-void lv_draw_img(const lv_area_t * coords, const lv_area_t * mask,
-                 const void * src, const lv_style_t * style, lv_opa_t opa_scale)
-{
-    if(src == NULL) {
-        LV_LOG_WARN("Image draw: src is NULL");
-        lv_draw_rect(coords, mask, &lv_style_plain, LV_OPA_COVER);
-        lv_draw_label(coords, mask, &lv_style_plain, LV_OPA_COVER, "No\ndata", LV_TXT_FLAG_NONE, NULL);
-        return;
-    }
-
-    lv_res_t res;
-    res = lv_img_draw_core(coords, mask, src, style, opa_scale);
-
-    if(res ==  LV_RES_INV) {
-        LV_LOG_WARN("Image draw error");
-        lv_draw_rect(coords, mask, &lv_style_plain, LV_OPA_COVER);
-        lv_draw_label(coords, mask, &lv_style_plain, LV_OPA_COVER, "No\ndata", LV_TXT_FLAG_NONE, NULL);
-        return;
-    }
-}
-
-
-/**
- *
- * @param src
- * @param header
- * @param style
- * @return
- */
-lv_res_t lv_img_dsc_get_info(const char * src, lv_img_header_t * header)
-{
-    header->always_zero = 0;
-    /*Try to get info with the custom functions first*/
-    if(lv_img_decoder_info_custom) {
-        lv_res_t custom_res;
-        custom_res = lv_img_decoder_info_custom(src, header);
-        if(custom_res == LV_RES_OK) return LV_RES_OK;       /*Custom info has supported this source*/
-    }
-
-    lv_img_src_t src_type = lv_img_src_get_type(src);
-    if(src_type == LV_IMG_SRC_VARIABLE) {
-        header->w = ((lv_img_dsc_t *)src)->header.w;
-        header->h = ((lv_img_dsc_t *)src)->header.h;
-        header->cf = ((lv_img_dsc_t *)src)->header.cf;
-    }
-#if USE_LV_FILESYSTEM
-    else if(src_type == LV_IMG_SRC_FILE) {
-        lv_fs_file_t file;
-        lv_fs_res_t res;
-        uint32_t rn;
-        res = lv_fs_open(&file, src, LV_FS_MODE_RD);
-        if(res == LV_FS_RES_OK) {
-            res = lv_fs_read(&file, header, sizeof(lv_img_header_t), &rn);
-        }
-
-        /*Create a dummy header on fs error*/
-        if(res != LV_FS_RES_OK || rn != sizeof(lv_img_header_t)) {
-            header->w = LV_DPI;
-            header->h = LV_DPI;
-            header->cf = LV_IMG_CF_UNKOWN;
-        }
-
-        lv_fs_close(&file);
-    }
-#endif
-    else if(src_type == LV_IMG_SRC_SYMBOL) {
-        /*The size depend on the font but it is unknown here. It should be handled outside of the function*/
-        header->w = 1;
-        header->h = 1;
-        /* Symbols always have transparent parts. Important because of cover check in the design function.
-         * The actual value doesn't matter because lv_draw_label will draw it*/
-        header->cf  = LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_1BIT;
-    } else {
-        LV_LOG_WARN("Image get info found unknown src type");
-        return false;
-    }
-    return true;
-
-}
-
-uint8_t lv_img_color_format_get_px_size(lv_img_cf_t cf)
-{
-    uint8_t px_size = 0;
-
-    switch(cf) {
-        case LV_IMG_CF_UNKOWN:
-        case LV_IMG_CF_RAW:
-            px_size = 0;
-            break;
-        case LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR:
-        case LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR_CHROMA_KEYED:
-            px_size = LV_COLOR_SIZE;
-            break;
-        case LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR_ALPHA:
-            px_size = LV_IMG_PX_SIZE_ALPHA_BYTE << 3;
-            break;
-        case LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_1BIT:
-        case LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_1BIT:
-            px_size = 1;
-            break;
-        case LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_2BIT:
-        case LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_2BIT:
-            px_size = 2;
-            break;
-        case LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_4BIT:
-        case LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_4BIT:
-            px_size = 4;
-            break;
-        case LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_8BIT:
-        case LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_8BIT:
-            px_size = 8;
-            break;
-        default:
-            px_size = 0;
-            break;
-    }
-
-    return px_size;
-}
-
-bool lv_img_color_format_is_chroma_keyed(lv_img_cf_t cf)
-{
-    bool is_chroma_keyed = false;
-
-    switch(cf) {
-        case LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR_CHROMA_KEYED:
-        case LV_IMG_CF_RAW_CHROMA_KEYED:
-        case LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_1BIT:
-        case LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_2BIT:
-        case LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_4BIT:
-        case LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_8BIT:
-            is_chroma_keyed = true;
-            break;
-        default:
-            is_chroma_keyed = false;
-            break;
-    }
-
-    return is_chroma_keyed;
-}
-
-
-bool lv_img_color_format_has_alpha(lv_img_cf_t cf)
-{
-    bool has_alpha = false;
-
-    switch(cf) {
-        case LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR_ALPHA:
-        case LV_IMG_CF_RAW_ALPHA:
-        case LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_1BIT:
-        case LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_2BIT:
-        case LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_4BIT:
-        case LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_8BIT:
-            has_alpha = true;
-            break;
-        default:
-            has_alpha = false;
-            break;
-    }
-
-    return has_alpha;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the type of an image source
- * @param src pointer to an image source:
- *  - pointer to an 'lv_img_t' variable (image stored internally and compiled into the code)
- *  - a path to a file (e.g. "S:/folder/image.bin")
- *  - or a symbol (e.g. SYMBOL_CLOSE)
- * @return type of the image source LV_IMG_SRC_VARIABLE/FILE/SYMBOL/UNKOWN
- */
-lv_img_src_t lv_img_src_get_type(const void * src)
-{
-    lv_img_src_t img_src_type = LV_IMG_SRC_UNKNOWN;
-
-    if(src == NULL) return img_src_type;
-    const uint8_t * u8_p = src;
-
-    /*The first byte shows the type of the image source*/
-    if(u8_p[0] >= 0x20 && u8_p[0] <= 0x7F) {
-        img_src_type = LV_IMG_SRC_FILE;     /*If it's an ASCII character then it's file name*/
-    } else if(u8_p[0] >= 0x80) {
-        img_src_type = LV_IMG_SRC_SYMBOL;   /*Symbols begins after 0x7F*/
-    } else {
-        img_src_type = LV_IMG_SRC_VARIABLE; /*`lv_img_dsc_t` is design to the first byte < 0x20*/
-    }
-
-    if (LV_IMG_SRC_UNKNOWN == img_src_type) {
-        LV_LOG_WARN("lv_img_src_get_type: unknown image type");
-    }
-
-    return img_src_type;
-}
-
-/**
- * Set custom decoder functions. See the typdefs of the function typed above for more info about them
- * @param info_fp info get function
- * @param open_fp open function
- * @param read_fp read line function
- * @param close_fp clode function
- */
-void lv_img_decoder_set_custom(lv_img_decoder_info_f_t  info_fp, lv_img_decoder_open_f_t  open_fp,
-                               lv_img_decoder_read_line_f_t read_fp, lv_img_decoder_close_f_t close_fp)
-{
-    lv_img_decoder_info_custom = info_fp;
-    lv_img_decoder_open_custom = open_fp;
-    lv_img_decoder_read_line_custom = read_fp;
-    lv_img_decoder_close_custom = close_fp;
-}
-
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-
-static lv_res_t lv_img_draw_core(const lv_area_t * coords, const lv_area_t * mask,
-                                 const void * src, const lv_style_t * style, lv_opa_t opa_scale)
-{
-
-    lv_area_t mask_com;    /*Common area of mask and coords*/
-    bool union_ok;
-    union_ok = lv_area_intersect(&mask_com, mask, coords);
-    if(union_ok == false) {
-        return LV_RES_OK;         /*Out of mask. There is nothing to draw so the image is drawn successfully.*/
-    }
-
-    lv_opa_t opa = opa_scale == LV_OPA_COVER ? style->image.opa : (uint16_t)((uint16_t) style->image.opa * opa_scale) >> 8;
-
-    lv_img_header_t header;
-    lv_res_t header_res;
-    header_res = lv_img_dsc_get_info(src, &header);
-    if(header_res != LV_RES_OK) {
-        LV_LOG_WARN("Image draw can't get image info");
-        lv_img_decoder_close();
-        return LV_RES_INV;
-    }
-
-    bool chroma_keyed = lv_img_color_format_is_chroma_keyed(header.cf);
-    bool alpha_byte = lv_img_color_format_has_alpha(header.cf);
-
-    const uint8_t * img_data = lv_img_decoder_open(src, style);
-    if(img_data == LV_IMG_DECODER_OPEN_FAIL) {
-        LV_LOG_WARN("Image draw cannot open the image resource");
-        lv_img_decoder_close();
-        return LV_RES_INV;
-    }
-
-    /* The decoder open could open the image and gave the entire uncompressed image.
-     * Just draw it!*/
-    if(img_data) {
-        map_fp(coords, mask, img_data, opa, chroma_keyed, alpha_byte, style->image.color, style->image.intense);
-    }
-    /* The whole uncompressed image is not available. Try to read it line-by-line*/
-    else {
-        lv_coord_t width = lv_area_get_width(&mask_com);
-
-#if LV_COMPILER_VLA_SUPPORTED
-        uint8_t buf[(lv_area_get_width(&mask_com) * ((LV_COLOR_DEPTH >> 3) + 1))];
-#else
-        uint8_t buf[LV_HOR_RES * ((LV_COLOR_DEPTH >> 3) + 1)];  /*+1 because of the possible alpha byte*/
-#endif
-        lv_area_t line;
-        lv_area_copy(&line, &mask_com);
-        lv_area_set_height(&line, 1);
-        lv_coord_t x = mask_com.x1 - coords->x1;
-        lv_coord_t y = mask_com.y1 - coords->y1;
-        lv_coord_t row;
-        lv_res_t read_res;
-        for(row = mask_com.y1; row <= mask_com.y2; row++) {
-            read_res = lv_img_decoder_read_line(x, y, width, buf);
-            if(read_res != LV_RES_OK) {
-                lv_img_decoder_close();
-                LV_LOG_WARN("Image draw can't read the line");
-                return LV_RES_INV;
-            }
-            map_fp(&line, mask, buf, opa, chroma_keyed, alpha_byte, style->image.color, style->image.intense);
-            line.y1++;
-            line.y2++;
-            y++;
-        }
-    }
-
-    lv_img_decoder_close();
-
-    return LV_RES_OK;
-}
-
-
-static const uint8_t * lv_img_decoder_open(const void * src, const lv_style_t * style)
-{
-    decoder_custom = false;
-
-    /*Try to open with the custom functions first*/
-    if(lv_img_decoder_open_custom) {
-        const uint8_t * custom_res;
-        custom_res = lv_img_decoder_open_custom(src, style);
-        if(custom_res != LV_IMG_DECODER_OPEN_FAIL) {
-            decoder_custom = true;  /*Mark that custom decoder function should be used for this img source.*/
-            return custom_res;      /*Custom open supported this source*/
-        }
-    }
-
-    decoder_src = src;
-    decoder_style = style;
-    decoder_src_type = lv_img_src_get_type(src);
-
-    lv_res_t header_res;
-    header_res = lv_img_dsc_get_info(src, &decoder_header);
-    if(header_res == LV_RES_INV) {
-        decoder_src = NULL;
-        decoder_src_type = LV_IMG_SRC_UNKNOWN;
-        LV_LOG_WARN("Built-in image decoder can't get the header info");
-        return LV_IMG_DECODER_OPEN_FAIL;
-    }
-
-    /*Open the file if it's a file*/
-    if(decoder_src_type == LV_IMG_SRC_FILE) {
-#if USE_LV_FILESYSTEM
-        lv_fs_res_t res = lv_fs_open(&decoder_file, src, LV_FS_MODE_RD);
-        if(res != LV_FS_RES_OK) {
-            LV_LOG_WARN("Built-in image decoder can't open the file");
-            return LV_IMG_DECODER_OPEN_FAIL;
-        }
-#else
-        LV_LOG_WARN("Image built-in decoder can read file because USE_LV_FILESYSTEM = 0");
-        return LV_IMG_DECODER_OPEN_FAIL;
-#endif
-    }
-
-
-    /*Process the different color formats*/
-    lv_img_cf_t cf = decoder_header.cf;
-    if(cf == LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR ||
-            cf == LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR_ALPHA ||
-            cf == LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR_CHROMA_KEYED) {
-        if(decoder_src_type == LV_IMG_SRC_VARIABLE) {
-            /*In case of uncompressed formats if the image stored in the ROM/RAM simply give it's pointer*/
-            return ((lv_img_dsc_t *)decoder_src)->data;
-        } else {
-            /*If it's file it need to be read line by line later*/
-            return NULL;
-        }
-    } else if(cf == LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_1BIT ||
-              cf == LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_2BIT ||
-              cf == LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_4BIT ||
-              cf == LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_8BIT) {
-
-#if LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED
-#if USE_LV_FILESYSTEM
-        lv_color32_t palette_file[256];
-#endif
-
-        lv_color32_t * palette_p = NULL;
-        uint8_t px_size = lv_img_color_format_get_px_size(cf);
-        uint32_t palette_size = 1 << px_size;
-
-        if(decoder_src_type == LV_IMG_SRC_FILE) {
-            /*Read the palette from file*/
-#if USE_LV_FILESYSTEM
-            lv_fs_seek(&decoder_file, 4);   /*Skip the header*/
-            lv_fs_read(&decoder_file, palette_file, palette_size * sizeof(lv_color32_t), NULL);
-            palette_p = palette_file;
-#else
-            LV_LOG_WARN("Image built-in decoder can read the palette because USE_LV_FILESYSTEM = 0");
-            return LV_IMG_DECODER_OPEN_FAIL;
-#endif
-        } else {
-            /*The palette begins in the beginning of the image data. Just point to it.*/
-            palette_p = (lv_color32_t *)((lv_img_dsc_t *)decoder_src)->data;
-        }
-
-        uint32_t i;
-        for(i = 0; i < palette_size; i++) {
-            decoder_index_map[i] = LV_COLOR_MAKE(palette_p[i].red, palette_p[i].green, palette_p[i].blue);
-        }
-        return NULL;
-#else
-        LV_LOG_WARN("Indexed (palette) images are not enabled in lv_conf.h. See LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED");
-        return LV_IMG_DECODER_OPEN_FAIL;
-#endif
-    } else if(cf == LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_1BIT ||
-              cf == LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_2BIT ||
-              cf == LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_4BIT ||
-              cf == LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_8BIT) {
-#if LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA
-        return NULL;   /*Nothing to process*/
-#else
-        LV_LOG_WARN("Alpha indexed images are not enabled in lv_conf.h. See LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA");
-        return LV_IMG_DECODER_OPEN_FAIL;
-#endif
-    } else {
-        LV_LOG_WARN("Image decoder open: unknown color format")
-        return LV_IMG_DECODER_OPEN_FAIL;
-    }
-}
-
-
-static lv_res_t lv_img_decoder_read_line(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, lv_coord_t len, uint8_t * buf)
-{
-    /*Try to read the line with the custom functions*/
-    if(decoder_custom) {
-        if(lv_img_decoder_read_line_custom) {
-            lv_res_t custom_res;
-            custom_res = lv_img_decoder_read_line_custom(x, y, len, buf);
-            return custom_res;
-        } else {
-            LV_LOG_WARN("Image open with custom decoder but read not supported")
-        }
-        return LV_RES_INV;  /*It"s an error if not returned earlier*/
-    }
-
-    if(decoder_src_type == LV_IMG_SRC_FILE) {
-#if USE_LV_FILESYSTEM
-        uint8_t px_size = lv_img_color_format_get_px_size(decoder_header.cf);
-
-        lv_fs_res_t res;
-
-        if(decoder_header.cf == LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR ||
-                decoder_header.cf == LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR_ALPHA ||
-                decoder_header.cf == LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR_CHROMA_KEYED) {
-            uint32_t pos = ((y * decoder_header.w + x) * px_size) >> 3;
-            pos += 4;    /*Skip the header*/
-            res = lv_fs_seek(&decoder_file, pos);
-            if(res != LV_FS_RES_OK) {
-                LV_LOG_WARN("Built-in image decoder seek failed");
-                return false;
-            }
-            uint32_t btr = len * (px_size >> 3);
-            uint32_t br = 0;
-            lv_fs_read(&decoder_file, buf, btr, &br);
-            if(res != LV_FS_RES_OK || btr != br) {
-                LV_LOG_WARN("Built-in image decoder read failed");
-                return false;
-            }
-        } else if(decoder_header.cf == LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_1BIT ||
-                  decoder_header.cf == LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_2BIT ||
-                  decoder_header.cf == LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_4BIT ||
-                  decoder_header.cf == LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_8BIT) {
-
-            lv_img_built_in_decoder_line_alpha(x, y, len, buf);
-        } else if(decoder_header.cf == LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_1BIT ||
-                  decoder_header.cf == LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_2BIT ||
-                  decoder_header.cf == LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_4BIT ||
-                  decoder_header.cf == LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_8BIT) {
-            lv_img_built_in_decoder_line_indexed(x, y, len, buf);
-        } else {
-            LV_LOG_WARN("Built-in image decoder read not supports the color format");
-            return false;
-        }
-#else
-        LV_LOG_WARN("Image built-in decoder can't read file because USE_LV_FILESYSTEM = 0");
-        return false;
-#endif
-    } else if(decoder_src_type == LV_IMG_SRC_VARIABLE) {
-        const lv_img_dsc_t * img_dsc = decoder_src;
-
-        if(img_dsc->header.cf == LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_1BIT ||
-                img_dsc->header.cf == LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_2BIT ||
-                img_dsc->header.cf == LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_4BIT ||
-                img_dsc->header.cf == LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_8BIT) {
-            lv_img_built_in_decoder_line_alpha(x, y, len, buf);
-        } else if(img_dsc->header.cf == LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_1BIT ||
-                  img_dsc->header.cf == LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_2BIT ||
-                  img_dsc->header.cf == LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_4BIT ||
-                  img_dsc->header.cf == LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_8BIT) {
-            lv_img_built_in_decoder_line_indexed(x, y, len, buf);
-        } else {
-            LV_LOG_WARN("Built-in image decoder not supports the color format");
-            return false;
-        }
-    }
-
-    return true;
-}
-
-static void lv_img_decoder_close(void)
-{
-    /*Try to close with the custom functions*/
-    if(decoder_custom) {
-        if(lv_img_decoder_close_custom) lv_img_decoder_close_custom();
-        return;
-    }
-
-    /*It was opened with built-in decoder*/
-    if(decoder_src) {
-#if USE_LV_FILESYSTEM
-        if(decoder_src_type == LV_IMG_SRC_FILE) {
-            lv_fs_close(&decoder_file);
-        }
-#endif
-        decoder_src_type = LV_IMG_SRC_UNKNOWN;
-        decoder_src = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-static lv_res_t lv_img_built_in_decoder_line_alpha(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, lv_coord_t len, uint8_t * buf)
-{
-
-#if LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA
-    const lv_opa_t alpha1_opa_table[2] =  {0, 255};                   /*Opacity mapping with bpp = 1 (Just for compatibility)*/
-    const lv_opa_t alpha2_opa_table[4] =  {0, 85, 170, 255};          /*Opacity mapping with bpp = 2*/
-    const lv_opa_t alpha4_opa_table[16] = {0,   17,  34,  51,         /*Opacity mapping with bpp = 4*/
-                                           68,  85,  102, 119,
-                                           136, 153, 170, 187,
-                                           204, 221, 238, 255
-                                          };
-
-    /*Simply fill the buffer with the color. Later only the alpha value will be modified.*/
-    lv_color_t bg_color = decoder_style->image.color;
-    lv_coord_t i;
-    for(i = 0; i < len; i++) {
-#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8 || LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1
-        buf[i * LV_IMG_PX_SIZE_ALPHA_BYTE] = bg_color.full;
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16
-        /*Because of Alpha byte 16 bit color can start on odd address which can cause crash*/
-        buf[i * LV_IMG_PX_SIZE_ALPHA_BYTE] = bg_color.full & 0xFF;
-        buf[i * LV_IMG_PX_SIZE_ALPHA_BYTE + 1] = (bg_color.full >> 8) & 0xFF;
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
-        *((uint32_t *)&buf[i * LV_IMG_PX_SIZE_ALPHA_BYTE]) = bg_color.full;
-#else
-#error "Invalid LV_COLOR_DEPTH. Check it in lv_conf.h"
-#endif
-    }
-
-    const lv_opa_t * opa_table = NULL;
-    uint8_t px_size = lv_img_color_format_get_px_size(decoder_header.cf);
-    uint16_t mask = (1 << px_size) - 1; /*E.g. px_size = 2; mask = 0x03*/
-
-    lv_coord_t w = 0;
-    uint32_t ofs = 0;
-    int8_t pos = 0;
-    switch(decoder_header.cf) {
-        case LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_1BIT:
-            w = (decoder_header.w >> 3);        /*E.g. w = 20 -> w = 2 + 1*/
-            if(decoder_header.w & 0x7) w++;
-            ofs += w * y + (x >> 3);      /*First pixel*/
-            pos = 7 - (x & 0x7);
-            opa_table = alpha1_opa_table;
-            break;
-        case LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_2BIT:
-            w = (decoder_header.w >> 2);       /*E.g. w = 13 -> w = 3 + 1 (bytes)*/
-            if(decoder_header.w & 0x3) w++;
-            ofs += w * y + (x >> 2);      /*First pixel*/
-            pos = 6 - ((x & 0x3) * 2);
-            opa_table = alpha2_opa_table;
-            break;
-        case LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_4BIT:
-            w = (decoder_header.w >> 1);       /*E.g. w = 13 -> w = 6 + 1 (bytes)*/
-            if(decoder_header.w & 0x1) w++;
-            ofs += w * y + (x >> 1);      /*First pixel*/
-            pos = 4 - ((x & 0x1) * 4);
-            opa_table = alpha4_opa_table;
-            break;
-        case LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_8BIT:
-            w = decoder_header.w;              /*E.g. x = 7 -> w = 7 (bytes)*/
-            ofs += w * y + x;      /*First pixel*/
-            pos = 0;
-            break;
-    }
-
-#if USE_LV_FILESYSTEM
-# if LV_COMPILER_VLA_SUPPORTED
-    uint8_t fs_buf[w];
-# else
-    uint8_t fs_buf[LV_HOR_RES];
-# endif
-#endif
-    const uint8_t * data_tmp = NULL;
-    if(decoder_src_type == LV_IMG_SRC_VARIABLE) {
-        const lv_img_dsc_t * img_dsc = decoder_src;
-        data_tmp = img_dsc->data + ofs;
-    } else {
-#if USE_LV_FILESYSTEM
-        lv_fs_seek(&decoder_file, ofs + 4);     /*+4 to skip the header*/
-        lv_fs_read(&decoder_file, fs_buf, w, NULL);
-        data_tmp = fs_buf;
-#else
-        LV_LOG_WARN("Image built-in alpha line reader can't read file because USE_LV_FILESYSTEM = 0");
-        data_tmp = NULL;        /*To avoid warnings*/
-        return LV_RES_INV;
-#endif
-    }
-
-
-    uint8_t byte_act = 0;
-    uint8_t val_act;
-    for(i = 0; i < len; i ++) {
-        val_act = (data_tmp[byte_act] & (mask << pos)) >> pos;
-
-        buf[i * LV_IMG_PX_SIZE_ALPHA_BYTE + LV_IMG_PX_SIZE_ALPHA_BYTE - 1] =
-            decoder_header.cf == LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_8BIT ? val_act : opa_table[val_act];
-
-        pos -= px_size;
-        if(pos < 0) {
-            pos = 8 - px_size;
-            data_tmp++;
-        }
-    }
-
-    return LV_RES_OK;
-
-#else
-    LV_LOG_WARN("Image built-in alpha line reader failed because LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA is 0 in lv_conf.h");
-    return LV_RES_INV;
-#endif
-}
-
-static lv_res_t lv_img_built_in_decoder_line_indexed(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, lv_coord_t len, uint8_t * buf)
-{
-
-#if LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED
-    uint8_t px_size = lv_img_color_format_get_px_size(decoder_header.cf);
-    uint16_t mask = (1 << px_size) - 1; /*E.g. px_size = 2; mask = 0x03*/
-
-    lv_coord_t w = 0;
-    int8_t pos = 0;
-    uint32_t ofs = 0;
-    switch(decoder_header.cf) {
-        case LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_1BIT:
-            w = (decoder_header.w >> 3);       /*E.g. w = 20 -> w = 2 + 1*/
-            if(decoder_header.w & 0x7) w++;
-            ofs += w * y + (x >> 3);      /*First pixel*/
-            ofs += 8;                    /*Skip the palette*/
-            pos = 7 - (x & 0x7);
-            break;
-        case LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_2BIT:
-            w = (decoder_header.w >> 2);       /*E.g. w = 13 -> w = 3 + 1 (bytes)*/
-            if(decoder_header.w & 0x3) w++;
-            ofs += w * y + (x >> 2);      /*First pixel*/
-            ofs += 16;                    /*Skip the palette*/
-            pos = 6 - ((x & 0x3) * 2);
-            break;
-        case LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_4BIT:
-            w = (decoder_header.w >> 1);       /*E.g. w = 13 -> w = 6 + 1 (bytes)*/
-            if(decoder_header.w & 0x1) w++;
-            ofs += w * y + (x >> 1);      /*First pixel*/
-            ofs += 64;                    /*Skip the palette*/
-            pos = 4 - ((x & 0x1) * 4);
-            break;
-        case LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_8BIT:
-            w = decoder_header.w;              /*E.g. x = 7 -> w = 7 (bytes)*/
-            ofs += w * y + x;              /*First pixel*/
-            ofs += 1024;                    /*Skip the palette*/
-            pos = 0;
-            break;
-    }
-
-#if USE_LV_FILESYSTEM
-# if LV_COMPILER_VLA_SUPPORTED
-    uint8_t fs_buf[w];
-# else
-    uint8_t fs_buf[LV_HOR_RES];
-# endif
-#endif
-    const uint8_t * data_tmp = NULL;
-    if(decoder_src_type == LV_IMG_SRC_VARIABLE) {
-        const lv_img_dsc_t * img_dsc = decoder_src;
-        data_tmp = img_dsc->data + ofs;
-    } else {
-#if USE_LV_FILESYSTEM
-        lv_fs_seek(&decoder_file, ofs + 4);     /*+4 to skip the header*/
-        lv_fs_read(&decoder_file, fs_buf, w, NULL);
-        data_tmp = fs_buf;
-#else
-        LV_LOG_WARN("Image built-in indexed line reader can't read file because USE_LV_FILESYSTEM = 0");
-        data_tmp = NULL;        /*To avoid warnings*/
-        return LV_RES_INV;
-#endif
-    }
-
-    uint8_t byte_act = 0;
-    uint8_t val_act;
-    lv_coord_t i;
-    lv_color_t * cbuf = (lv_color_t *) buf;
-    for(i = 0; i < len; i ++) {
-        val_act = (data_tmp[byte_act] & (mask << pos)) >> pos;
-        cbuf[i] = decoder_index_map[val_act];
-
-        pos -= px_size;
-        if(pos < 0) {
-            pos = 8 - px_size;
-            data_tmp++;
-        }
-    }
-
-    return LV_RES_OK;
-#else
-    LV_LOG_WARN("Image built-in indexed line reader failed because LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED is 0 in lv_conf.h");
-    return LV_RES_INV;
-#endif
-}

lv_draw/lv_draw_img.h

@@ -1,167 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_draw_img.h
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef LV_DRAW_IMG_H
-#define LV_DRAW_IMG_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_draw.h"
-#include "../lv_core/lv_obj.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-#define LV_IMG_DECODER_OPEN_FAIL    ((void*)(-1))
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-struct _lv_img_t;
-
-typedef struct {
-
-    /* The first 8 bit is very important to distinguish the different source types.
-     * For more info see `lv_img_get_src_type()` in lv_img.c */
-    uint32_t cf           :5;    /* Color format: See `lv_img_color_format_t`*/
-    uint32_t always_zero  :3;    /*It the upper bits of the first byte. Always zero to look like a non-printable character*/
-
-    uint32_t reserved     :2;   /*Reserved to be used later*/
-
-    uint32_t w:11;              /*Width of the image map*/
-    uint32_t h:11;              /*Height of the image map*/
-} lv_img_header_t;
-
-/*Image color format*/
-enum {
-    LV_IMG_CF_UNKOWN = 0,
-
-    LV_IMG_CF_RAW,                  /*Contains the file as it is. Needs custom decoder function*/
-    LV_IMG_CF_RAW_ALPHA,            /*Contains the file as it is. The image has alpha. Needs custom decoder function*/
-    LV_IMG_CF_RAW_CHROMA_KEYED,     /*Contains the file as it is. The image is chroma keyed. Needs custom decoder function*/
-
-    LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR,           /*Color format and depth should match with LV_COLOR settings*/
-    LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR_ALPHA,     /*Same as `LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR` but every pixel has an alpha byte*/
-    LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR_CHROMA_KEYED,  /*Same as `LV_IMG_CF_TRUE_COLOR` but LV_COLOR_TRANSP pixels will be transparent*/
-
-    LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_1BIT,         /*Can have 2 different colors in a palette (always chroma keyed)*/
-    LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_2BIT,         /*Can have 4 different colors in a palette (always chroma keyed)*/
-    LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_4BIT,         /*Can have 16 different colors in a palette (always chroma keyed)*/
-    LV_IMG_CF_INDEXED_8BIT,         /*Can have 256 different colors in a palette (always chroma keyed)*/
-
-    LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_1BIT,           /*Can have one color and it can be drawn or not*/
-    LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_2BIT,           /*Can have one color but 4 different alpha value*/
-    LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_4BIT,           /*Can have one color but 16 different alpha value*/
-    LV_IMG_CF_ALPHA_8BIT,           /*Can have one color but 256 different alpha value*/
-};
-typedef uint8_t lv_img_cf_t;
-
-/* Image header it is compatible with
- * the result image converter utility*/
-typedef struct
-{
-    lv_img_header_t header;
-    uint32_t data_size;
-    const uint8_t * data;
-} lv_img_dsc_t;
-
-/* Decoder function definitions */
-
-
-/**
- * Get info from an image and store in the `header`
- * @param src the image source. Can be a pointer to a C array or a file name (Use `lv_img_src_get_type` to determine the type)
- * @param header store the info here
- * @return LV_RES_OK: info written correctly; LV_RES_INV: failed
- */
-typedef lv_res_t (*lv_img_decoder_info_f_t)(const void * src, lv_img_header_t * header);
-
-/**
- * Open an image for decoding. Prepare it as it is required to read it later
- * @param src the image source. Can be a pointer to a C array or a file name (Use `lv_img_src_get_type` to determine the type)
- * @param style the style of image (maybe it will be required to determine a color or something)
- * @return there are 3 possible return values:
- *    1) buffer with the decoded image
- *    2) if can decode the whole image NULL. decoder_read_line will be called to read the image line-by-line
- *    3) LV_IMG_DECODER_OPEN_FAIL if the image format is unknown to the decoder or an error occurred
- */
-typedef const uint8_t * (*lv_img_decoder_open_f_t)(const void * src, const lv_style_t * style);
-
-/**
- * Decode `len` pixels starting from the given `x`, `y` coordinates and store them in `buf`.
- * Required only if the "open" function can't return with the whole decoded pixel array.
- * @param x start x coordinate
- * @param y startt y coordinate
- * @param len number of pixels to decode
- * @param buf a buffer to store the decoded pixels
- * @return LV_RES_OK: ok; LV_RES_INV: failed
- */
-typedef lv_res_t (*lv_img_decoder_read_line_f_t)(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, lv_coord_t len, uint8_t * buf);
-
-/**
- * Close the pending decoding. Free resources etc.
- */
-typedef void (*lv_img_decoder_close_f_t)(void);
-
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Draw an image
- * @param coords the coordinates of the image
- * @param mask the image will be drawn only in this area
- * @param src pointer to a lv_color_t array which contains the pixels of the image
- * @param style style of the image
- * @param opa_scale scale down all opacities by the factor
- */
-void lv_draw_img(const lv_area_t * coords, const lv_area_t * mask,
-                 const void * src, const lv_style_t * style, lv_opa_t opa_scale);
-
-
-/**
- * Get the type of an image source
- * @param src pointer to an image source:
- *  - pointer to an 'lv_img_t' variable (image stored internally and compiled into the code)
- *  - a path to a file (e.g. "S:/folder/image.bin")
- *  - or a symbol (e.g. SYMBOL_CLOSE)
- * @return type of the image source LV_IMG_SRC_VARIABLE/FILE/SYMBOL/UNKOWN
- */
-lv_img_src_t lv_img_src_get_type(const void * src);
-
-/**
- * Set custom decoder functions. See the typdefs of the function typed above for more info about them
- * @param info_fp info get function
- * @param open_fp open function
- * @param read_fp read line function
- * @param close_fp clode function
- */
-void lv_img_decoder_set_custom(lv_img_decoder_info_f_t  info_fp, lv_img_decoder_open_f_t  open_fp,
-                               lv_img_decoder_read_line_f_t read_fp, lv_img_decoder_close_f_t close_fp);
-
-lv_res_t lv_img_dsc_get_info(const char * src, lv_img_header_t * header);
-
-uint8_t lv_img_color_format_get_px_size(lv_img_cf_t cf);
-
-bool lv_img_color_format_is_chroma_keyed(lv_img_cf_t cf);
-
-bool lv_img_color_format_has_alpha(lv_img_cf_t cf);
-
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif /*LV_TEMPL_H*/

lv_draw/lv_draw_label.c

@@ -1,245 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_draw_label.c
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_draw_label.h"
-#include "lv_draw_rbasic.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_math.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-#define LABEL_RECOLOR_PAR_LENGTH    6
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-enum {
-    CMD_STATE_WAIT,
-    CMD_STATE_PAR,
-    CMD_STATE_IN,
-};
-typedef uint8_t cmd_state_t;
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-static uint8_t hex_char_to_num(char hex);
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Write a text
- * @param coords coordinates of the label
- * @param mask the label will be drawn only in this area
- * @param style pointer to a style
- * @param opa_scale scale down all opacities by the factor
- * @param txt 0 terminated text to write
- * @param flag settings for the text from 'txt_flag_t' enum
- * @param offset text offset in x and y direction (NULL if unused)
- *
- */
-void lv_draw_label(const lv_area_t * coords, const lv_area_t * mask, const lv_style_t * style, lv_opa_t opa_scale,
-                   const char * txt, lv_txt_flag_t flag, lv_point_t * offset)
-{
-    const lv_font_t * font = style->text.font;
-    lv_coord_t w;
-    if((flag & LV_TXT_FLAG_EXPAND) == 0) {
-        /*Normally use the label's width as width*/
-        w = lv_area_get_width(coords);
-    } else {
-        /*If EXAPND is enabled then not limit the text's width to the object's width*/
-        lv_point_t p;
-        lv_txt_get_size(&p, txt, style->text.font, style->text.letter_space, style->text.line_space, LV_COORD_MAX, flag);
-        w = p.x;
-    }
-
-    /*Init variables for the first line*/
-    lv_coord_t line_width = 0;
-    uint32_t line_start = 0;
-    uint32_t line_end = lv_txt_get_next_line(txt, font, style->text.letter_space, w, flag);
-
-    lv_point_t pos;
-    pos.x = coords->x1;
-    pos.y = coords->y1;
-
-    /*Align to middle*/
-    if(flag & LV_TXT_FLAG_CENTER) {
-        line_width = lv_txt_get_width(&txt[line_start], line_end - line_start,
-                                      font, style->text.letter_space, flag);
-
-        pos.x += (lv_area_get_width(coords) - line_width) / 2;
-
-    }
-    /*Align to the right*/
-    else if(flag & LV_TXT_FLAG_RIGHT) {
-        line_width = lv_txt_get_width(&txt[line_start], line_end - line_start,
-                                      font, style->text.letter_space, flag);
-        pos.x += lv_area_get_width(coords) - line_width;
-    }
-
-
-    lv_opa_t opa = opa_scale == LV_OPA_COVER ? style->text.opa : (uint16_t)((uint16_t) style->text.opa * opa_scale) >> 8;
-
-    cmd_state_t cmd_state = CMD_STATE_WAIT;
-    uint32_t i;
-    uint16_t par_start = 0;
-    lv_color_t recolor;
-    lv_coord_t letter_w;
-
-    lv_coord_t x_ofs = 0;
-    lv_coord_t y_ofs = 0;
-    if(offset != NULL) {
-        x_ofs = offset->x;
-        y_ofs = offset->y;
-        pos.y += y_ofs;
-    }
-
-    /*Real draw need a background color for higher bpp letter*/
-#if LV_VDB_SIZE == 0
-    lv_rletter_set_background(style->body.main_color);
-#endif
-
-    /*Write out all lines*/
-    while(txt[line_start] != '\0') {
-        if(offset != NULL) {
-            pos.x += x_ofs;
-        }
-        /*Write all letter of a line*/
-        cmd_state = CMD_STATE_WAIT;
-        i = line_start;
-        uint32_t letter;
-        while(i < line_end) {
-            letter = lv_txt_encoded_next(txt, &i);
-            /*Handle the re-color command*/
-            if((flag & LV_TXT_FLAG_RECOLOR) != 0) {
-                if(letter == (uint32_t)LV_TXT_COLOR_CMD[0]) {
-                    if(cmd_state == CMD_STATE_WAIT) { /*Start char*/
-                        par_start = i;
-                        cmd_state = CMD_STATE_PAR;
-                        continue;
-                    } else if(cmd_state == CMD_STATE_PAR) { /*Other start char in parameter escaped cmd. char */
-                        cmd_state = CMD_STATE_WAIT;
-                    } else if(cmd_state == CMD_STATE_IN) { /*Command end */
-                        cmd_state = CMD_STATE_WAIT;
-                        continue;
-                    }
-                }
-
-                /*Skip the color parameter and wait the space after it*/
-                if(cmd_state == CMD_STATE_PAR) {
-                    if(letter == ' ') {
-                        /*Get the parameter*/
-                        if(i - par_start == LABEL_RECOLOR_PAR_LENGTH + 1) {
-                            char buf[LABEL_RECOLOR_PAR_LENGTH + 1];
-                            memcpy(buf, &txt[par_start], LABEL_RECOLOR_PAR_LENGTH);
-                            buf[LABEL_RECOLOR_PAR_LENGTH] = '\0';
-                            int r, g, b;
-                            r = (hex_char_to_num(buf[0]) << 4) + hex_char_to_num(buf[1]);
-                            g = (hex_char_to_num(buf[2]) << 4) + hex_char_to_num(buf[3]);
-                            b = (hex_char_to_num(buf[4]) << 4) + hex_char_to_num(buf[5]);
-                            recolor = LV_COLOR_MAKE(r, g, b);
-                        } else {
-                            recolor.full = style->text.color.full;
-                        }
-                        cmd_state = CMD_STATE_IN; /*After the parameter the text is in the command*/
-                    }
-                    continue;
-                }
-            }
-
-            lv_color_t color = style->text.color;
-
-            if(cmd_state == CMD_STATE_IN) color = recolor;
-
-            letter_fp(&pos, mask, font, letter, color, opa);
-            letter_w = lv_font_get_width(font, letter);
-
-            pos.x += letter_w + style->text.letter_space;
-        }
-        /*Go to next line*/
-        line_start = line_end;
-        line_end += lv_txt_get_next_line(&txt[line_start], font, style->text.letter_space, w, flag);
-
-        pos.x = coords->x1;
-        /*Align to middle*/
-        if(flag & LV_TXT_FLAG_CENTER) {
-            line_width = lv_txt_get_width(&txt[line_start], line_end - line_start,
-                                          font, style->text.letter_space, flag);
-
-            pos.x += (lv_area_get_width(coords) - line_width) / 2;
-
-        }
-        /*Align to the right*/
-        else if(flag & LV_TXT_FLAG_RIGHT) {
-            line_width = lv_txt_get_width(&txt[line_start], line_end - line_start,
-                                          font, style->text.letter_space, flag);
-            pos.x += lv_area_get_width(coords) - line_width;
-        }
-
-        /*Go the next line position*/
-        pos.y += lv_font_get_height(font);
-        pos.y += style->text.line_space;
-    }
-}
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Convert a hexadecimal characters to a number (0..15)
- * @param hex Pointer to a hexadecimal character (0..9, A..F)
- * @return the numerical value of `hex` or 0 on error
- */
-static uint8_t hex_char_to_num(char hex)
-{
-    uint8_t result = 0;
-
-    if(hex >= '0' && hex <= '9') {
-        result = hex - '0';
-    }
-
-    if(hex >= 'a') hex -= 'a' - 'A';    /*Convert to upper case*/
-
-    switch(hex) {
-        case 'A':
-            result = 10;
-            break;
-        case 'B':
-            result = 11;
-            break;
-        case 'C':
-            result = 12;
-            break;
-        case 'D':
-            result = 13;
-            break;
-        case 'E':
-            result = 14;
-            break;
-        case 'F':
-            result = 15;
-            break;
-        default:
-            result = 0;
-            break;
-    }
-
-    return result;
-}

lv_draw/lv_draw_label.h

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_draw_label.h
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef LV_DRAW_LABEL_H
-#define LV_DRAW_LABEL_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_draw.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Write a text
- * @param coords coordinates of the label
- * @param mask the label will be drawn only in this area
- * @param style pointer to a style
- * @param opa_scale scale down all opacities by the factor
- * @param txt 0 terminated text to write
- * @param flag settings for the text from 'txt_flag_t' enum
- * @param offset text offset in x and y direction (NULL if unused)
- *
- */
-void lv_draw_label(const lv_area_t * coords,const lv_area_t * mask, const lv_style_t * style, lv_opa_t opa_scale,
-                   const char * txt, lv_txt_flag_t flag, lv_point_t * offset);
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif /*LV_DRAW_LABEL_H*/

lv_draw/lv_draw_line.c

@@ -1,562 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_draw_line.c
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "lv_draw.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_math.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-#if LV_COMPILER_VLA_SUPPORTED == 0
-#define LINE_MAX_WIDTH        64
-#endif
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-typedef struct {
-    lv_point_t p1;
-    lv_point_t p2;
-    lv_point_t p_act;
-    lv_coord_t dx;
-    lv_coord_t sx;      /*-1: x1 < x2; 1: x2 >= x1*/
-    lv_coord_t dy;
-    lv_coord_t sy;      /*-1: y1 < y2; 1: y2 >= y1*/
-    lv_coord_t err;
-    lv_coord_t e2;
-    bool hor;   /*Rather horizontal or vertical*/
-} line_draw_t;
-
-typedef struct {
-    lv_coord_t width;
-    lv_coord_t width_1;
-    lv_coord_t width_half;
-} line_width_t;
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-static void line_draw_hor(line_draw_t * main_line, const lv_area_t * mask, const lv_style_t * style, lv_opa_t opa_scale);
-static void line_draw_ver(line_draw_t * main_line, const lv_area_t * mask, const lv_style_t * style, lv_opa_t opa_scale);
-static void line_draw_skew(line_draw_t * main_line, const lv_area_t * mask, const lv_style_t * style, lv_opa_t opa_scale);
-static void line_init(line_draw_t * line, const lv_point_t * p1, const lv_point_t * p2);
-static bool line_next(line_draw_t * line);
-static bool line_next_y(line_draw_t * line);
-static bool line_next_x(line_draw_t * line);
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Draw a line
- * @param point1 first point of the line
- * @param point2 second point of the line
- * @param mask the line will be drawn only on this area
- * @param style pointer to a line's style
- * @param opa_scale scale down all opacities by the factor
- */
-void lv_draw_line(const lv_point_t * point1, const lv_point_t * point2, const lv_area_t * mask,
-                  const lv_style_t * style, lv_opa_t opa_scale)
-{
-
-    if(style->line.width == 0) return;
-    if(point1->x == point2->x && point1->y == point2->y) return;
-
-    line_draw_t main_line;
-    lv_point_t p1;
-    lv_point_t p2;
-
-    /*If the line if rather vertical then be sure y1 < y2 else x1 < x2*/
-
-    if(LV_MATH_ABS(point1->x - point2->x) > LV_MATH_ABS(point1->y - point2->y)) {
-
-        /*Steps less in y then x -> rather horizontal*/
-        if(point1->x < point2->x) {
-            p1.x = point1->x;
-            p1.y = point1->y;
-            p2.x = point2->x;
-            p2.y = point2->y;
-        } else {
-            p1.x = point2->x;
-            p1.y = point2->y;
-            p2.x = point1->x;
-            p2.y = point1->y;
-        }
-    } else {
-        /*Steps less in x then y -> rather vertical*/
-        if(point1->y < point2->y) {
-            p1.x = point1->x;
-            p1.y = point1->y;
-            p2.x = point2->x;
-            p2.y = point2->y;
-        } else {
-            p1.x = point2->x;
-            p1.y = point2->y;
-            p2.x = point1->x;
-            p2.y = point1->y;
-        }
-    }
-
-    line_init(&main_line, &p1, &p2);
-
-
-    /*Special case draw a horizontal line*/
-    if(main_line.p1.y == main_line.p2.y) {
-        line_draw_hor(&main_line, mask, style, opa_scale);
-    }
-    /*Special case draw a vertical line*/
-    else if(main_line.p1.x == main_line.p2.x) {
-        line_draw_ver(&main_line, mask, style, opa_scale);
-    }
-    /*Arbitrary skew line*/
-    else {
-        line_draw_skew(&main_line, mask, style, opa_scale);
-    }
-}
-
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-
-static void line_draw_hor(line_draw_t * line, const lv_area_t * mask, const lv_style_t * style, lv_opa_t opa_scale)
-{
-    lv_coord_t width = style->line.width - 1;
-    lv_coord_t width_half = width >> 1;
-    lv_coord_t width_1 = width & 0x1;
-    lv_opa_t opa = opa_scale == LV_OPA_COVER ? style->line.opa : (uint16_t)((uint16_t) style->line.opa * opa_scale) >> 8;
-
-    lv_area_t act_area;
-    act_area.x1 = line->p1.x;
-    act_area.x2 = line->p2.x;
-    act_area.y1 = line->p1.y - width_half - width_1;
-    act_area.y2 = line->p2.y + width_half ;
-
-    lv_area_t draw_area;
-    draw_area.x1 = LV_MATH_MIN(act_area.x1, act_area.x2);
-    draw_area.x2 = LV_MATH_MAX(act_area.x1, act_area.x2);
-    draw_area.y1 = LV_MATH_MIN(act_area.y1, act_area.y2);
-    draw_area.y2 = LV_MATH_MAX(act_area.y1, act_area.y2);
-    fill_fp(&draw_area, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-}
-
-static void line_draw_ver(line_draw_t * line, const lv_area_t * mask, const lv_style_t * style, lv_opa_t opa_scale)
-{
-    lv_coord_t width = style->line.width - 1;
-    lv_coord_t width_half = width >> 1;
-    lv_coord_t width_1 = width & 0x1;
-    lv_opa_t opa = opa_scale == LV_OPA_COVER ? style->line.opa : (uint16_t)((uint16_t) style->line.opa * opa_scale) >> 8;
-
-
-    lv_area_t act_area;
-    act_area.x1 = line->p1.x - width_half;
-    act_area.x2 = line->p2.x + width_half + width_1;
-    act_area.y1 = line->p1.y;
-    act_area.y2 = line->p2.y;
-
-    lv_area_t draw_area;
-    draw_area.x1 = LV_MATH_MIN(act_area.x1, act_area.x2);
-    draw_area.x2 = LV_MATH_MAX(act_area.x1, act_area.x2);
-    draw_area.y1 = LV_MATH_MIN(act_area.y1, act_area.y2);
-    draw_area.y2 = LV_MATH_MAX(act_area.y1, act_area.y2);
-    fill_fp(&draw_area, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-}
-
-static void line_draw_skew(line_draw_t * main_line, const lv_area_t * mask, const lv_style_t * style, lv_opa_t opa_scale)
-{
-
-    lv_opa_t opa = opa_scale == LV_OPA_COVER ? style->line.opa : (uint16_t)((uint16_t) style->line.opa * opa_scale) >> 8;
-
-    lv_point_t vect_main, vect_norm;
-    vect_main.x = main_line->p2.x - main_line->p1.x;
-    vect_main.y = main_line->p2.y - main_line->p1.y;
-
-    if(main_line->hor) {
-        if(main_line->p1.y < main_line->p2.y) {
-            vect_norm.x = - vect_main.y;
-            vect_norm.y = vect_main.x;
-        } else {
-            vect_norm.x = vect_main.y;
-            vect_norm.y = -vect_main.x;
-        }
-    } else {
-        if(main_line->p1.x < main_line->p2.x) {
-            vect_norm.x = vect_main.y;
-            vect_norm.y = - vect_main.x;
-        } else {
-            vect_norm.x = - vect_main.y;
-            vect_norm.y = vect_main.x;
-        }
-    }
-
-    /* In case of a short but tick line the perpendicular ending is longer then the real line.
-     * it would break the calculations so make the normal vector larger*/
-    vect_norm.x = vect_norm.x << 4;
-    vect_norm.y = vect_norm.y << 4;
-
-    lv_coord_t width;
-    width = style->line.width;
-
-    /* The pattern stores the points of the line ending. It has the good direction and length.
-     * The worth case is the 45° line where pattern can have 1.41 x `width` points*/
-#if LV_COMPILER_VLA_SUPPORTED
-    lv_point_t pattern[width * 2];
-#else
-    lv_point_t pattern[LINE_MAX_WIDTH];
-#endif
-    lv_coord_t i = 0;
-
-    /*Create a perpendicular pattern (a small line)*/
-    if(width != 0) {
-        line_draw_t pattern_line;
-        lv_point_t p0 = {0, 0};
-        line_init(&pattern_line, &p0, &vect_norm);
-
-        uint32_t width_sqr = width * width;
-        /* Run for a lot of times. Meanwhile the real width will be determined as well */
-        for(i = 0; i < (lv_coord_t)sizeof(pattern); i ++) {
-            pattern[i].x = pattern_line.p_act.x;
-            pattern[i].y = pattern_line.p_act.y;
-
-            /*Finish the pattern line if it's length equal to the desired width (Use Pythagoras theorem)*/
-            uint32_t  sqr = pattern_line.p_act.x * pattern_line.p_act.x + pattern_line.p_act.y * pattern_line.p_act.y;
-            if(sqr >= width_sqr) {
-                width = i;
-#if LV_ANTIALIAS
-                width--;
-
-#endif
-                break;
-            }
-
-            line_next(&pattern_line);
-        }
-    } else {
-        pattern[0].x = 0;
-        pattern[0].y = 0;
-    }
-
-#if LV_ANTIALIAS
-    lv_coord_t width_safe = width;
-    if(width == 0) width_safe = 1;
-
-    lv_coord_t aa_last_corner;
-    aa_last_corner = 0;
-#endif
-
-    /* Make the coordinates relative to the center */
-    for(i = 0; i < width; i++) {
-        pattern[i].x -= pattern[width - 1].x / 2;
-        pattern[i].y -= pattern[width - 1].y / 2;
-#if LV_ANTIALIAS
-        if(i != 0) {
-            if(main_line->hor) {
-                if(pattern[i - 1].x != pattern[i].x) {
-                    lv_coord_t seg_w = pattern[i].y - pattern[aa_last_corner].y;
-                    if(main_line->sy < 0) {
-                        lv_draw_aa_ver_seg(main_line->p1.x + pattern[aa_last_corner].x - 1, main_line->p1.y + pattern[aa_last_corner].y + seg_w + 1,
-                                           seg_w, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-
-                        lv_draw_aa_ver_seg(main_line->p2.x + pattern[aa_last_corner].x + 1, main_line->p2.y + pattern[aa_last_corner].y + seg_w + 1,
-                                           -seg_w, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-                    } else {
-                        lv_draw_aa_ver_seg(main_line->p1.x + pattern[aa_last_corner].x - 1, main_line->p1.y + pattern[aa_last_corner].y,
-                                           seg_w, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-
-                        lv_draw_aa_ver_seg(main_line->p2.x + pattern[aa_last_corner].x + 1, main_line->p2.y + pattern[aa_last_corner].y,
-                                           -seg_w, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-                    }
-                    aa_last_corner = i;
-                }
-            } else {
-                if(pattern[i - 1].y != pattern[i].y) {
-                    lv_coord_t seg_w = pattern[i].x - pattern[aa_last_corner].x;
-                    if(main_line->sx < 0) {
-                        lv_draw_aa_hor_seg(main_line->p1.x + pattern[aa_last_corner].x + seg_w + 1, main_line->p1.y + pattern[aa_last_corner].y - 1,
-                                           seg_w, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-
-                        lv_draw_aa_hor_seg(main_line->p2.x + pattern[aa_last_corner].x + seg_w + 1, main_line->p2.y + pattern[aa_last_corner].y + 1,
-                                           -seg_w, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-                    } else {
-                        lv_draw_aa_hor_seg(main_line->p1.x + pattern[aa_last_corner].x, main_line->p1.y + pattern[aa_last_corner].y - 1,
-                                           seg_w, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-
-                        lv_draw_aa_hor_seg(main_line->p2.x + pattern[aa_last_corner].x, main_line->p2.y + pattern[aa_last_corner].y + 1,
-                                           -seg_w, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-                    }
-                    aa_last_corner = i;
-                }
-            }
-
-        }
-#endif
-    }
-
-
-
-#if LV_ANTIALIAS
-    /*Add the last part of anti-aliasing for the perpendicular ending*/
-    if(main_line->hor) {
-        lv_coord_t seg_w = pattern[width_safe - 1].y - pattern[aa_last_corner].y;
-        if(main_line->sy < 0) {
-            lv_draw_aa_ver_seg(main_line->p1.x + pattern[aa_last_corner].x - 1, main_line->p1.y + pattern[aa_last_corner].y + seg_w,
-                               seg_w + main_line->sy, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-
-            lv_draw_aa_ver_seg(main_line->p2.x + pattern[aa_last_corner].x + 1, main_line->p2.y + pattern[aa_last_corner].y + seg_w,
-                               -(seg_w + main_line->sy), mask, style->line.color, opa);
-
-        } else {
-            lv_draw_aa_ver_seg(main_line->p1.x + pattern[aa_last_corner].x - 1, main_line->p1.y + pattern[aa_last_corner].y,
-                               seg_w + main_line->sy, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-
-            lv_draw_aa_ver_seg(main_line->p2.x + pattern[aa_last_corner].x + 1, main_line->p2.y + pattern[aa_last_corner].y,
-                               -(seg_w + main_line->sy), mask, style->line.color, opa);
-        }
-    } else {
-        lv_coord_t seg_w = pattern[width_safe - 1].x - pattern[aa_last_corner].x;
-        if(main_line->sx < 0) {
-            lv_draw_aa_hor_seg(main_line->p1.x + pattern[aa_last_corner].x + seg_w, main_line->p1.y + pattern[aa_last_corner].y - 1,
-                               seg_w + main_line->sx, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-
-            lv_draw_aa_hor_seg(main_line->p2.x + pattern[aa_last_corner].x + seg_w, main_line->p2.y + pattern[aa_last_corner].y + 1,
-                               -(seg_w + main_line->sx), mask, style->line.color, opa);
-
-        } else {
-            lv_draw_aa_hor_seg(main_line->p1.x + pattern[aa_last_corner].x, main_line->p1.y + pattern[aa_last_corner].y - 1,
-                               seg_w + main_line->sx, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-
-            lv_draw_aa_hor_seg(main_line->p2.x + pattern[aa_last_corner].x, main_line->p2.y + pattern[aa_last_corner].y + 1,
-                               -(seg_w + main_line->sx), mask, style->line.color, opa);
-        }
-
-    }
-#endif
-
-#if LV_ANTIALIAS
-
-    /*Shift the anti aliasing on the edges (-1, 1 or 0 (zero only in case width == 0))*/
-    lv_coord_t aa_shift1;
-    lv_coord_t aa_shift2;
-
-    if(main_line->hor == false) {
-        if(main_line->sx < 0) {
-            aa_shift1 = -1;
-            aa_shift2 = width == 0 ? 0 : aa_shift1;
-        } else {
-            aa_shift2 = 1;
-            aa_shift1 = width == 0 ? 0 : aa_shift2;
-        }
-    } else {
-        if(main_line->sy < 0) {
-            aa_shift1 = -1;
-            aa_shift2 = width == 0 ? 0 : aa_shift1;
-        } else {
-            aa_shift2 = 1;
-            aa_shift1 = width == 0 ? 0 : aa_shift2;
-        }
-    }
-
-#endif
-
-
-    volatile lv_point_t prev_p;
-    prev_p.x = main_line->p1.x;
-    prev_p.y = main_line->p1.y;
-    lv_area_t draw_area;
-    bool first_run = true;
-
-    if(main_line->hor) {
-        while(line_next_y(main_line)) {
-            for(i = 0; i < width; i++) {
-                draw_area.x1 = prev_p.x + pattern[i].x;
-                draw_area.y1 = prev_p.y + pattern[i].y;
-                draw_area.x2 = draw_area.x1 + main_line->p_act.x - prev_p.x - 1;
-                draw_area.y2 = draw_area.y1;
-                fill_fp(&draw_area, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-
-                /* Fill the gaps
-                 * When stepping in y one pixel remains empty on every corner (don't do this on the first segment ) */
-                if(i != 0 && pattern[i].x != pattern[i - 1].x && !first_run) {
-                    px_fp(draw_area.x1, draw_area.y1 - main_line->sy, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-                }
-            }
-
-#if LV_ANTIALIAS
-            lv_draw_aa_hor_seg(prev_p.x + pattern[0].x, prev_p.y + pattern[0].y - aa_shift1,
-                               -(main_line->p_act.x - prev_p.x), mask, style->line.color, opa);
-            lv_draw_aa_hor_seg(prev_p.x + pattern[width_safe - 1].x, prev_p.y + pattern[width_safe - 1].y + aa_shift2,
-                               main_line->p_act.x - prev_p.x, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-#endif
-
-            first_run = false;
-
-            prev_p.x = main_line->p_act.x;
-            prev_p.y = main_line->p_act.y;
-        }
-
-        for(i = 0; i < width; i++) {
-            draw_area.x1 = prev_p.x + pattern[i].x;
-            draw_area.y1 = prev_p.y + pattern[i].y;
-            draw_area.x2 = draw_area.x1 + main_line->p_act.x - prev_p.x;
-            draw_area.y2 = draw_area.y1;
-            fill_fp(&draw_area, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-
-            /* Fill the gaps
-             * When stepping in y one pixel remains empty on every corner */
-            if(i != 0 && pattern[i].x != pattern[i - 1].x && !first_run) {
-                px_fp(draw_area.x1, draw_area.y1 - main_line->sy, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-            }
-        }
-
-#if LV_ANTIALIAS
-        lv_draw_aa_hor_seg(prev_p.x + pattern[0].x, prev_p.y + pattern[0].y - aa_shift1,
-                           -(main_line->p_act.x - prev_p.x + 1), mask, style->line.color, opa);
-        lv_draw_aa_hor_seg(prev_p.x + pattern[width_safe - 1].x, prev_p.y + pattern[width_safe - 1].y + aa_shift2,
-                           main_line->p_act.x - prev_p.x + 1, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-#endif
-    }
-    /*Rather a vertical line*/
-    else {
-
-        while(line_next_x(main_line)) {
-            for(i = 0; i < width; i++) {
-                draw_area.x1 = prev_p.x + pattern[i].x;
-                draw_area.y1 = prev_p.y + pattern[i].y;
-                draw_area.x2 = draw_area.x1;
-                draw_area.y2 = draw_area.y1 + main_line->p_act.y - prev_p.y - 1;
-
-                fill_fp(&draw_area, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-
-                /* Fill the gaps
-                 * When stepping in x one pixel remains empty on every corner (don't do this on the first segment ) */
-                if(i != 0 && pattern[i].y != pattern[i - 1].y && !first_run) {
-                    px_fp(draw_area.x1 - main_line->sx, draw_area.y1, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-                }
-
-            }
-
-#if LV_ANTIALIAS
-            lv_draw_aa_ver_seg(prev_p.x + pattern[0].x - aa_shift1, prev_p.y + pattern[0].y,
-                               -(main_line->p_act.y - prev_p.y), mask, style->line.color, opa);
-            lv_draw_aa_ver_seg(prev_p.x + pattern[width_safe - 1].x + aa_shift2, prev_p.y + pattern[width_safe - 1].y,
-                               main_line->p_act.y - prev_p.y, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-#endif
-
-            first_run = false;
-
-            prev_p.x = main_line->p_act.x;
-            prev_p.y = main_line->p_act.y;
-        }
-
-        /*Draw the last part*/
-        for(i = 0; i < width; i++) {
-            draw_area.x1 = prev_p.x + pattern[i].x;
-            draw_area.y1 = prev_p.y + pattern[i].y;
-            draw_area.x2 = draw_area.x1;
-            draw_area.y2 = draw_area.y1 + main_line->p_act.y - prev_p.y;
-
-            fill_fp(&draw_area, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-
-            /* Fill the gaps
-             * When stepping in x one pixel remains empty on every corner */
-            if(i != 0 && pattern[i].y != pattern[i - 1].y && !first_run) {
-                px_fp(draw_area.x1 - main_line->sx, draw_area.y1, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-            }
-        }
-
-#if LV_ANTIALIAS
-        lv_draw_aa_ver_seg(prev_p.x + pattern[0].x - aa_shift1, prev_p.y + pattern[0].y,
-                           -(main_line->p_act.y - prev_p.y + 1), mask, style->line.color, opa);
-        lv_draw_aa_ver_seg(prev_p.x + pattern[width_safe - 1].x + aa_shift2, prev_p.y + pattern[width_safe - 1].y,
-                           main_line->p_act.y - prev_p.y + 1, mask, style->line.color, opa);
-#endif
-    }
-}
-
-
-static void line_init(line_draw_t * line, const lv_point_t * p1, const lv_point_t * p2)
-{
-    line->p1.x = p1->x;
-    line->p1.y = p1->y;
-    line->p2.x = p2->x;
-    line->p2.y = p2->y;
-
-    line->dx = LV_MATH_ABS(line->p2.x - line->p1.x);
-    line->sx = line->p1.x < line->p2.x ? 1 : -1;
-    line->dy = LV_MATH_ABS(line->p2.y - line->p1.y);
-    line->sy = line->p1.y < line->p2.y ? 1 : -1;
-    line->err = (line->dx > line->dy ? line->dx : -line->dy) / 2;
-    line->e2 = 0;
-    line->hor = line->dx > line->dy ? true : false; /*Rather horizontal or vertical*/
-
-    line->p_act.x = line->p1.x;
-    line->p_act.y = line->p1.y;
-}
-
-static bool line_next(line_draw_t * line)
-{
-    if(line->p_act.x == line->p2.x && line->p_act.y == line->p2.y) return false;
-    line->e2 = line->err;
-    if(line->e2 > -line->dx) {
-        line->err -= line->dy;
-        line->p_act.x += line->sx;
-    }
-    if(line->e2 < line->dy) {
-        line->err += line->dx;
-        line->p_act.y += line->sy;
-    }
-    return true;
-}
-
-/**
- * Iterate until step one in y direction.
- * @param line
- * @return
- */
-static bool line_next_y(line_draw_t * line)
-{
-    lv_coord_t last_y = line->p_act.y;
-
-    do {
-        if(!line_next(line)) return false;
-    } while(last_y == line->p_act.y);
-
-    return true;
-
-}
-
-/**
- * Iterate until step one in x direction.
- * @param line
- * @return
- */
-static bool line_next_x(line_draw_t * line)
-{
-    lv_coord_t last_x = line->p_act.x;
-
-    do {
-        if(!line_next(line)) return false;
-    } while(last_x == line->p_act.x);
-
-    return true;
-
-}
-

lv_draw/lv_draw_rbasic.c

@@ -1,269 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_draw_rbasic.c
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_draw_rbasic.h"
-#if USE_LV_REAL_DRAW != 0
-
-#include "../lv_hal/lv_hal_disp.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_font.h"
-#include "lv_draw.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-static lv_color_t letter_bg_color;
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Put a pixel to the display
- * @param x x coordinate of the pixel
- * @param y y coordinate of the pixel
- * @param mask_p the pixel will be drawn on this area
- * @param color color of the pixel
- * @param opa opacity (ignored, only for compatibility with lv_vpx)
- */
-void lv_rpx(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, const lv_area_t * mask_p, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa)
-{
-    (void)opa;      /*Opa is used only for compatibility with lv_vpx*/
-
-    lv_area_t area;
-    area.x1 = x;
-    area.y1 = y;
-    area.x2 = x;
-    area.y2 = y;
-
-    lv_rfill(&area, mask_p, color, LV_OPA_COVER);
-}
-
-/**
- * Fill an area on the display
- * @param cords_p coordinates of the area to fill
- * @param mask_p fill only o this mask
- * @param color fill color
- * @param opa opacity (ignored, only for compatibility with lv_vfill)
- */
-void lv_rfill(const lv_area_t * cords_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
-              lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa)
-{
-
-    (void)opa;      /*Opa is used only for compatibility with lv_vfill*/
-
-    lv_area_t masked_area;
-    bool union_ok = true;
-
-    if(mask_p != NULL) {
-        union_ok = lv_area_intersect(&masked_area, cords_p, mask_p);
-    } else {
-        lv_area_t scr_area;
-        lv_area_set(&scr_area, 0, 0, LV_HOR_RES - 1, LV_VER_RES - 1);
-        union_ok = lv_area_intersect(&masked_area, cords_p, &scr_area);
-    }
-
-    if(union_ok != false) {
-        lv_disp_fill(masked_area.x1, masked_area.y1, masked_area.x2, masked_area.y2, color);
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Draw a letter to the display
- * @param pos_p left-top coordinate of the latter
- * @param mask_p the letter will be drawn only on this area
- * @param font_p pointer to font
- * @param letter a letter to draw
- * @param color color of letter
- * @param opa opacity of letter (ignored, only for compatibility with lv_vletter)
- */
-void lv_rletter(const lv_point_t * pos_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
-                const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter,
-                lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa)
-{
-    (void)opa;      /*Opa is used only for compatibility with lv_vletter*/
-
-    static uint8_t bpp1_opa_table[2] =  {0, 255};                   /*Opacity mapping with bpp = 1 (Just for compatibility)*/
-    static uint8_t bpp2_opa_table[4] =  {0, 85, 170, 255};          /*Opacity mapping with bpp = 2*/
-    static uint8_t bpp4_opa_table[16] = {0,   17,  34,  51,         /*Opacity mapping with bpp = 4*/
-                                         68,  85,  102, 119,
-                                         136, 153, 170, 187,
-                                         204, 221, 238, 255
-                                        };
-
-    if(font_p == NULL) return;
-
-    uint8_t letter_w = lv_font_get_width(font_p, letter);
-    uint8_t letter_h = lv_font_get_height(font_p);
-    uint8_t bpp = lv_font_get_bpp(font_p, letter);  /*Bit per pixel (1,2, 4 or 8)*/
-    uint8_t * bpp_opa_table;
-    uint8_t mask_init;
-    uint8_t mask;
-
-    switch(bpp) {
-        case 1:
-            bpp_opa_table = bpp1_opa_table;
-            mask_init = 0x80;
-            break;
-        case 2:
-            bpp_opa_table = bpp2_opa_table;
-            mask_init = 0xC0;
-            break;
-        case 4:
-            bpp_opa_table = bpp4_opa_table;
-            mask_init = 0xF0;
-            break;
-        case 8:
-            bpp_opa_table = NULL;
-            mask_init = 0xFF;
-            break;             /*No opa table, pixel value will be used directly*/
-        default:
-            return;        /*Invalid bpp. Can't render the letter*/
-    }
-
-    const uint8_t * map_p = lv_font_get_bitmap(font_p, letter);
-
-    if(map_p == NULL) return;
-
-    /*If the letter is completely out of mask don't draw it */
-    if(pos_p->x + letter_w < mask_p->x1 || pos_p->x > mask_p->x2 ||
-            pos_p->y + letter_h < mask_p->y1 || pos_p->y > mask_p->y2) return;
-
-    lv_coord_t col, row;
-    uint8_t col_bit;
-    uint8_t col_byte_cnt;
-    uint8_t width_byte_scr = letter_w >> 3;      /*Width in bytes (on the screen finally) (e.g. w = 11 -> 2 bytes wide)*/
-    if(letter_w & 0x7) width_byte_scr++;
-    uint8_t width_byte_bpp = (letter_w * bpp) >> 3;    /*Letter width in byte. Real width in the font*/
-    if((letter_w * bpp) & 0x7) width_byte_bpp++;
-
-    /* Calculate the col/row start/end on the map*/
-    lv_coord_t col_start = pos_p->x >= mask_p->x1 ? 0 : mask_p->x1 - pos_p->x;
-    lv_coord_t col_end = pos_p->x + letter_w <= mask_p->x2 ? letter_w : mask_p->x2 - pos_p->x + 1;
-    lv_coord_t row_start = pos_p->y >= mask_p->y1 ? 0 : mask_p->y1 - pos_p->y;
-    lv_coord_t row_end  = pos_p->y + letter_h <= mask_p->y2 ? letter_h : mask_p->y2 - pos_p->y + 1;
-
-    /*Move on the map too*/
-    map_p += (row_start * width_byte_bpp) + ((col_start * bpp) >> 3);
-
-    uint8_t letter_px;
-    for(row = row_start; row < row_end; row ++) {
-        col_byte_cnt = 0;
-        col_bit = (col_start * bpp) % 8;
-        mask = mask_init >> col_bit;
-        for(col = col_start; col < col_end; col ++) {
-            letter_px = (*map_p & mask) >> (8 - col_bit - bpp);
-            if(letter_px != 0) {
-                lv_rpx(pos_p->x + col, pos_p->y + row, mask_p, lv_color_mix(color, letter_bg_color, bpp == 8 ? letter_px : bpp_opa_table[letter_px]), LV_OPA_COVER);
-            }
-
-            if(col_bit < 8 - bpp) {
-                col_bit += bpp;
-                mask = mask >> bpp;
-            } else {
-                col_bit = 0;
-                col_byte_cnt ++;
-                mask = mask_init;
-                map_p ++;
-            }
-        }
-
-        map_p += (width_byte_bpp) - col_byte_cnt;
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * When the letter is ant-aliased it needs to know the background color
- * @param bg_color the background color of the currently drawn letter
- */
-void lv_rletter_set_background(lv_color_t color)
-{
-    letter_bg_color = color;
-}
-
-/**
- * Draw a color map to the display (image)
- * @param cords_p coordinates the color map
- * @param mask_p the map will drawn only on this area
- * @param map_p pointer to a lv_color_t array
- * @param opa opacity of the map (ignored, only for compatibility with 'lv_vmap')
- * @param chroma_keyed true: enable transparency of LV_IMG_LV_COLOR_TRANSP color pixels
- * @param alpha_byte true: extra alpha byte is inserted for every pixel (not supported, only l'v_vmap' can draw it)
- * @param recolor mix the pixels with this color
- * @param recolor_opa the intense of recoloring
- */
-void lv_rmap(const lv_area_t * cords_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
-             const uint8_t * map_p, lv_opa_t opa, bool chroma_key, bool alpha_byte,
-             lv_color_t recolor, lv_opa_t recolor_opa)
-{
-    if(alpha_byte) return;      /*Pixel level opacity i not supported in real map drawing*/
-
-    (void)opa;              /*opa is used only for compatibility with lv_vmap*/
-    lv_area_t masked_a;
-    bool union_ok;
-
-    union_ok = lv_area_intersect(&masked_a, cords_p, mask_p);
-
-    /*If there are common part of the mask and map then draw the map*/
-    if(union_ok == false) return;
-
-    /*Go to the first pixel*/
-    lv_coord_t map_width = lv_area_get_width(cords_p);
-    map_p += (masked_a.y1 - cords_p->y1) * map_width * sizeof(lv_color_t);
-    map_p += (masked_a.x1 - cords_p->x1) * sizeof(lv_color_t);
-
-    lv_coord_t row;
-    if(recolor_opa == LV_OPA_TRANSP && chroma_key == false) {
-        lv_coord_t mask_w = lv_area_get_width(&masked_a) - 1;
-        for(row = masked_a.y1; row <= masked_a.y2; row++) {
-            lv_disp_map(masked_a.x1, row, masked_a.x1 + mask_w, row, (lv_color_t *)map_p);
-            map_p += map_width * sizeof(lv_color_t);               /*Next row on the map*/
-        }
-    } else {
-        lv_color_t chroma_key_color = LV_COLOR_TRANSP;
-        lv_coord_t col;
-        for(row = masked_a.y1; row <= masked_a.y2; row++) {
-            for(col = masked_a.x1; col <= masked_a.x2; col++) {
-                lv_color_t * px_color = (lv_color_t *) &map_p[(uint32_t)(col - masked_a.x1) * sizeof(lv_color_t)];
-
-                if(chroma_key && chroma_key_color.full == px_color->full) continue;
-
-                if(recolor_opa != LV_OPA_TRANSP) {
-                    lv_color_t recolored_px = lv_color_mix(recolor, *px_color, recolor_opa);
-
-                    lv_rpx(col, row, mask_p, recolored_px, LV_OPA_COVER);
-                } else {
-                    lv_rpx(col, row, mask_p, *px_color, LV_OPA_COVER);
-                }
-
-            }
-            map_p += map_width * sizeof(lv_color_t);               /*Next row on the map*/
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-#endif  /*USE_LV_REAL_DRAW*/

lv_draw/lv_draw_rbasic.h

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_draw_rbasic..h
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef LV_DRAW_RBASIC_H
-#define LV_DRAW_RBASIC_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
-#include "lv_conf.h"
-#else
-#include "../../lv_conf.h"
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_REAL_DRAW != 0
-
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_color.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_area.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_font.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-void lv_rpx(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, const lv_area_t * mask_p, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
-
-/**
- * Fill an area on the display
- * @param cords_p coordinates of the area to fill
- * @param mask_p fill only o this mask
- * @param color fill color
- * @param opa opacity (ignored, only for compatibility with lv_vfill)
- */
-void lv_rfill(const lv_area_t * cords_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
-              lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
-
-/**
- * Draw a letter to the display
- * @param pos_p left-top coordinate of the latter
- * @param mask_p the letter will be drawn only on this area
- * @param font_p pointer to font
- * @param letter a letter to draw
- * @param color color of letter
- * @param opa opacity of letter (ignored, only for compatibility with lv_vletter)
- */
-void lv_rletter(const lv_point_t * pos_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
-                const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter,
-                lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
-
-/**
- * When the letter is ant-aliased it needs to know the background color
- * @param bg_color the background color of the currently drawn letter
- */
-void lv_rletter_set_background(lv_color_t color);
-
-
-/**
- * Draw a color map to the display (image)
- * @param cords_p coordinates the color map
- * @param mask_p the map will drawn only on this area
- * @param map_p pointer to a lv_color_t array
- * @param opa opacity of the map (ignored, only for compatibility with 'lv_vmap')
- * @param chroma_keyed true: enable transparency of LV_IMG_LV_COLOR_TRANSP color pixels
- * @param alpha_byte true: extra alpha byte is inserted for every pixel (not supported, only l'v_vmap' can draw it)
- * @param recolor mix the pixels with this color
- * @param recolor_opa the intense of recoloring
- */
-void lv_rmap(const lv_area_t * cords_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
-             const uint8_t * map_p, lv_opa_t opa, bool chroma_key, bool alpha_byte,
-             lv_color_t recolor, lv_opa_t recolor_opa);
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-#endif  /*USE_LV_REAL_DRAW*/
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif  /*LV_DRAW_RBASIC_H*/

lv_draw/lv_draw_rect.h

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_draw_rect.h
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef LV_DRAW_RECT_H
-#define LV_DRAW_RECT_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_draw.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Draw a rectangle
- * @param coords the coordinates of the rectangle
- * @param mask the rectangle will be drawn only in this mask
- * @param style pointer to a style
- * @param opa_scale scale down all opacities by the factor
- */
-void lv_draw_rect(const lv_area_t * coords, const lv_area_t * mask, const lv_style_t * style, lv_opa_t opa_scale);
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif /*LV_DRAW_RECT_H*/

lv_draw/lv_draw_triangle.c

@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_draw_triangle.c
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_draw_triangle.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_math.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-static void point_swap(lv_point_t * p1, lv_point_t * p2);
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-#if USE_LV_TRIANGLE != 0
-/**
- *
- * @param points pointer to an array with 3 points
- * @param mask the triangle will be drawn only in this mask
- * @param color color of the triangle
- */
-void lv_draw_triangle(const lv_point_t * points, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_color_t color)
-{
-    lv_point_t tri[3];
-
-    memcpy(tri, points, sizeof(tri));
-
-    /*Sort the vertices according to their y coordinate (0: y max, 1: y mid, 2:y min)*/
-    if(tri[1].y < tri[0].y) point_swap(&tri[1], &tri[0]);
-    if(tri[2].y < tri[1].y) point_swap(&tri[2], &tri[1]);
-    if(tri[1].y < tri[0].y) point_swap(&tri[1], &tri[0]);
-
-    /*Return is the triangle is degenerated*/
-    if(tri[0].x == tri[1].x && tri[0].y == tri[1].y) return;
-    if(tri[1].x == tri[2].x && tri[1].y == tri[2].y) return;
-    if(tri[0].x == tri[2].x && tri[0].y == tri[2].y) return;
-
-    if(tri[0].x == tri[1].x && tri[1].x == tri[2].x) return;
-    if(tri[0].y == tri[1].y && tri[1].y == tri[2].y) return;
-
-    /*Draw the triangle*/
-    lv_point_t edge1;
-    lv_coord_t dx1 = LV_MATH_ABS(tri[0].x - tri[1].x);
-    lv_coord_t sx1 = tri[0].x < tri[1].x ? 1 : -1;
-    lv_coord_t dy1 = LV_MATH_ABS(tri[0].y - tri[1].y);
-    lv_coord_t sy1 = tri[0].y < tri[1].y ? 1 : -1;
-    lv_coord_t err1 = (dx1 > dy1 ? dx1 : -dy1) / 2;
-    lv_coord_t err_tmp1;
-
-    lv_point_t edge2;
-    lv_coord_t dx2 = LV_MATH_ABS(tri[0].x - tri[2].x);
-    lv_coord_t sx2 = tri[0].x < tri[2].x ? 1 : -1;
-    lv_coord_t dy2 = LV_MATH_ABS(tri[0].y - tri[2].y);
-    lv_coord_t sy2 = tri[0].y < tri[2].y ? 1 : -1;
-    lv_coord_t err2 = (dx1 > dy2 ? dx2 : -dy2) / 2;
-    lv_coord_t err_tmp2;
-
-    lv_coord_t y1_tmp;
-    lv_coord_t y2_tmp;
-
-    edge1.x = tri[0].x;
-    edge1.y = tri[0].y;
-    edge2.x = tri[0].x;
-    edge2.y = tri[0].y;
-    lv_area_t act_area;
-    lv_area_t draw_area;
-
-    while(1) {
-        act_area.x1 = edge1.x;
-        act_area.x2 = edge2.x ;
-        act_area.y1 = edge1.y;
-        act_area.y2 = edge2.y ;
-
-
-        draw_area.x1 = LV_MATH_MIN(act_area.x1, act_area.x2);
-        draw_area.x2 = LV_MATH_MAX(act_area.x1, act_area.x2);
-        draw_area.y1 = LV_MATH_MIN(act_area.y1, act_area.y2);
-        draw_area.y2 = LV_MATH_MAX(act_area.y1, act_area.y2);
-        draw_area.x2--; /*Do not draw most right pixel because it will be drawn by the adjacent triangle*/
-        fill_fp(&draw_area, mask, color, LV_OPA_50);
-
-        /*Calc. the next point of edge1*/
-        y1_tmp = edge1.y;
-        do {
-            if(edge1.x == tri[1].x && edge1.y == tri[1].y) {
-
-                dx1 = LV_MATH_ABS(tri[1].x - tri[2].x);
-                sx1 = tri[1].x < tri[2].x ? 1 : -1;
-                dy1 = LV_MATH_ABS(tri[1].y - tri[2].y);
-                sy1 = tri[1].y < tri[2].y ? 1 : -1;
-                err1 = (dx1 > dy1 ? dx1 : -dy1) / 2;
-            } else if(edge1.x == tri[2].x && edge1.y == tri[2].y) return;
-            err_tmp1 = err1;
-            if(err_tmp1 > -dx1) {
-                err1 -= dy1;
-                edge1.x += sx1;
-            }
-            if(err_tmp1 < dy1) {
-                err1 += dx1;
-                edge1.y += sy1;
-            }
-        } while(edge1.y == y1_tmp);
-
-        /*Calc. the next point of edge2*/
-        y2_tmp = edge2.y;
-        do {
-            if(edge2.x == tri[2].x && edge2.y == tri[2].y) return;
-            err_tmp2 = err2;
-            if(err_tmp2 > -dx2) {
-                err2 -= dy2;
-                edge2.x += sx2;
-            }
-            if(err_tmp2 < dy2) {
-                err2 += dx2;
-                edge2.y += sy2;
-            }
-        } while(edge2.y == y2_tmp);
-    }
-}
-#endif
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-
-#if USE_LV_TRIANGLE != 0
-/**
- * Swap two points
- * p1 pointer to the first point
- * p2 pointer to the second point
- */
-static void point_swap(lv_point_t * p1, lv_point_t * p2)
-{
-    lv_point_t tmp;
-    tmp.x = p1->x;
-    tmp.y = p1->y;
-
-    p1->x = p2->x;
-    p1->y = p2->y;
-
-    p2->x = tmp.x;
-    p2->y = tmp.y;
-
-}
-
-#endif

lv_draw/lv_draw_triangle.h

@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_draw_triangle.h
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef LV_DRAW_TRIANGLE_H
-#define LV_DRAW_TRIANGLE_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_draw.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-/*Experimental use for 3D modeling*/
-#define USE_LV_TRIANGLE 1
-
-#if USE_LV_TRIANGLE != 0
-/**
- *
- * @param points pointer to an array with 3 points
- * @param mask the triangle will be drawn only in this mask
- * @param color color of the triangle
- */
-void lv_draw_triangle(const lv_point_t * points, const lv_area_t * mask, lv_color_t color);
-#endif
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif /*LV_DRAW_TRIANGLE_H*/

lv_draw/lv_draw_vbasic.c

@@ -1,703 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_vdraw.c
- *
- */
-
-#include "lv_draw_vbasic.h"
-
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "../lv_hal/lv_hal_disp.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_area.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_font.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_color.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_log.h"
-
-#if LV_VDB_SIZE != 0
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include "../lv_core/lv_vdb.h"
-#include "lv_draw.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-#define VFILL_HW_ACC_SIZE_LIMIT    50      /*Always fill < 50 px with 'sw_color_fill' because of the hw. init overhead*/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-static void sw_mem_blend(lv_color_t * dest, const lv_color_t * src, uint32_t length, lv_opa_t opa);
-static void sw_color_fill(lv_area_t * mem_area, lv_color_t * mem, const lv_area_t * fill_area, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
-
-#if LV_COLOR_SCREEN_TRANSP
-static inline lv_color_t color_mix_2_alpha(lv_color_t bg_color, lv_opa_t bg_opa, lv_color_t fg_color, lv_opa_t fg_opa);
-#endif
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Put a pixel in the Virtual Display Buffer
- * @param x pixel x coordinate
- * @param y pixel y coordinate
- * @param mask_p fill only on this mask (truncated to VDB area)
- * @param color pixel color
- * @param opa opacity of the area (0..255)
- */
-void lv_vpx(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, const lv_area_t * mask_p, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa)
-{
-    if(opa < LV_OPA_MIN) return;
-    if(opa > LV_OPA_MAX) opa = LV_OPA_COVER;
-
-    lv_vdb_t * vdb_p = lv_vdb_get();
-    if(!vdb_p) {
-        LV_LOG_WARN("Invalid VDB pointer");
-        return;
-    }
-
-    /*Pixel out of the mask*/
-    if(x < mask_p->x1 || x > mask_p->x2 ||
-            y < mask_p->y1 || y > mask_p->y2) {
-        return;
-    }
-
-    uint32_t vdb_width = lv_area_get_width(&vdb_p->area);
-
-    /*Make the coordinates relative to VDB*/
-    x -= vdb_p->area.x1;
-    y -= vdb_p->area.y1;
-
-    lv_disp_t * disp = lv_disp_get_active();
-    if(disp->driver.vdb_wr) {
-        disp->driver.vdb_wr((uint8_t *)vdb_p->buf, vdb_width, x, y, color, opa);
-    } else {
-        lv_color_t * vdb_px_p = vdb_p->buf + y * vdb_width + x;
-#if LV_COLOR_SCREEN_TRANSP == 0
-        if(opa == LV_OPA_COVER) {
-            *vdb_px_p = color;
-        } else {
-            *vdb_px_p = lv_color_mix(color, *vdb_px_p, opa);
-        }
-#else
-        *vdb_px_p = color_mix_2_alpha(*vdb_px_p, (*vdb_px_p).alpha, color, opa);
-#endif
-    }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Fill an area in the Virtual Display Buffer
- * @param cords_p coordinates of the area to fill
- * @param mask_p fill only o this mask  (truncated to VDB area)
- * @param color fill color
- * @param opa opacity of the area (0..255)
- */
-void lv_vfill(const lv_area_t * cords_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
-              lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa)
-{
-    if(opa < LV_OPA_MIN) return;
-    if(opa > LV_OPA_MAX) opa = LV_OPA_COVER;
-
-    lv_area_t res_a;
-    bool union_ok;
-    lv_vdb_t * vdb_p = lv_vdb_get();
-    if(!vdb_p) {
-        LV_LOG_WARN("Invalid VDB pointer");
-        return;
-    }
-
-    /*Get the union of cord and mask*/
-    /* The mask is already truncated to the vdb size
-     * in 'lv_refr_area_with_vdb' function */
-    union_ok = lv_area_intersect(&res_a, cords_p, mask_p);
-
-    /*If there are common part of the three area then draw to the vdb*/
-    if(union_ok == false) return;
-
-    lv_area_t vdb_rel_a;   /*Stores relative coordinates on vdb*/
-    vdb_rel_a.x1 = res_a.x1 - vdb_p->area.x1;
-    vdb_rel_a.y1 = res_a.y1 - vdb_p->area.y1;
-    vdb_rel_a.x2 = res_a.x2 - vdb_p->area.x1;
-    vdb_rel_a.y2 = res_a.y2 - vdb_p->area.y1;
-
-    lv_color_t * vdb_buf_tmp = vdb_p->buf;
-    uint32_t vdb_width = lv_area_get_width(&vdb_p->area);
-    /*Move the vdb_tmp to the first row*/
-    vdb_buf_tmp += vdb_width * vdb_rel_a.y1;
-
-
-#if USE_LV_GPU
-    static lv_color_t color_array_tmp[LV_HOR_RES];       /*Used by 'lv_disp_mem_blend'*/
-    static lv_coord_t last_width = -1;
-
-    lv_coord_t w = lv_area_get_width(&vdb_rel_a);
-    /*Don't use hw. acc. for every small fill (because of the init overhead)*/
-    if(w < VFILL_HW_ACC_SIZE_LIMIT) {
-        sw_color_fill(&vdb_p->area, vdb_p->buf, &vdb_rel_a, color, opa);
-    }
-    /*Not opaque fill*/
-    else if(opa == LV_OPA_COVER) {
-        /*Use hw fill if present*/
-        if(lv_disp_is_mem_fill_supported()) {
-            lv_coord_t row;
-            for(row = vdb_rel_a.y1; row <= vdb_rel_a.y2; row++) {
-                lv_disp_mem_fill(&vdb_buf_tmp[vdb_rel_a.x1], w, color);
-                vdb_buf_tmp += vdb_width;
-            }
-        }
-        /*Use hw blend if present and the area is not too small*/
-        else if(lv_area_get_height(&vdb_rel_a) > VFILL_HW_ACC_SIZE_LIMIT &&
-                lv_disp_is_mem_blend_supported()) {
-            /*Fill a  one line sized buffer with a color and blend this later*/
-            if(color_array_tmp[0].full != color.full || last_width != w) {
-                uint16_t i;
-                for(i = 0; i < w; i++) {
-                    color_array_tmp[i].full = color.full;
-                }
-                last_width = w;
-            }
-
-            /*Blend the filled line to every line VDB line-by-line*/
-            lv_coord_t row;
-            for(row = vdb_rel_a.y1; row <= vdb_rel_a.y2; row++) {
-                lv_disp_mem_blend(&vdb_buf_tmp[vdb_rel_a.x1], color_array_tmp, w, opa);
-                vdb_buf_tmp += vdb_width;
-            }
-
-        }
-        /*Else use sw fill if no better option*/
-        else {
-            sw_color_fill(&vdb_p->area, vdb_p->buf, &vdb_rel_a, color, opa);
-        }
-
-    }
-    /*Fill with opacity*/
-    else {
-        /*Use hw blend if present*/
-        if(lv_disp_is_mem_blend_supported()) {
-            if(color_array_tmp[0].full != color.full || last_width != w) {
-                uint16_t i;
-                for(i = 0; i < w; i++) {
-                    color_array_tmp[i].full = color.full;
-                }
-
-                last_width = w;
-            }
-            lv_coord_t row;
-            for(row = vdb_rel_a.y1; row <= vdb_rel_a.y2; row++) {
-                lv_disp_mem_blend(&vdb_buf_tmp[vdb_rel_a.x1], color_array_tmp, w, opa);
-                vdb_buf_tmp += vdb_width;
-            }
-
-        }
-        /*Use sw fill with opa if no better option*/
-        else {
-            sw_color_fill(&vdb_p->area, vdb_p->buf, &vdb_rel_a, color, opa);
-        }
-
-    }
-#else
-    sw_color_fill(&vdb_p->area, vdb_p->buf, &vdb_rel_a, color, opa);
-#endif
-}
-
-/**
- * Draw a letter in the Virtual Display Buffer
- * @param pos_p left-top coordinate of the latter
- * @param mask_p the letter will be drawn only on this area  (truncated to VDB area)
- * @param font_p pointer to font
- * @param letter a letter to draw
- * @param color color of letter
- * @param opa opacity of letter (0..255)
- */
-void lv_vletter(const lv_point_t * pos_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
-                const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter,
-                lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa)
-{
-    const uint8_t bpp1_opa_table[2] =  {0, 255};                   /*Opacity mapping with bpp = 1 (Just for compatibility)*/
-    const uint8_t bpp2_opa_table[4] =  {0, 85, 170, 255};          /*Opacity mapping with bpp = 2*/
-    const uint8_t bpp4_opa_table[16] = {0,   17,  34,  51,         /*Opacity mapping with bpp = 4*/
-                                        68,  85,  102, 119,
-                                        136, 153, 170, 187,
-                                        204, 221, 238, 255
-                                       };
-    if(opa < LV_OPA_MIN) return;
-    if(opa > LV_OPA_MAX) opa = LV_OPA_COVER;
-
-    if(font_p == NULL) {
-        LV_LOG_WARN("Font: character's bitmap not found");
-        return;
-    }
-
-    lv_coord_t pos_x = pos_p->x;
-    lv_coord_t pos_y = pos_p->y;
-    uint8_t letter_w = lv_font_get_real_width(font_p, letter);
-    uint8_t letter_h = lv_font_get_height(font_p);
-    uint8_t bpp = lv_font_get_bpp(font_p, letter);  /*Bit per pixel (1,2, 4 or 8)*/
-    const uint8_t * bpp_opa_table;
-    uint8_t mask_init;
-    uint8_t mask;
-
-    if(lv_font_is_monospace(font_p, letter)) {
-        pos_x += (lv_font_get_width(font_p, letter) - letter_w) / 2;
-    }
-
-
-    switch(bpp) {
-        case 1:
-            bpp_opa_table = bpp1_opa_table;
-            mask_init = 0x80;
-            break;
-        case 2:
-            bpp_opa_table = bpp2_opa_table;
-            mask_init = 0xC0;
-            break;
-        case 4:
-            bpp_opa_table = bpp4_opa_table;
-            mask_init = 0xF0;
-            break;
-        case 8:
-            bpp_opa_table = NULL;
-            mask_init = 0xFF;
-            break;             /*No opa table, pixel value will be used directly*/
-        default:
-            return;        /*Invalid bpp. Can't render the letter*/
-    }
-
-    const uint8_t * map_p = lv_font_get_bitmap(font_p, letter);
-
-    if(map_p == NULL) return;
-
-    /*If the letter is completely out of mask don't draw it */
-    if(pos_x + letter_w < mask_p->x1 || pos_x > mask_p->x2 ||
-            pos_y + letter_h < mask_p->y1 || pos_y > mask_p->y2) return;
-
-    lv_vdb_t * vdb_p = lv_vdb_get();
-    if(!vdb_p) {
-        LV_LOG_WARN("Invalid VDB pointer");
-        return;
-    }
-
-    lv_coord_t vdb_width = lv_area_get_width(&vdb_p->area);
-    lv_color_t * vdb_buf_tmp = vdb_p->buf;
-    lv_coord_t col, row;
-    uint8_t col_bit;
-    uint8_t col_byte_cnt;
-    uint8_t width_byte_scr = letter_w >> 3;      /*Width in bytes (on the screen finally) (e.g. w = 11 -> 2 bytes wide)*/
-    if(letter_w & 0x7) width_byte_scr++;
-    uint8_t width_byte_bpp = (letter_w * bpp) >> 3;    /*Letter width in byte. Real width in the font*/
-    if((letter_w * bpp) & 0x7) width_byte_bpp++;
-
-    /* Calculate the col/row start/end on the map*/
-    lv_coord_t col_start = pos_x >= mask_p->x1 ? 0 : mask_p->x1 - pos_x;
-    lv_coord_t col_end = pos_x + letter_w <= mask_p->x2 ? letter_w : mask_p->x2 - pos_x + 1;
-    lv_coord_t row_start = pos_y >= mask_p->y1 ? 0 : mask_p->y1 - pos_y;
-    lv_coord_t row_end  = pos_y + letter_h <= mask_p->y2 ? letter_h : mask_p->y2 - pos_y + 1;
-
-    /*Set a pointer on VDB to the first pixel of the letter*/
-    vdb_buf_tmp += ((pos_y - vdb_p->area.y1) * vdb_width)
-                   + pos_x - vdb_p->area.x1;
-
-    /*If the letter is partially out of mask the move there on VDB*/
-    vdb_buf_tmp += (row_start * vdb_width) + col_start;
-
-    /*Move on the map too*/
-    map_p += (row_start * width_byte_bpp) + ((col_start * bpp) >> 3);
-
-    lv_disp_t * disp = lv_disp_get_active();
-
-    uint8_t letter_px;
-    lv_opa_t px_opa;
-    for(row = row_start; row < row_end; row ++) {
-        col_byte_cnt = 0;
-        col_bit = (col_start * bpp) % 8;
-        mask = mask_init >> col_bit;
-        for(col = col_start; col < col_end; col ++) {
-            letter_px = (*map_p & mask) >> (8 - col_bit - bpp);
-            if(letter_px != 0) {
-                if(opa == LV_OPA_COVER) {
-                    px_opa = bpp == 8 ? letter_px : bpp_opa_table[letter_px];
-                } else {
-                    px_opa = bpp == 8 ?
-                             (uint16_t)((uint16_t)letter_px * opa) >> 8 :
-                             (uint16_t)((uint16_t)bpp_opa_table[letter_px] * opa) >> 8;
-                }
-
-                if(disp->driver.vdb_wr) {
-                    disp->driver.vdb_wr((uint8_t *)vdb_p->buf, vdb_width,
-                                        (col + pos_x) - vdb_p->area.x1, (row + pos_y) - vdb_p->area.y1,
-                                        color, px_opa);
-                } else {
-#if LV_COLOR_SCREEN_TRANSP == 0
-                    *vdb_buf_tmp = lv_color_mix(color, *vdb_buf_tmp, px_opa);
-#else
-                    *vdb_buf_tmp = color_mix_2_alpha(*vdb_buf_tmp, (*vdb_buf_tmp).alpha, color, px_opa);
-#endif
-                }
-            }
-
-            vdb_buf_tmp++;
-
-            if(col_bit < 8 - bpp) {
-                col_bit += bpp;
-                mask = mask >> bpp;
-            } else {
-                col_bit = 0;
-                col_byte_cnt ++;
-                mask = mask_init;
-                map_p ++;
-            }
-        }
-
-        map_p += (width_byte_bpp) - col_byte_cnt;
-        vdb_buf_tmp += vdb_width  - (col_end - col_start); /*Next row in VDB*/
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Draw a color map to the display (image)
- * @param cords_p coordinates the color map
- * @param mask_p the map will drawn only on this area  (truncated to VDB area)
- * @param map_p pointer to a lv_color_t array
- * @param opa opacity of the map
- * @param chroma_keyed true: enable transparency of LV_IMG_LV_COLOR_TRANSP color pixels
- * @param alpha_byte true: extra alpha byte is inserted for every pixel
- * @param recolor mix the pixels with this color
- * @param recolor_opa the intense of recoloring
- */
-void lv_vmap(const lv_area_t * cords_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
-             const uint8_t * map_p, lv_opa_t opa, bool chroma_key, bool alpha_byte,
-             lv_color_t recolor, lv_opa_t recolor_opa)
-{
-
-    if(opa < LV_OPA_MIN) return;
-    if(opa > LV_OPA_MAX) opa = LV_OPA_COVER;
-
-    lv_area_t masked_a;
-    bool union_ok;
-    lv_vdb_t * vdb_p = lv_vdb_get();
-    if(!vdb_p) {
-        LV_LOG_WARN("Invalid VDB pointer");
-        return;
-    }
-
-    /*Get the union of map size and mask*/
-    /* The mask is already truncated to the vdb size
-    * in 'lv_refr_area_with_vdb' function */
-    union_ok = lv_area_intersect(&masked_a, cords_p, mask_p);
-
-    /*If there are common part of the three area then draw to the vdb*/
-    if(union_ok == false)  return;
-
-    /*The pixel size in byte is different if an alpha byte is added too*/
-    uint8_t px_size_byte = alpha_byte ? LV_IMG_PX_SIZE_ALPHA_BYTE : sizeof(lv_color_t);
-
-    /*If the map starts OUT of the masked area then calc. the first pixel*/
-    lv_coord_t map_width = lv_area_get_width(cords_p);
-    if(cords_p->y1 < masked_a.y1) {
-        map_p += (uint32_t) map_width * ((masked_a.y1 - cords_p->y1)) * px_size_byte;
-    }
-    if(cords_p->x1 < masked_a.x1) {
-        map_p += (masked_a.x1 - cords_p->x1) * px_size_byte;
-    }
-
-    /*Stores coordinates relative to the current VDB*/
-    masked_a.x1 = masked_a.x1 - vdb_p->area.x1;
-    masked_a.y1 = masked_a.y1 - vdb_p->area.y1;
-    masked_a.x2 = masked_a.x2 - vdb_p->area.x1;
-    masked_a.y2 = masked_a.y2 - vdb_p->area.y1;
-
-    lv_coord_t vdb_width = lv_area_get_width(&vdb_p->area);
-    lv_color_t * vdb_buf_tmp = vdb_p->buf;
-    vdb_buf_tmp += (uint32_t) vdb_width * masked_a.y1; /*Move to the first row*/
-    vdb_buf_tmp += (uint32_t) masked_a.x1; /*Move to the first col*/
-
-    lv_coord_t row;
-    lv_coord_t map_useful_w = lv_area_get_width(&masked_a);
-
-    lv_disp_t * disp = lv_disp_get_active();
-
-    /*The simplest case just copy the pixels into the VDB*/
-    if(chroma_key == false && alpha_byte == false && opa == LV_OPA_COVER && recolor_opa == LV_OPA_TRANSP) {
-
-        /*Use the custom VDB write function is exists*/
-        if(disp->driver.vdb_wr) {
-            lv_coord_t col;
-            for(row = masked_a.y1; row <= masked_a.y2; row++) {
-                for(col = 0; col < map_useful_w; col++) {
-                    lv_color_t px_color = *((lv_color_t *)&map_p[(uint32_t)col * px_size_byte]);
-                    disp->driver.vdb_wr((uint8_t *)vdb_p->buf, vdb_width, col + masked_a.x1, row, px_color, opa);
-                }
-                map_p += map_width * px_size_byte;  /*Next row on the map*/
-            }
-        }
-        /*Normal native VDB*/
-        else {
-            for(row = masked_a.y1; row <= masked_a.y2; row++) {
-#if USE_LV_GPU
-                if(lv_disp_is_mem_blend_supported() == false) {
-                    sw_mem_blend(vdb_buf_tmp, (lv_color_t *)map_p, map_useful_w, opa);
-                } else {
-                    lv_disp_mem_blend(vdb_buf_tmp, (lv_color_t *)map_p, map_useful_w, opa);
-                }
-#else
-                sw_mem_blend(vdb_buf_tmp, (lv_color_t *)map_p, map_useful_w, opa);
-#endif
-                map_p += map_width * px_size_byte;               /*Next row on the map*/
-                vdb_buf_tmp += vdb_width;                        /*Next row on the VDB*/
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    /*In the other cases every pixel need to be checked one-by-one*/
-    else {
-        lv_color_t chroma_key_color = LV_COLOR_TRANSP;
-        lv_coord_t col;
-        lv_color_t last_img_px = LV_COLOR_BLACK;
-        lv_color_t recolored_px = lv_color_mix(recolor, last_img_px, recolor_opa);
-        for(row = masked_a.y1; row <= masked_a.y2; row++) {
-            for(col = 0; col < map_useful_w; col++) {
-                lv_opa_t opa_result = opa;
-                uint8_t * px_color_p = (uint8_t *) &map_p[(uint32_t)col * px_size_byte];
-                lv_color_t px_color;
-
-                /*Calculate with the pixel level alpha*/
-                if(alpha_byte) {
-#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8 || LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1
-                    px_color.full = px_color_p[0];
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16
-                    /*Because of Alpha byte 16 bit color can start on odd address which can cause crash*/
-                    px_color.full = px_color_p[0] + (px_color_p[1] << 8);
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
-                    px_color = *((lv_color_t *)px_color_p);
-#endif
-                    lv_opa_t px_opa = *(px_color_p + LV_IMG_PX_SIZE_ALPHA_BYTE - 1);
-                    if(px_opa == LV_OPA_TRANSP) continue;
-                    else if(px_opa != LV_OPA_COVER) opa_result = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)px_opa * opa_result) >> 8;
-                } else {
-                    px_color = *((lv_color_t *)px_color_p);
-                }
-
-                /*Handle chroma key*/
-                if(chroma_key && px_color.full == chroma_key_color.full) continue;
-
-                /*Re-color the pixel if required*/
-                if(recolor_opa != LV_OPA_TRANSP) {
-                    if(last_img_px.full != px_color.full) {     /*Minor acceleration: calculate only for new colors (save the last)*/
-                        last_img_px = px_color;
-                        recolored_px = lv_color_mix(recolor, last_img_px, recolor_opa);
-                    }
-                    /*Handle custom VDB write is present*/
-                    if(disp->driver.vdb_wr) {
-                        disp->driver.vdb_wr((uint8_t *)vdb_p->buf, vdb_width, col + masked_a.x1, row, recolored_px, opa_result);
-                    }
-                    /*Normal native VDB write*/
-                    else {
-                        if(opa_result == LV_OPA_COVER) vdb_buf_tmp[col].full = recolored_px.full;
-                        else vdb_buf_tmp[col] = lv_color_mix(recolored_px, vdb_buf_tmp[col], opa_result);
-                    }
-                } else {
-                    /*Handle custom VDB write is present*/
-                    if(disp->driver.vdb_wr) {
-                        disp->driver.vdb_wr((uint8_t *)vdb_p->buf, vdb_width, col + masked_a.x1, row, px_color, opa_result);
-                    }
-                    /*Normal native VDB write*/
-                    else {
-                        if(opa_result == LV_OPA_COVER) vdb_buf_tmp[col] = px_color;
-                        else {
-#if LV_COLOR_SCREEN_TRANSP == 0
-                            vdb_buf_tmp[col] = lv_color_mix(px_color, vdb_buf_tmp[col], opa_result);
-#else
-                            vdb_buf_tmp[col] = color_mix_2_alpha(vdb_buf_tmp[col], vdb_buf_tmp[col].alpha, px_color,  opa_result);
-//                            if(vdb_buf_tmp[col].alpha == LV_OPA_TRANSP) {
-//                                /* When it is the first visible pixel on the transparent screen
-//                                 * simlply use this color and set the pixel opa as backrounds alpha*/
-//                                vdb_buf_tmp[col] = px_color;
-//                                vdb_buf_tmp[col].alpha = opa_result;
-//                            } else {
-//                                /* If already this pixel is already written then for performance reasons
-//                                 * don't care with alpha channel
-//                                 */
-//                                lv_opa_t bg_opa = vdb_buf_tmp[col].alpha;
-//                                vdb_buf_tmp[col] = lv_color_mix(px_color, vdb_buf_tmp[col], opa_result);
-//
-//                                uint16_t opa_tmp = (uint16_t)opa_result + ((bg_opa * (255 - opa_result)) >> 8);
-//                                vdb_buf_tmp[col].alpha = opa_tmp > 0xFF ? 0xFF : opa_tmp ;
-//                            }
-#endif
-                        }
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-
-            map_p += map_width * px_size_byte;  /*Next row on the map*/
-            vdb_buf_tmp += vdb_width;           /*Next row on the VDB*/
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Blend pixels to destination memory using opacity
- * @param dest a memory address. Copy 'src' here.
- * @param src pointer to pixel map. Copy it to 'dest'.
- * @param length number of pixels in 'src'
- * @param opa opacity (0, LV_OPA_TRANSP: transparent ... 255, LV_OPA_COVER, fully cover)
- */
-static void sw_mem_blend(lv_color_t * dest, const lv_color_t * src, uint32_t length, lv_opa_t opa)
-{
-    if(opa == LV_OPA_COVER) {
-        memcpy(dest, src, length * sizeof(lv_color_t));
-    } else {
-        uint32_t col;
-        for(col = 0; col < length; col++) {
-            dest[col] = lv_color_mix(src[col], dest[col], opa);
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- *
- * @param mem_area coordinates of 'mem' memory area
- * @param mem a memory address. Considered to a rectangular window according to 'mem_area'
- * @param fill_area coordinates of an area to fill. Relative to 'mem_area'.
- * @param color fill color
- * @param opa opacity (0, LV_OPA_TRANSP: transparent ... 255, LV_OPA_COVER, fully cover)
- */
-static void sw_color_fill(lv_area_t * mem_area, lv_color_t * mem, const lv_area_t * fill_area, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa)
-{
-    /*Set all row in vdb to the given color*/
-    lv_coord_t row;
-    lv_coord_t col;
-    lv_coord_t mem_width = lv_area_get_width(mem_area);
-
-    lv_disp_t * disp = lv_disp_get_active();
-    if(disp->driver.vdb_wr) {
-        for(col = fill_area->x1; col <= fill_area->x2; col++) {
-            for(row = fill_area->y1; row <= fill_area->y2; row++) {
-                disp->driver.vdb_wr((uint8_t *)mem, mem_width, col, row, color, opa);
-            }
-        }
-    } else {
-        mem += fill_area->y1 * mem_width;  /*Go to the first row*/
-
-        /*Run simpler function without opacity*/
-        if(opa == LV_OPA_COVER) {
-
-            /*Fill the first row with 'color'*/
-            for(col = fill_area->x1; col <= fill_area->x2; col++) {
-                mem[col] = color;
-            }
-
-            /*Copy the first row to all other rows*/
-            lv_color_t * mem_first = &mem[fill_area->x1];
-            lv_coord_t copy_size = (fill_area->x2 - fill_area->x1 + 1) * sizeof(lv_color_t);
-            mem += mem_width;
-
-            for(row = fill_area->y1 + 1; row <= fill_area->y2; row++) {
-                memcpy(&mem[fill_area->x1], mem_first, copy_size);
-                mem += mem_width;
-            }
-        }
-        /*Calculate with alpha too*/
-        else {
-
-#if LV_COLOR_SCREEN_TRANSP == 0
-            lv_color_t bg_tmp = LV_COLOR_BLACK;
-            lv_color_t opa_tmp = lv_color_mix(color, bg_tmp, opa);
-#endif
-            for(row = fill_area->y1; row <= fill_area->y2; row++) {
-                for(col = fill_area->x1; col <= fill_area->x2; col++) {
-#if LV_COLOR_SCREEN_TRANSP == 0
-                    /*If the bg color changed recalculate the result color*/
-                    if(mem[col].full != bg_tmp.full) {
-                        bg_tmp = mem[col];
-                        opa_tmp = lv_color_mix(color, bg_tmp, opa);
-                    }
-
-                    mem[col] = opa_tmp;
-
-#else
-                    mem[col] = color_mix_2_alpha(mem[col], mem[col].alpha, color, opa);
-#endif
-                }
-                mem += mem_width;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-#if LV_COLOR_SCREEN_TRANSP
-
-/**
- * Mix two colors. Both color can have alpha value. It requires ARGB888 colors.
- * @param bg_color background color
- * @param bg_opa alpha of the background color
- * @param fg_color foreground color
- * @param fg_opa alpha of the foreground color
- * @return the mixed color. the alpha channel (color.alpha) contains the result alpha
- */
-static inline lv_color_t color_mix_2_alpha(lv_color_t bg_color, lv_opa_t bg_opa, lv_color_t fg_color, lv_opa_t fg_opa)
-{
-    /* Pick the foreground if it's fully opaque or the Background is fully transparent*/
-    if(fg_opa == LV_OPA_COVER && bg_opa <= LV_OPA_MIN) {
-        fg_color.alpha = fg_opa;
-        return fg_color;
-    }
-    /*Transparent foreground: use the Background*/
-    else if(fg_opa <= LV_OPA_MIN) {
-        return bg_color;
-    }
-    /*Opaque background: use simple mix*/
-    else if(bg_opa >= LV_OPA_MAX) {
-        return lv_color_mix(fg_color, bg_color, fg_opa);
-    }
-    /*Both colors have alpha. Expensive calculation need to be applied*/
-    else {
-        /*Save the parameters and the result. If they will be asked again don't compute again*/
-        static lv_opa_t fg_opa_save = 0;
-        static lv_opa_t bg_opa_save = 0;
-        static lv_color_t c = {0};
-
-        if(fg_opa != fg_opa_save || bg_opa != bg_opa_save) {
-            fg_opa_save = fg_opa;
-            bg_opa_save = bg_opa;
-            /*Info: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alpha_compositing#Analytical_derivation_of_the_over_operator*/
-            lv_opa_t alpha_res = 255 - ((uint16_t)((uint16_t)(255 - fg_opa) * (255 - bg_opa)) >> 8);
-            if(alpha_res == 0) {
-                while(1);
-            }
-            lv_opa_t ratio = (uint16_t)((uint16_t) fg_opa * 255) / alpha_res;
-            c = lv_color_mix(fg_color, bg_color, ratio);
-            c.alpha = alpha_res;
-        }
-        return c;
-
-    }
-}
-#endif /*LV_COLOR_SCREEN_TRANSP*/
-
-#endif

lv_draw/lv_draw_vbasic.h

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_draw_vbasic.h
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef LV_DRAW_VBASIC_H
-#define LV_DRAW_VBASIC_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
-#include "lv_conf.h"
-#else
-#include "../../lv_conf.h"
-#endif
-
-#if LV_VDB_SIZE != 0
-
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_color.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_area.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_font.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-void lv_vpx(lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, const lv_area_t * mask_p, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
-/**
- * Fill an area in the Virtual Display Buffer
- * @param cords_p coordinates of the area to fill
- * @param mask_p fill only o this mask
- * @param color fill color
- * @param opa opacity of the area (0..255)
- */
-void lv_vfill(const lv_area_t * cords_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
-              lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
-
-/**
- * Draw a letter in the Virtual Display Buffer
- * @param pos_p left-top coordinate of the latter
- * @param mask_p the letter will be drawn only on this area
- * @param font_p pointer to font
- * @param letter a letter to draw
- * @param color color of letter
- * @param opa opacity of letter (0..255)
- */
-void lv_vletter(const lv_point_t * pos_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
-                const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter,
-                lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
-
-/**
- * Draw a color map to the display (image)
- * @param cords_p coordinates the color map
- * @param mask_p the map will drawn only on this area  (truncated to VDB area)
- * @param map_p pointer to a lv_color_t array
- * @param opa opacity of the map
- * @param chroma_keyed true: enable transparency of LV_IMG_LV_COLOR_TRANSP color pixels
- * @param alpha_byte true: extra alpha byte is inserted for every pixel
- * @param recolor mix the pixels with this color
- * @param recolor_opa the intense of recoloring
- */
-void lv_vmap(const lv_area_t * cords_p, const lv_area_t * mask_p,
-             const uint8_t * map_p, lv_opa_t opa, bool chroma_key, bool alpha_byte,
-             lv_color_t recolor, lv_opa_t recolor_opa);
-
-
-/**
- * Reallocate 'color_map_tmp' to the new hor. res. size. It is used in 'sw_fill'
- */
-void lv_vdraw_refresh_temp_arrays(void);
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-#endif  /*LV_VDB_SIZE != 0*/
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif  /*LV_DRAW_RBASIC_H*/

lv_fonts/lv_font_builtin.c

@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_font_built_in.c
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_font_builtin.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Initialize the built-in fonts
- */
-void lv_font_builtin_init(void)
-{
-    /*DEJAVU 10*/
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10 != 0
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_dejavu_10, NULL);
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10_LATIN_SUP != 0
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10 != 0
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_dejavu_10_latin_sup, &lv_font_dejavu_10);
-#else
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_dejavu_10_latin_sup, NULL);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10_CYRILLIC != 0
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10 != 0
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_dejavu_10_cyrillic, &lv_font_dejavu_10);
-#else
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_dejavu_10_cyrillic, NULL);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-    /*SYMBOL 10*/
-#if USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_10 != 0
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10 != 0
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_symbol_10, &lv_font_dejavu_10);
-#else
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_symbol_10, NULL);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-
-    /*DEJAVU 20*/
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20 != 0
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_dejavu_20, NULL);
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20_LATIN_SUP != 0
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20 != 0
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_dejavu_20_latin_sup, &lv_font_dejavu_20);
-#else
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_symbol_20_latin_sup, NULL);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20_CYRILLIC != 0
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20 != 0
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_dejavu_20_cyrillic, &lv_font_dejavu_20);
-#else
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_dejavu_20_cyrillic, NULL);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-    /*SYMBOL 20*/
-#if USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_20 != 0
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20 != 0
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_symbol_20, &lv_font_dejavu_20);
-#else
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_symbol_20, NULL);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-
-    /*DEJAVU 30*/
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30 != 0
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_dejavu_30, NULL);
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30_LATIN_SUP != 0
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30 != 0
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_dejavu_30_latin_sup, &lv_font_dejavu_30);
-#else
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_dejavu_30_latin_sup, NULL);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30_CYRILLIC != 0
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30 != 0
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_dejavu_30_cyrillic, &lv_font_dejavu_30);
-#else
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_dejavu_30_cyrillic, NULL);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-    /*SYMBOL 30*/
-#if USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_30 != 0
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30 != 0
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_symbol_30, &lv_font_dejavu_30);
-#else
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_symbol_30_basic, NULL);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-    /*DEJAVU 40*/
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40 != 0
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_dejavu_40, NULL);
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40_LATIN_SUP != 0
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40 != 0
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_dejavu_40_latin_sup, &lv_font_dejavu_40);
-#else
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_dejavu_40_latin_sup, NULL);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40_CYRILLIC != 0
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40 != 0
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_dejavu_40_cyrillic, &lv_font_dejavu_40);
-#else
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_dejavu_40_cyrillic, NULL);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-    /*SYMBOL 40*/
-#if USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_40 != 0
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40 != 0
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_symbol_40, &lv_font_dejavu_40);
-#else
-    lv_font_add(&lv_font_symbol_40, NULL);
-#endif
-#endif
-}
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/

lv_fonts/lv_font_builtin.h

@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_font_builtin.h
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef LV_FONT_BUILTIN_H
-#define LV_FONT_BUILTIN_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*********************
- *     INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
-#include "lv_conf.h"
-#else
-#include "../../lv_conf.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_font.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Initialize the built-in fonts
- */
-void lv_font_builtin_init(void);
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  FONT DECLARATIONS
- **********************/
-
-/*10 px */
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10
-LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_10);
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10_LATIN_SUP
-LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_10_latin_sup);
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_10_CYRILLIC
-LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_10_cyrillic);
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_10
-LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_symbol_10);
-#endif
-
-/*20 px */
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20
-LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_20);
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20_LATIN_SUP
-LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_20_latin_sup);
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_20_CYRILLIC
-LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_20_cyrillic);
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_20
-LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_symbol_20);
-#endif
-
-/*30 px */
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30
-LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_30);
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30_LATIN_SUP
-LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_30_latin_sup);
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_30_CYRILLIC
-LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_30_cyrillic);
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_30
-LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_symbol_30);
-#endif
-
-/*40 px */
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40
-LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_40);
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40_LATIN_SUP
-LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_40_latin_sup);
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_DEJAVU_40_CYRILLIC
-LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_dejavu_40_cyrillic);
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_SYMBOL_40
-LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_symbol_40);
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_FONT_MONOSPACE_8
-LV_FONT_DECLARE(lv_font_monospace_8);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif /*LV_FONT_BUILTIN_H*/

lv_fonts/lv_fonts.mk

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-CSRCS += lv_font_builtin.c
-CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_10.c
-CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_20.c
-CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_30.c
-CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_40.c
-CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_10_cyrillic.c
-CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_20_cyrillic.c
-CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_30_cyrillic.c
-CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_40_cyrillic.c
-CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_10_latin_sup.c
-CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_20_latin_sup.c
-CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_30_latin_sup.c
-CSRCS += lv_font_dejavu_40_latin_sup.c
-CSRCS += lv_font_symbol_10.c
-CSRCS += lv_font_symbol_20.c
-CSRCS += lv_font_symbol_30.c
-CSRCS += lv_font_symbol_40.c
-CSRCS += lv_font_monospace_8.c
-
-DEPPATH += --dep-path lvgl/lv_fonts
-VPATH += :lvgl/lv_fonts
-
-CFLAGS += "-I$(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_fonts"

lv_hal/lv_hal.mk

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-CSRCS += lv_hal_disp.c
-CSRCS += lv_hal_indev.c
-CSRCS += lv_hal_tick.c
-
-DEPPATH += --dep-path lvgl/lv_hal
-VPATH += :lvgl/lv_hal
-
-CFLAGS += "-I$(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_hal"

lv_hal/lv_hal_disp.c

@@ -1,237 +0,0 @@
-
-/**
- * @file hal_disp.c
- *
- * @description HAL layer for display driver
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include "../lv_hal/lv_hal_disp.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_mem.h"
-#include "../lv_core/lv_obj.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-static lv_disp_t * disp_list = NULL;
-static lv_disp_t * active;
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Initialize a display driver with default values.
- * It is used to surly have known values in the fields ant not memory junk.
- * After it you can set the fields.
- * @param driver pointer to driver variable to initialize
- */
-void lv_disp_drv_init(lv_disp_drv_t * driver)
-{
-    driver->disp_fill = NULL;
-    driver->disp_map = NULL;
-    driver->disp_flush = NULL;
-
-#if USE_LV_GPU
-    driver->mem_blend = NULL;
-    driver->mem_fill = NULL;
-#endif
-
-#if LV_VDB_SIZE
-    driver->vdb_wr = NULL;
-#endif
-}
-
-/**
- * Register an initialized display driver.
- * Automatically set the first display as active.
- * @param driver pointer to an initialized 'lv_disp_drv_t' variable (can be local variable)
- * @return pointer to the new display or NULL on error
- */
-lv_disp_t * lv_disp_drv_register(lv_disp_drv_t * driver)
-{
-    lv_disp_t * node;
-
-    node = lv_mem_alloc(sizeof(lv_disp_t));
-    lv_mem_assert(node);
-    if(node == NULL) return NULL;
-
-    memcpy(&node->driver, driver, sizeof(lv_disp_drv_t));
-    node->next = NULL;
-
-    /* Set first display as active by default */
-    if(disp_list == NULL) {
-        disp_list = node;
-        active = node;
-        lv_obj_invalidate(lv_scr_act());
-    } else {
-        disp_list->next = node;
-    }
-
-    return node;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Set the active display
- * @param disp pointer to a display (return value of 'lv_disp_register')
- */
-void lv_disp_set_active(lv_disp_t * disp)
-{
-    active = disp;
-    lv_obj_invalidate(lv_scr_act());
-}
-
-/**
- * Get a pointer to the active display
- * @return pointer to the active display
- */
-lv_disp_t * lv_disp_get_active(void)
-{
-    return active;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the next display.
- * @param disp pointer to the current display. NULL to initialize.
- * @return the next display or NULL if no more. Give the first display when the parameter is NULL
- */
-lv_disp_t * lv_disp_next(lv_disp_t * disp)
-{
-    if(disp == NULL) {
-        return disp_list;
-    } else {
-        if(disp_list->next == NULL) return NULL;
-        else return disp_list->next;
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Write the content of the internal buffer (VDB) to the display
- * @param x1 left coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param x2 right coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param y1 top coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param y2 bottom coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param color_p fill color
- */
-void lv_disp_fill(int32_t x1, int32_t y1, int32_t x2, int32_t y2, lv_color_t color)
-{
-    if(active == NULL) return;
-    if(active->driver.disp_fill != NULL) active->driver.disp_fill(x1, y1, x2, y2, color);
-}
-
-/**
- * Fill a rectangular area with a color on the active display
- * @param x1 left coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param x2 right coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param y1 top coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param y2 bottom coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param color_p pointer to an array of colors
- */
-void lv_disp_flush(int32_t x1, int32_t y1, int32_t x2, int32_t y2, lv_color_t * color_p)
-{
-    if(active == NULL) return;
-    if(active->driver.disp_flush != NULL) {
-
-        LV_LOG_TRACE("disp flush  started");
-        active->driver.disp_flush(x1, y1, x2, y2, color_p);
-        LV_LOG_TRACE("disp flush ready");
-
-    } else {
-        LV_LOG_WARN("disp flush function registered");
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Put a color map to a rectangular area on the active display
- * @param x1 left coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param x2 right coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param y1 top coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param y2 bottom coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param color_map pointer to an array of colors
- */
-void lv_disp_map(int32_t x1, int32_t y1, int32_t x2, int32_t y2, const lv_color_t * color_map)
-{
-    if(active == NULL) return;
-    if(active->driver.disp_map != NULL)  active->driver.disp_map(x1, y1, x2, y2, color_map);
-}
-
-#if USE_LV_GPU
-
-/**
- * Blend pixels to a destination memory from a source memory
- * In 'lv_disp_drv_t' 'mem_blend' is optional. (NULL if not available)
- * @param dest a memory address. Blend 'src' here.
- * @param src pointer to pixel map. Blend it to 'dest'.
- * @param length number of pixels in 'src'
- * @param opa opacity (0, LV_OPA_TRANSP: transparent ... 255, LV_OPA_COVER, fully cover)
- */
-void lv_disp_mem_blend(lv_color_t * dest, const lv_color_t * src, uint32_t length, lv_opa_t opa)
-{
-    if(active == NULL) return;
-    if(active->driver.mem_blend != NULL) active->driver.mem_blend(dest, src, length, opa);
-}
-
-/**
- * Fill a memory with a color (GPUs may support it)
- * In 'lv_disp_drv_t' 'mem_fill' is optional. (NULL if not available)
- * @param dest a memory address. Copy 'src' here.
- * @param src pointer to pixel map. Copy it to 'dest'.
- * @param length number of pixels in 'src'
- * @param opa opacity (0, LV_OPA_TRANSP: transparent ... 255, LV_OPA_COVER, fully cover)
- */
-void lv_disp_mem_fill(lv_color_t * dest, uint32_t length, lv_color_t color)
-{
-    if(active == NULL) return;
-    if(active->driver.mem_fill != NULL) active->driver.mem_fill(dest, length, color);
-}
-
-/**
- * Shows if memory blending (by GPU) is supported or not
- * @return false: 'mem_blend' is not supported in the driver; true: 'mem_blend' is supported in the driver
- */
-bool lv_disp_is_mem_blend_supported(void)
-{
-    if(active == NULL) return false;
-    if(active->driver.mem_blend) return true;
-    else return false;
-}
-
-/**
- * Shows if memory fill (by GPU) is supported or not
- * @return false: 'mem_fill' is not supported in the drover; true: 'mem_fill' is supported in the driver
- */
-bool lv_disp_is_mem_fill_supported(void)
-{
-    if(active == NULL) return false;
-    if(active->driver.mem_fill) return true;
-    else return false;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-

lv_hal/lv_hal_disp.h

@@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file hal_disp.h
- *
- * @description Display Driver HAL interface header file
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef HAL_DISP_H
-#define HAL_DISP_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "lv_hal.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_color.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_area.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Display Driver structure to be registered by HAL
- */
-typedef struct _disp_drv_t {
-    /*Write the internal buffer (VDB) to the display. 'lv_flush_ready()' has to be called when finished*/
-    void (*disp_flush)(int32_t x1, int32_t y1, int32_t x2, int32_t y2, const lv_color_t * color_p);
-
-    /*Fill an area with a color on the display*/
-    void (*disp_fill)(int32_t x1, int32_t y1, int32_t x2, int32_t y2, lv_color_t color);
-
-    /*Write pixel map (e.g. image) to the display*/
-    void (*disp_map)(int32_t x1, int32_t y1, int32_t x2, int32_t y2, const lv_color_t * color_p);
-
-    /*Optional interface functions to use GPU*/
-#if USE_LV_GPU
-    /*Blend two memories using opacity (GPU only)*/
-    void (*mem_blend)(lv_color_t * dest, const lv_color_t * src, uint32_t length, lv_opa_t opa);
-
-    /*Fill a memory with a color (GPU only)*/
-    void (*mem_fill)(lv_color_t * dest, uint32_t length, lv_color_t color);
-#endif
-
-#if LV_VDB_SIZE
-    /*Optional: Set a pixel in a buffer according to the requirements of the display*/
-    void (*vdb_wr)(uint8_t * buf, lv_coord_t buf_w, lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y, lv_color_t color, lv_opa_t opa);
-#endif
-} lv_disp_drv_t;
-
-typedef struct _disp_t {
-    lv_disp_drv_t driver;
-    struct _disp_t *next;
-} lv_disp_t;
-
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Initialize a display driver with default values.
- * It is used to surly have known values in the fields ant not memory junk.
- * After it you can set the fields.
- * @param driver pointer to driver variable to initialize
- */
-void lv_disp_drv_init(lv_disp_drv_t *driver);
-
-/**
- * Register an initialized display driver.
- * Automatically set the first display as active.
- * @param driver pointer to an initialized 'lv_disp_drv_t' variable (can be local variable)
- * @return pointer to the new display or NULL on error
- */
-lv_disp_t * lv_disp_drv_register(lv_disp_drv_t *driver);
-
-/**
- * Set the active display
- * @param disp pointer to a display (return value of 'lv_disp_register')
- */
-void lv_disp_set_active(lv_disp_t * disp);
-
-/**
- * Get a pointer to the active display
- * @return pointer to the active display
- */
-lv_disp_t * lv_disp_get_active(void);
-
-/**
- * Get the next display.
- * @param disp pointer to the current display. NULL to initialize.
- * @return the next display or NULL if no more. Give the first display when the parameter is NULL
- */
-lv_disp_t * lv_disp_next(lv_disp_t * disp);
-
-/**
- * Fill a rectangular area with a color on the active display
- * @param x1 left coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param x2 right coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param y1 top coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param y2 bottom coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param color_p pointer to an array of colors
- */
-void lv_disp_flush(int32_t x1, int32_t y1, int32_t x2, int32_t y2, lv_color_t *color_p);
-
-/**
- * Fill a rectangular area with a color on the active display
- * @param x1 left coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param x2 right coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param y1 top coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param y2 bottom coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param color fill color
- */
-void lv_disp_fill(int32_t x1, int32_t y1, int32_t x2, int32_t y2, lv_color_t color);
-
-/**
- * Put a color map to a rectangular area on the active display
- * @param x1 left coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param x2 right coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param y1 top coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param y2 bottom coordinate of the rectangle
- * @param color_map pointer to an array of colors
- */
-void lv_disp_map(int32_t x1, int32_t y1, int32_t x2, int32_t y2, const lv_color_t * color_map);
-
-#if USE_LV_GPU
-/**
- * Blend pixels to a destination memory from a source memory
- * In 'lv_disp_drv_t' 'mem_blend' is optional. (NULL if not available)
- * @param dest a memory address. Blend 'src' here.
- * @param src pointer to pixel map. Blend it to 'dest'.
- * @param length number of pixels in 'src'
- * @param opa opacity (0, LV_OPA_TRANSP: transparent ... 255, LV_OPA_COVER, fully cover)
- */
-void lv_disp_mem_blend(lv_color_t * dest, const lv_color_t * src, uint32_t length, lv_opa_t opa);
-
-/**
- * Fill a memory with a color (GPUs may support it)
- * In 'lv_disp_drv_t' 'mem_fill' is optional. (NULL if not available)
- * @param dest a memory address. Copy 'src' here.
- * @param src pointer to pixel map. Copy it to 'dest'.
- * @param length number of pixels in 'src'
- * @param opa opacity (0, LV_OPA_TRANSP: transparent ... 255, LV_OPA_COVER, fully cover)
- */
-void lv_disp_mem_fill(lv_color_t * dest, uint32_t length, lv_color_t color);
-/**
- * Shows if memory blending (by GPU) is supported or not
- * @return false: 'mem_blend' is not supported in the driver; true: 'mem_blend' is supported in the driver
- */
-bool lv_disp_is_mem_blend_supported(void);
-
-/**
- * Shows if memory fill (by GPU) is supported or not
- * @return false: 'mem_fill' is not supported in the drover; true: 'mem_fill' is supported in the driver
- */
-bool lv_disp_is_mem_fill_supported(void);
-#endif
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif

lv_hal/lv_hal_indev.c

@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file hal_indev.c
- *
- * @description Input device HAL interface
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "../lv_hal/lv_hal_indev.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_mem.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-static lv_indev_t * indev_list = NULL;
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Initialize an input device driver with default values.
- * It is used to surly have known values in the fields ant not memory junk.
- * After it you can set the fields.
- * @param driver pointer to driver variable to initialize
- */
-void lv_indev_drv_init(lv_indev_drv_t * driver)
-{
-    driver->read = NULL;
-    driver->type = LV_INDEV_TYPE_NONE;
-    driver->user_data = NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- * Register an initialized input device driver.
- * @param driver pointer to an initialized 'lv_indev_drv_t' variable (can be local variable)
- * @return pointer to the new input device or NULL on error
- */
-lv_indev_t * lv_indev_drv_register(lv_indev_drv_t * driver)
-{
-    lv_indev_t * node;
-
-    node = lv_mem_alloc(sizeof(lv_indev_t));
-    if(!node) return NULL;
-
-    memset(node, 0, sizeof(lv_indev_t));
-    memcpy(&node->driver, driver, sizeof(lv_indev_drv_t));
-
-    node->next = NULL;
-    node->proc.reset_query = 1;
-    node->cursor = NULL;
-    node->group = NULL;
-    node->btn_points = NULL;
-
-    if(indev_list == NULL) {
-        indev_list = node;
-    } else {
-        lv_indev_t * last = indev_list;
-        while(last->next)
-            last = last->next;
-
-        last->next = node;
-    }
-
-    return node;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the next input device.
- * @param indev pointer to the current input device. NULL to initialize.
- * @return the next input devise or NULL if no more. Give the first input device when the parameter is NULL
- */
-lv_indev_t * lv_indev_next(lv_indev_t * indev)
-{
-
-    if(indev == NULL) {
-        return indev_list;
-    } else {
-        if(indev->next == NULL) return NULL;
-        else return indev->next;
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Read data from an input device.
- * @param indev pointer to an input device
- * @param data input device will write its data here
- * @return false: no more data; true: there more data to read (buffered)
- */
-bool lv_indev_read(lv_indev_t * indev, lv_indev_data_t * data)
-{
-    bool cont = false;
-
-    if(indev->driver.read) {
-        data->user_data = indev->driver.user_data;
-
-        LV_LOG_TRACE("idnev read started");
-        cont = indev->driver.read(data);
-        LV_LOG_TRACE("idnev read finished");
-    } else {
-        LV_LOG_WARN("indev function registered");
-        memset(data, 0, sizeof(lv_indev_data_t));
-    }
-
-    return cont;
-}
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/

lv_hal/lv_hal_indev.h

@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file hal_indev.h
- *
- * @description Input Device HAL interface layer header file
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef HAL_INDEV_H
-#define HAL_INDEV_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include "lv_hal.h"
-#include "../lv_misc/lv_area.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/*Possible input device types*/
-enum {
-    LV_INDEV_TYPE_NONE,        /*Show uninitialized state*/
-    LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINTER,     /*Touch pad, mouse, external button*/
-    LV_INDEV_TYPE_KEYPAD,      /*Keypad or keyboard*/
-    LV_INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON,      /*External (hardware button) which is assinged to a specific point of the screen*/
-    LV_INDEV_TYPE_ENCODER,     /*Encoder with only Left, Right turn and a Button*/
-};
-typedef uint8_t lv_hal_indev_type_t;
-
-/*States for input devices*/
-enum {
-    LV_INDEV_STATE_REL = 0,
-    LV_INDEV_STATE_PR
-};
-typedef uint8_t lv_indev_state_t;
-
-/*Data type when an input device is read */
-typedef struct {
-    union {
-        lv_point_t point;      /*For LV_INDEV_TYPE_POINTER the currently pressed point*/
-        uint32_t key;          /*For LV_INDEV_TYPE_KEYPAD the currently pressed key*/
-        uint32_t btn;          /*For LV_INDEV_TYPE_BUTTON the currently pressed button*/
-        int16_t enc_diff;      /*For LV_INDEV_TYPE_ENCODER number of steps since the previous read*/
-    };
-    void *user_data;           /*'lv_indev_drv_t.priv' for this driver*/
-    lv_indev_state_t state;    /*LV_INDEV_STATE_REL or LV_INDEV_STATE_PR*/
-} lv_indev_data_t;
-
-/*Initialized by the user and registered by 'lv_indev_add()'*/
-typedef struct {
-    lv_hal_indev_type_t type;                   /*Input device type*/
-    bool (*read)(lv_indev_data_t *data);        /*Function pointer to read data. Return 'true' if there is still data to be read (buffered)*/
-    void *user_data;                            /*Pointer to user defined data, passed in 'lv_indev_data_t' on read*/
-} lv_indev_drv_t;
-
-struct _lv_obj_t;
-
-/*Run time data of input devices*/
-typedef struct _lv_indev_proc_t {
-    lv_indev_state_t state;
-    union {
-        struct {    /*Pointer and button data*/
-            lv_point_t act_point;
-            lv_point_t last_point;
-            lv_point_t vect;
-            lv_point_t drag_sum;                /*Count the dragged pixels to check LV_INDEV_DRAG_LIMIT*/
-            struct _lv_obj_t * act_obj;
-            struct _lv_obj_t * last_obj;
-
-            /*Flags*/
-            uint8_t drag_range_out      :1;
-            uint8_t drag_in_prog        :1;
-            uint8_t wait_unil_release   :1;
-        };
-        struct {    /*Keypad data*/
-            lv_indev_state_t last_state;
-            uint32_t last_key;
-        };
-    };
-
-    uint32_t pr_timestamp;          /*Pressed time stamp*/
-    uint32_t longpr_rep_timestamp;  /*Long press repeat time stamp*/
-
-    /*Flags*/
-    uint8_t long_pr_sent        :1;
-    uint8_t reset_query         :1;
-    uint8_t disabled            :1;
-} lv_indev_proc_t;
-
-
-struct _lv_obj_t;
-struct _lv_group_t;
-
-/*The main input device descriptor with driver, runtime data ('proc') and some additional information*/
-typedef struct _lv_indev_t {
-    lv_indev_drv_t driver;
-    lv_indev_proc_t proc;
-    uint32_t last_activity_time;
-    union {
-        struct _lv_obj_t *cursor;       /*Cursor for LV_INPUT_TYPE_POINTER*/
-        struct _lv_group_t *group;      /*Keypad destination group*/
-        lv_point_t * btn_points;      /*Array points assigned to the button ()screen will be pressed here by the buttons*/
-
-    };
-    struct _lv_indev_t *next;
-} lv_indev_t;
-
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Initialize an input device driver with default values.
- * It is used to surly have known values in the fields ant not memory junk.
- * After it you can set the fields.
- * @param driver pointer to driver variable to initialize
- */
-void lv_indev_drv_init(lv_indev_drv_t *driver);
-
-/**
- * Register an initialized input device driver.
- * @param driver pointer to an initialized 'lv_indev_drv_t' variable (can be local variable)
- * @return pointer to the new input device or NULL on error
- */
-lv_indev_t * lv_indev_drv_register(lv_indev_drv_t *driver);
-
-/**
- * Get the next input device.
- * @param indev pointer to the current input device. NULL to initialize.
- * @return the next input devise or NULL if no more. Gives the first input device when the parameter is NULL
- */
-lv_indev_t * lv_indev_next(lv_indev_t * indev);
-
-/**
- * Read data from an input device.
- * @param indev pointer to an input device
- * @param data input device will write its data here
- * @return false: no more data; true: there more data to read (buffered)
- */
-bool lv_indev_read(lv_indev_t * indev, lv_indev_data_t *data);
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif

lv_misc/lv_anim.c

@@ -1,296 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file anim.c
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_anim.h"
-
-#if USE_LV_ANIMATION
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "../lv_hal/lv_hal_tick.h"
-#include "lv_task.h"
-#include "lv_math.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-#define LV_ANIM_RESOLUTION      1024
-#define LV_ANIM_RES_SHIFT       10
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-static void anim_task(void * param);
-static bool anim_ready_handler(lv_anim_t * a);
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-static lv_ll_t anim_ll;
-static uint32_t last_task_run;
-static bool anim_list_changed;
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Init. the animation module
- */
-void lv_anim_init(void)
-{
-    lv_ll_init(&anim_ll, sizeof(lv_anim_t));
-    last_task_run = lv_tick_get();
-    lv_task_create(anim_task, LV_REFR_PERIOD, LV_TASK_PRIO_MID, NULL);
-}
-
-/**
- * Create an animation
- * @param anim_p an initialized 'anim_t' variable. Not required after call.
- */
-void lv_anim_create(lv_anim_t * anim_p)
-{
-    LV_LOG_TRACE("animation create started")
-    /* Do not let two animations for the  same 'var' with the same 'fp'*/
-    if(anim_p->fp != NULL) lv_anim_del(anim_p->var, anim_p->fp);       /*fp == NULL would delete all animations of var*/
-
-    /*Add the new animation to the animation linked list*/
-    lv_anim_t * new_anim = lv_ll_ins_head(&anim_ll);
-    lv_mem_assert(new_anim);
-    if(new_anim == NULL) return;
-
-    /*Initialize the animation descriptor*/
-    anim_p->playback_now = 0;
-    memcpy(new_anim, anim_p, sizeof(lv_anim_t));
-
-    /*Set the start value*/
-    if(new_anim->fp != NULL) new_anim->fp(new_anim->var, new_anim->start);
-
-    /* Creating an animation changed the linked list.
-     * It's important if it happens in a ready callback. (see `anim_task`)*/
-    anim_list_changed = true;
-
-    LV_LOG_TRACE("animation created")
-}
-
-/**
- * Delete an animation for a variable with a given animator function
- * @param var pointer to variable
- * @param fp a function pointer which is animating 'var',
- *           or NULL to delete all animations of 'var'
- * @return true: at least 1 animation is deleted, false: no animation is deleted
- */
-bool lv_anim_del(void * var, lv_anim_fp_t fp)
-{
-    lv_anim_t * a;
-    lv_anim_t * a_next;
-    bool del = false;
-    a = lv_ll_get_head(&anim_ll);
-    while(a != NULL) {
-        /*'a' might be deleted, so get the next object while 'a' is valid*/
-        a_next = lv_ll_get_next(&anim_ll, a);
-
-        if(a->var == var && (a->fp == fp || fp == NULL)) {
-            lv_ll_rem(&anim_ll, a);
-            lv_mem_free(a);
-            anim_list_changed = true;       /*Read by `anim_task`. It need to know if a delete occurred in the linked list*/
-            del = true;
-        }
-
-        a = a_next;
-    }
-
-    return del;
-}
-
-/**
- * Calculate the time of an animation with a given speed and the start and end values
- * @param speed speed of animation in unit/sec
- * @param start start value of the animation
- * @param end end value of the animation
- * @return the required time [ms] for the animation with the given parameters
- */
-uint16_t lv_anim_speed_to_time(uint16_t speed, int32_t start, int32_t end)
-{
-    int32_t d = LV_MATH_ABS((int32_t) start - end);
-    uint32_t time = (int32_t)((int32_t)(d * 1000) / speed);
-
-    if(time > UINT16_MAX) time = UINT16_MAX;
-
-    if(time == 0) {
-        time++;
-    }
-
-    return time;
-}
-
-/**
- * Calculate the current value of an animation applying linear characteristic
- * @param a pointer to an animation
- * @return the current value to set
- */
-int32_t lv_anim_path_linear(const lv_anim_t * a)
-{
-    /*Calculate the current step*/
-
-    uint16_t step;
-    if(a->time == a->act_time) step = LV_ANIM_RESOLUTION; /*Use the last value if the time fully elapsed*/
-    else step = (a->act_time * LV_ANIM_RESOLUTION) / a->time;
-
-    /* Get the new value which will be proportional to `step`
-     * and the `start` and `end` values*/
-    int32_t new_value;
-    new_value = (int32_t) step * (a->end - a->start);
-    new_value = new_value >> LV_ANIM_RES_SHIFT;
-    new_value += a->start;
-
-    return new_value;
-}
-
-/**
- * Calculate the current value of an animation applying an "S" characteristic (cosine)
- * @param a pointer to an animation
- * @return the current value to set
- */
-int32_t lv_anim_path_ease_in_out(const lv_anim_t * a)
-{
-    /*Calculate the current step*/
-
-    uint32_t t;
-    if(a->time == a->act_time) t = 1024;
-    else t = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)a->act_time * 1024) / a->time;
-
-    int32_t step = lv_bezier3(t, 0, 100, 924, 1024);
-
-    int32_t new_value;
-    new_value = (int32_t) step * (a->end - a->start);
-    new_value = new_value >> 10;
-    new_value += a->start;
-
-
-    return new_value;
-}
-
-/**
- * Calculate the current value of an animation applying step characteristic.
- * (Set end value on the end of the animation)
- * @param a pointer to an animation
- * @return the current value to set
- */
-int32_t lv_anim_path_step(const lv_anim_t * a)
-{
-    if(a->act_time >= a->time) return a->end;
-    else return a->start;
-}
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Periodically handle the animations.
- * @param param unused
- */
-static void anim_task(void * param)
-{
-    (void)param;
-
-    lv_anim_t * a;
-    LL_READ(anim_ll, a) {
-        a->has_run = 0;
-    }
-
-    uint32_t elaps = lv_tick_elaps(last_task_run);
-    a = lv_ll_get_head(&anim_ll);
-
-    while(a != NULL) {
-        /*It can be set by `lv_anim_del()` typically in `end_cb`. If set then an animation delete happened in `anim_ready_handler`
-         * which could make this linked list reading corrupt because the list is changed meanwhile
-         */
-        anim_list_changed = false;
-
-        if(!a->has_run) {
-            a->has_run = 1;         /*The list readying might be reseted so need to know which anim has run already*/
-            a->act_time += elaps;
-            if(a->act_time >= 0) {
-                if(a->act_time > a->time) a->act_time = a->time;
-
-                int32_t new_value;
-                new_value = a->path(a);
-
-                if(a->fp != NULL) a->fp(a->var, new_value); /*Apply the calculated value*/
-
-                /*If the time is elapsed the animation is ready*/
-                if(a->act_time >= a->time) {
-                    anim_ready_handler(a);
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        /* If the linked list changed due to anim. delete then it's not safe to continue
-         * the reading of the list from here -> start from the head*/
-        if(anim_list_changed) a = lv_ll_get_head(&anim_ll);
-        else a = lv_ll_get_next(&anim_ll, a);
-    }
-
-    last_task_run = lv_tick_get();
-}
-
-/**
- * Called when an animation is ready to do the necessary thinks
- * e.g. repeat, play back, delete etc.
- * @param a pointer to an animation descriptor
- * @return true: animation delete occurred nnd the `anim_ll` has changed
- * */
-static bool anim_ready_handler(lv_anim_t * a)
-{
-
-    /*Delete the animation if
-     * - no repeat and no play back (simple one shot animation)
-     * - no repeat, play back is enabled and play back is ready */
-    if((a->repeat == 0 && a->playback == 0) ||
-            (a->repeat == 0 && a->playback == 1 && a->playback_now == 1)) {
-        void (*cb)(void *) = a->end_cb;
-        void * p = a->var;
-        lv_ll_rem(&anim_ll, a);
-        lv_mem_free(a);
-        anim_list_changed = true;
-
-        /* Call the callback function at the end*/
-        /* Check if an animation is deleted in the cb function
-         * if yes then the caller function has to know this*/
-        if(cb != NULL) cb(p);
-    }
-    /*If the animation is not deleted then restart it*/
-    else {
-        a->act_time = - a->repeat_pause;    /*Restart the animation*/
-        /*Swap the start and end values in play back mode*/
-        if(a->playback != 0) {
-            /*If now turning back use the 'playback_pause*/
-            if(a->playback_now == 0) a->act_time = - a->playback_pause;
-
-            /*Toggle the play back state*/
-            a->playback_now = a->playback_now == 0 ? 1 : 0;
-            /*Swap the start and end values*/
-            int32_t tmp;
-            tmp = a->start;
-            a->start = a->end;
-            a->end = tmp;
-        }
-    }
-
-    return anim_list_changed;
-}
-#endif

lv_misc/lv_anim.h

@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file anim.h
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef ANIM_H
-#define ANIM_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
-#include "lv_conf.h"
-#else
-#include "../../lv_conf.h"
-#endif
-
-#if USE_LV_ANIMATION
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-struct _lv_anim_t;
-
-typedef int32_t(*lv_anim_path_t)(const struct _lv_anim_t*);
-
-typedef void (*lv_anim_fp_t)(void *, int32_t);
-typedef void (*lv_anim_cb_t)(void *);
-
-typedef struct _lv_anim_t
-{
-    void * var;                     /*Variable to animate*/
-    lv_anim_fp_t fp;                /*Animator function*/
-    lv_anim_cb_t end_cb;            /*Call it when the animation is ready*/
-    lv_anim_path_t path;            /*An array with the steps of animations*/
-    int32_t start;                  /*Start value*/
-    int32_t end;                    /*End value*/
-    uint16_t time;                  /*Animation time in ms*/
-    int16_t act_time;               /*Current time in animation. Set to negative to make delay.*/
-    uint16_t playback_pause;        /*Wait before play back*/
-    uint16_t repeat_pause;          /*Wait before repeat*/
-    uint8_t playback :1;            /*When the animation is ready play it back*/
-    uint8_t repeat :1;              /*Repeat the animation infinitely*/
-    /*Animation system use these - user shouldn't set*/
-    uint8_t playback_now :1;        /*Play back is in progress*/
-    uint32_t has_run     :1;        /*Indicates the animation has run it this round*/
-} lv_anim_t;
-
-/*Example initialization
-lv_anim_t a;
-a.var = obj;
-a.start = lv_obj_get_height(obj);
-a.end = new_height;
-a.fp = (lv_anim_fp_t)lv_obj_set_height;
-a.path = lv_anim_path_linear;
-a.end_cb = NULL;
-a.act_time = 0;
-a.time = 200;
-a.playback = 0;
-a.playback_pause = 0;
-a.repeat = 0;
-a.repeat_pause = 0;
-lv_anim_create(&a);
- */
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Init. the animation module
- */
-void lv_anim_init(void);
-
-/**
- * Create an animation
- * @param anim_p an initialized 'anim_t' variable. Not required after call.
- */
-void lv_anim_create(lv_anim_t * anim_p);
-
-/**
- * Delete an animation for a variable with a given animatior function
- * @param var pointer to variable
- * @param fp a function pointer which is animating 'var',
- *           or NULL to ignore it and delete all animation with 'var
- * @return true: at least 1 animation is deleted, false: no animation is deleted
- */
-bool lv_anim_del(void * var, lv_anim_fp_t fp);
-
-/**
- * Calculate the time of an animation with a given speed and the start and end values
- * @param speed speed of animation in unit/sec
- * @param start start value of the animation
- * @param end end value of the animation
- * @return the required time [ms] for the animation with the given parameters
- */
-uint16_t lv_anim_speed_to_time(uint16_t speed, int32_t start, int32_t end);
-
-/**
- * Calculate the current value of an animation applying linear characteristic
- * @param a pointer to an animation
- * @return the current value to set
- */
-int32_t lv_anim_path_linear(const lv_anim_t *a);
-
-
-/**
- * Calculate the current value of an animation applying an "S" characteristic (cosine)
- * @param a pointer to an animation
- * @return the current value to set
- */
-int32_t lv_anim_path_ease_in_out(const lv_anim_t *a);
-
-/**
- * Calculate the current value of an animation applying step characteristic.
- * (Set end value on the end of the animation)
- * @param a pointer to an animation
- * @return the current value to set
- */
-int32_t lv_anim_path_step(const lv_anim_t *a);
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-#endif /*USE_LV_ANIMATION == 0*/
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif /*LV_ANIM_H*/
-

lv_misc/lv_area.c

@@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_area.c
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_area.h"
-#include "lv_math.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Initialize an area
- * @param area_p pointer to an area
- * @param x1 left coordinate of the area
- * @param y1 top coordinate of the area
- * @param x2 right coordinate of the area
- * @param y2 bottom coordinate of the area
- */
-void lv_area_set(lv_area_t * area_p, lv_coord_t x1, lv_coord_t y1, lv_coord_t x2, lv_coord_t y2)
-{
-    area_p->x1 = x1;
-    area_p->y1 = y1;
-    area_p->x2 = x2;
-    area_p->y2 = y2;
-}
-
-/**
- * Set the width of an area
- * @param area_p pointer to an area
- * @param w the new width of the area (w == 1 makes x1 == x2)
- */
-void lv_area_set_width(lv_area_t * area_p, lv_coord_t w)
-{
-    area_p->x2 = area_p->x1 + w - 1;
-}
-
-/**
- * Set the height of an area
- * @param area_p pointer to an area
- * @param h the new height of the area (h == 1 makes y1 == y2)
- */
-void lv_area_set_height(lv_area_t * area_p, lv_coord_t h)
-{
-    area_p->y2 = area_p->y1 + h - 1;
-}
-
-/**
- * Set the position of an area (width and height will be kept)
- * @param area_p pointer to an area
- * @param x the new x coordinate of the area
- * @param y the new y coordinate of the area
- */
-void lv_area_set_pos(lv_area_t * area_p, lv_coord_t x, lv_coord_t y)
-{
-    lv_coord_t w = lv_area_get_width(area_p);
-    lv_coord_t h = lv_area_get_height(area_p);
-    area_p->x1 = x;
-    area_p->y1 = y;
-    lv_area_set_width(area_p, w);
-    lv_area_set_height(area_p, h);
-}
-
-/**
- * Return with area of an area (x * y)
- * @param area_p pointer to an area
- * @return size of area
- */
-uint32_t lv_area_get_size(const lv_area_t * area_p)
-{
-    uint32_t size;
-
-    size = (uint32_t)(area_p->x2 - area_p->x1 + 1) *
-           (area_p->y2 - area_p->y1 + 1);
-
-    return size;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the common parts of two areas
- * @param res_p pointer to an area, the result will be stored here
- * @param a1_p pointer to the first area
- * @param a2_p pointer to the second area
- * @return false: the two area has NO common parts, res_p is invalid
- */
-bool lv_area_intersect(lv_area_t * res_p, const lv_area_t * a1_p, const lv_area_t * a2_p)
-{
-    /* Get the smaller area from 'a1_p' and 'a2_p' */
-    res_p->x1 = LV_MATH_MAX(a1_p->x1, a2_p->x1);
-    res_p->y1 = LV_MATH_MAX(a1_p->y1, a2_p->y1);
-    res_p->x2 = LV_MATH_MIN(a1_p->x2, a2_p->x2);
-    res_p->y2 = LV_MATH_MIN(a1_p->y2, a2_p->y2);
-
-    /*If x1 or y1 greater then x2 or y2 then the areas union is empty*/
-    bool union_ok = true;
-    if((res_p->x1 > res_p->x2) ||
-            (res_p->y1 > res_p->y2)) {
-        union_ok = false;
-    }
-
-    return union_ok;
-}
-/**
- * Join two areas into a third which involves the other two
- * @param res_p pointer to an area, the result will be stored here
- * @param a1_p pointer to the first area
- * @param a2_p pointer to the second area
- */
-void lv_area_join(lv_area_t * a_res_p, const lv_area_t * a1_p, const lv_area_t * a2_p)
-{
-    a_res_p->x1 = LV_MATH_MIN(a1_p->x1, a2_p->x1);
-    a_res_p->y1 = LV_MATH_MIN(a1_p->y1, a2_p->y1);
-    a_res_p->x2 = LV_MATH_MAX(a1_p->x2, a2_p->x2);
-    a_res_p->y2 = LV_MATH_MAX(a1_p->y2, a2_p->y2);
-}
-
-/**
- * Check if a point is on an area
- * @param a_p pointer to an area
- * @param p_p pointer to a point
- * @return false:the point is out of the area
- */
-bool lv_area_is_point_on(const lv_area_t * a_p, const lv_point_t * p_p)
-{
-    bool is_on = false;
-
-    if((p_p->x >= a_p->x1 && p_p->x <= a_p->x2) &&
-            ((p_p->y >= a_p->y1 && p_p->y <= a_p->y2))) {
-        is_on = true;
-    }
-
-    return is_on;
-}
-
-/**
- * Check if two area has common parts
- * @param a1_p pointer to an area.
- * @param a2_p pointer to an other area
- * @return false: a1_p and a2_p has no common parts
- */
-bool lv_area_is_on(const lv_area_t * a1_p, const lv_area_t * a2_p)
-{
-    if((a1_p->x1 <= a2_p->x2) &&
-            (a1_p->x2 >= a2_p->x1) &&
-            (a1_p->y1 <= a2_p->y2) &&
-            (a1_p->y2 >= a2_p->y1)) {
-        return true;
-    } else {
-        return false;
-    }
-
-}
-
-/**
- * Check if an area is fully on an other
- * @param ain_p pointer to an area which could be in 'aholder_p'
- * @param aholder pointer to an area which could involve 'ain_p'
- * @return
- */
-bool lv_area_is_in(const lv_area_t * ain_p, const lv_area_t * aholder_p)
-{
-    bool is_in = false;
-
-    if(ain_p->x1  >= aholder_p->x1 &&
-            ain_p->y1  >= aholder_p->y1 &&
-            ain_p->x2  <= aholder_p->x2 &&
-            ain_p->y2  <= aholder_p->y2) {
-        is_in = true;
-    }
-
-    return is_in;
-}
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/

lv_misc/lv_circ.c

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_circ.c
- * Circle drawing algorithm (with Bresenham)
- * Only a 1/8 circle is calculated. Use CIRC_OCT1_X, CIRC_OCT1_Y macros to get
- * the other octets.
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_area.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Initialize the circle drawing
- * @param c pointer to a point. The coordinates will be calculated here
- * @param tmp point to a variable. It will store temporary data
- * @param radius radius of the circle
- */
-void lv_circ_init(lv_point_t * c, lv_coord_t * tmp, lv_coord_t radius)
-{
-    c->x = radius;
-    c->y = 0;
-    *tmp = 1 - radius;
-}
-
-/**
- * Test the circle drawing is ready or not
- * @param c same as in circ_init
- * @return true if the circle is not ready yet
- */
-bool lv_circ_cont(lv_point_t * c)
-{
-    return c->y <= c->x ? true : false;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the next point from the circle
- * @param c same as in circ_init. The next point stored here.
- * @param tmp same as in circ_init.
- */
-void lv_circ_next(lv_point_t * c, lv_coord_t * tmp)
-{
-    c->y++;
-
-    if(*tmp <= 0) {
-        (*tmp) += 2 * c->y + 1;   // Change in decision criterion for y -> y+1
-    } else {
-        c->x--;
-        (*tmp) += 2 * (c->y - c->x) + 1;   // Change for y -> y+1, x -> x-1
-    }
-}
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/

lv_misc/lv_circ.h

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_circ.h
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef LV_CIRC_H
-#define LV_CIRC_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include "lv_area.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-#define LV_CIRC_OCT1_X(p) (p.x)
-#define LV_CIRC_OCT1_Y(p) (p.y)
-#define LV_CIRC_OCT2_X(p) (p.y)
-#define LV_CIRC_OCT2_Y(p) (p.x)
-#define LV_CIRC_OCT3_X(p) (-p.y)
-#define LV_CIRC_OCT3_Y(p) (p.x)
-#define LV_CIRC_OCT4_X(p) (-p.x)
-#define LV_CIRC_OCT4_Y(p) (p.y)
-#define LV_CIRC_OCT5_X(p) (-p.x)
-#define LV_CIRC_OCT5_Y(p) (-p.y)
-#define LV_CIRC_OCT6_X(p) (-p.y)
-#define LV_CIRC_OCT6_Y(p) (-p.x)
-#define LV_CIRC_OCT7_X(p) (p.y)
-#define LV_CIRC_OCT7_Y(p) (-p.x)
-#define LV_CIRC_OCT8_X(p) (p.x)
-#define LV_CIRC_OCT8_Y(p) (-p.y)
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Initialize the circle drawing
- * @param c pointer to a point. The coordinates will be calculated here
- * @param tmp point to a variable. It will store temporary data
- * @param radius radius of the circle
- */
-void lv_circ_init(lv_point_t * c, lv_coord_t * tmp, lv_coord_t radius);
-
-/**
- * Test the circle drawing is ready or not
- * @param c same as in circ_init
- * @return true if the circle is not ready yet
- */
-bool lv_circ_cont(lv_point_t * c);
-
-/**
- * Get the next point from the circle
- * @param c same as in circ_init. The next point stored here.
- * @param tmp same as in circ_init.
- */
-void lv_circ_next(lv_point_t * c, lv_coord_t * tmp);
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-
-#endif

lv_misc/lv_color.c

@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_color.c
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_color.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Convert a HSV color to RGB
- * @param h hue [0..359]
- * @param s saturation [0..100]
- * @param v value [0..100]
- * @return the given RGB color in RGB (with LV_COLOR_DEPTH depth)
- */
-lv_color_t lv_color_hsv_to_rgb(uint16_t h, uint8_t s, uint8_t v)
-{
-    h = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)h * 255) / 360;
-    s = (uint16_t)((uint16_t)s * 255) / 100;
-    v = (uint16_t)((uint16_t)v * 255) / 100;
-
-    uint8_t r, g, b;
-
-    uint8_t region, remainder, p, q, t;
-
-    if(s == 0) {
-        r = v;
-        g = v;
-        b = v;
-        return LV_COLOR_MAKE(v, v, v);
-    }
-
-    region = h / 43;
-    remainder = (h - (region * 43)) * 6;
-
-    p = (v * (255 - s)) >> 8;
-    q = (v * (255 - ((s * remainder) >> 8))) >> 8;
-    t = (v * (255 - ((s * (255 - remainder)) >> 8))) >> 8;
-
-    switch(region) {
-        case 0:
-            r = v;
-            g = t;
-            b = p;
-            break;
-        case 1:
-            r = q;
-            g = v;
-            b = p;
-            break;
-        case 2:
-            r = p;
-            g = v;
-            b = t;
-            break;
-        case 3:
-            r = p;
-            g = q;
-            b = v;
-            break;
-        case 4:
-            r = t;
-            g = p;
-            b = v;
-            break;
-        default:
-            r = v;
-            g = p;
-            b = q;
-            break;
-    }
-
-    lv_color_t result = LV_COLOR_MAKE(r, g, b);
-    return result;
-}
-
-/**
- * Convert an RGB color to HSV
- * @param r red
- * @param g green
- * @param b blue
- * @return the given RGB color n HSV
- */
-lv_color_hsv_t lv_color_rgb_to_hsv(uint8_t r, uint8_t g, uint8_t b)
-{
-    lv_color_hsv_t hsv;
-    uint8_t rgbMin, rgbMax;
-
-    rgbMin = r < g ? (r < b ? r : b) : (g < b ? g : b);
-    rgbMax = r > g ? (r > b ? r : b) : (g > b ? g : b);
-
-    hsv.v = rgbMax;
-    if(hsv.v == 0) {
-        hsv.h = 0;
-        hsv.s = 0;
-        return hsv;
-    }
-
-    hsv.s = 255 * (long)(rgbMax - rgbMin) / hsv.v;
-    if(hsv.s == 0) {
-        hsv.h = 0;
-        return hsv;
-    }
-
-    if(rgbMax == r)
-        hsv.h = 0 + 43 * (g - b) / (rgbMax - rgbMin);
-    else if(rgbMax == g)
-        hsv.h = 85 + 43 * (b - r) / (rgbMax - rgbMin);
-    else
-        hsv.h = 171 + 43 * (r - g) / (rgbMax - rgbMin);
-
-    return hsv;
-}

lv_misc/lv_color.h

@@ -1,430 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_color.h
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef LV_COLOR_H
-#define LV_COLOR_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
-#include "lv_conf.h"
-#else
-#include "../../lv_conf.h"
-#endif
-
-/*Error checking*/
-#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 24
-#error "LV_COLOR_DEPTH  24 is deprecated. Use LV_COLOR_DEPTH  32 instead (lv_conf.h)"
-#endif
-
-#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH != 32 && LV_COLOR_SCREEN_TRANSP != 0
-#error "LV_COLOR_SCREEN_TRANSP requires LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32. Set it in lv_conf.h"
-#endif
-
-#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH != 16 && LV_COLOR_16_SWAP != 0
-#error "LV_COLOR_16_SWAP requires LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16. Set it in lv_conf.h"
-#endif
-
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-#define LV_COLOR_WHITE   LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF)
-#define LV_COLOR_SILVER  LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xC0,0xC0,0xC0)
-#define LV_COLOR_GRAY    LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x80,0x80,0x80)
-#define LV_COLOR_BLACK   LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x00,0x00,0x00)
-#define LV_COLOR_RED     LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xFF,0x00,0x00)
-#define LV_COLOR_MAROON  LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x80,0x00,0x00)
-#define LV_COLOR_YELLOW  LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xFF,0xFF,0x00)
-#define LV_COLOR_OLIVE   LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x80,0x80,0x00)
-#define LV_COLOR_LIME    LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x00,0xFF,0x00)
-#define LV_COLOR_GREEN   LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x00,0x80,0x00)
-#define LV_COLOR_CYAN    LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x00,0xFF,0xFF)
-#define LV_COLOR_AQUA    LV_COLOR_CYAN
-#define LV_COLOR_TEAL    LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x00,0x80,0x80)
-#define LV_COLOR_BLUE    LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x00,0x00,0xFF)
-#define LV_COLOR_NAVY    LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x00,0x00,0x80)
-#define LV_COLOR_MAGENTA LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xFF,0x00,0xFF)
-#define LV_COLOR_PURPLE  LV_COLOR_MAKE(0x80,0x00,0x80)
-#define LV_COLOR_ORANGE  LV_COLOR_MAKE(0xFF,0xA5,0x00)
-
-#define LV_OPA_TRANSP    0
-#define LV_OPA_0         0
-#define LV_OPA_10        25
-#define LV_OPA_20        51
-#define LV_OPA_30        76
-#define LV_OPA_40        102
-#define LV_OPA_50        127
-#define LV_OPA_60        153
-#define LV_OPA_70        178
-#define LV_OPA_80        204
-#define LV_OPA_90        229
-#define LV_OPA_100       255
-#define LV_OPA_COVER     255
-
-#define LV_OPA_MIN      16      /*Opacities below this will be transparent*/
-#define LV_OPA_MAX      251     /*Opacities above this will fully cover*/
-
-#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1
-#define LV_COLOR_SIZE           8
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8
-#define LV_COLOR_SIZE           8
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16
-#define LV_COLOR_SIZE           16
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
-#define LV_COLOR_SIZE           32
-#else
-#error "Invalid LV_COLOR_DEPTH in lv_conf.h! Set it to 1, 8, 16 or 32!"
-#endif
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-typedef union
-{
-    uint8_t blue  :1;
-    uint8_t green :1;
-    uint8_t red   :1;
-    uint8_t full  :1;
-} lv_color1_t;
-
-typedef union
-{
-    struct
-    {
-        uint8_t blue  :2;
-        uint8_t green :3;
-        uint8_t red   :3;
-    };
-    uint8_t full;
-} lv_color8_t;
-
-typedef union
-{
-    struct
-    {
-#if LV_COLOR_16_SWAP == 0
-        uint16_t blue  :5;
-        uint16_t green :6;
-        uint16_t red   :5;
-#else
-        uint16_t green_h :3;
-        uint16_t red   :5;
-        uint16_t blue  :5;
-        uint16_t green_l :3;
-#endif
-    };
-    uint16_t full;
-} lv_color16_t;
-
-typedef union
-{
-    struct
-    {
-        uint8_t blue;
-        uint8_t green;
-        uint8_t red;
-        uint8_t alpha;
-    };
-    uint32_t full;
-} lv_color32_t;
-
-#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1
-typedef uint8_t lv_color_int_t;
-typedef lv_color1_t lv_color_t;
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8
-typedef uint8_t lv_color_int_t;
-typedef lv_color8_t lv_color_t;
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16
-typedef uint16_t lv_color_int_t;
-typedef lv_color16_t lv_color_t;
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
-typedef uint32_t lv_color_int_t;
-typedef lv_color32_t lv_color_t;
-#else
-#error "Invalid LV_COLOR_DEPTH in lv_conf.h! Set it to 1, 8, 16 or 32!"
-#endif
-
-typedef uint8_t lv_opa_t;
-
-typedef struct
-{
-    uint16_t h;
-    uint8_t s;
-    uint8_t v;
-} lv_color_hsv_t;
-
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/*In color conversations:
- * - When converting to bigger color type the LSB weight of 1 LSB is calculated
- *   E.g. 16 bit Red has 5 bits
- *         8 bit Red has 2 bits
- *        ----------------------
- *        8 bit red LSB = (2^5 - 1) / (2^2 - 1) = 31 / 3 = 10
- *
- * - When calculating to smaller color type simply shift out the LSBs
- *   E.g.  8 bit Red has 2 bits
- *        16 bit Red has 5 bits
- *        ----------------------
- *         Shift right with 5 - 3 = 2
- */
-
-static inline uint8_t lv_color_to1(lv_color_t color)
-{
-#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1
-    return color.full;
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8
-    if((color.red   & 0x4) ||
-            (color.green & 0x4) ||
-            (color.blue  & 0x2)) {
-        return 1;
-    } else {
-        return 0;
-    }
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16
-#  if LV_COLOR_16_SWAP == 0
-    if((color.red   & 0x10) ||
-            (color.green & 0x20) ||
-            (color.blue  & 0x10)) {
-        return 1;
-#  else
-    if((color.red   & 0x10) ||
-            (color.green_h & 0x20) ||
-            (color.blue  & 0x10)) {
-        return 1;
-#  endif
-    } else {
-        return 0;
-    }
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
-    if((color.red   & 0x80) ||
-            (color.green & 0x80) ||
-            (color.blue  & 0x80)) {
-        return 1;
-    } else {
-        return 0;
-    }
-#endif
-}
-
-static inline uint8_t lv_color_to8(lv_color_t color)
-{
-#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1
-    if(color.full == 0) return 0;
-    else return 0xFF;
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8
-    return color.full;
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16
-
-#  if LV_COLOR_16_SWAP == 0
-    lv_color8_t ret;
-    ret.red = color.red >> 2;       /* 5 - 3  = 2*/
-    ret.green = color.green >> 3;   /* 6 - 3  = 3*/
-    ret.blue = color.blue >> 3;     /* 5 - 2  = 3*/
-    return ret.full;
-#  else
-    lv_color8_t ret;
-    ret.red = color.red >> 2;       /* 5 - 3  = 2*/
-    ret.green = color.green_h;      /* 6 - 3  = 3*/
-    ret.blue = color.blue >> 3;     /* 5 - 2  = 3*/
-    return ret.full;
-#  endif
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
-    lv_color8_t ret;
-    ret.red = color.red >> 5;       /* 8 - 3  = 5*/
-    ret.green = color.green >> 5;   /* 8 - 3  = 5*/
-    ret.blue = color.blue >> 6;     /* 8 - 2  = 6*/
-    return ret.full;
-#endif
-}
-
-static inline uint16_t lv_color_to16(lv_color_t color)
-{
-#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1
-    if(color.full == 0) return 0;
-    else return 0xFFFF;
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8
-    lv_color16_t ret;
-#  if LV_COLOR_16_SWAP == 0
-    ret.red = color.red * 4;       /*(2^5 - 1)/(2^3 - 1) = 31/7 = 4*/
-    ret.green = color.green * 9;   /*(2^6 - 1)/(2^3 - 1) = 63/7 = 9*/
-    ret.blue = color.blue * 10;    /*(2^5 - 1)/(2^2 - 1) = 31/3 = 10*/
-#  else
-    ret.red = color.red * 4;
-    uint8_t g_tmp = color.green * 9;
-    ret.green_h = (g_tmp & 0x1F) >> 3;
-    ret.green_l = g_tmp & 0x07;
-    ret.blue = color.blue * 10;
-#  endif
-    return ret.full;
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16
-    return color.full;
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
-    lv_color16_t ret;
-#  if LV_COLOR_16_SWAP == 0
-    ret.red = color.red >> 3;       /* 8 - 5  = 3*/
-    ret.green = color.green >> 2;   /* 8 - 6  = 2*/
-    ret.blue = color.blue >> 3;     /* 8 - 5  = 3*/
-#  else
-    ret.red = color.red >> 3;
-    ret.green_h = (color.green & 0xE0) >> 5;
-    ret.green_l = (color.green & 0x1C) >> 2;
-    ret.blue = color.blue >> 3;
-#  endif
-    return ret.full;
-#endif
-}
-
-static inline uint32_t lv_color_to32(lv_color_t color)
-{
-#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1
-    if(color.full == 0) return 0;
-    else return 0xFFFFFFFF;
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8
-    lv_color32_t ret;
-    ret.red = color.red * 36;        /*(2^8 - 1)/(2^3 - 1) = 255/7 = 36*/
-    ret.green = color.green * 36;    /*(2^8 - 1)/(2^3 - 1) = 255/7 = 36*/
-    ret.blue = color.blue * 85;      /*(2^8 - 1)/(2^2 - 1) = 255/3 = 85*/
-    ret.alpha = 0xFF;
-    return ret.full;
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16
-#  if LV_COLOR_16_SWAP == 0
-    lv_color32_t ret;
-    ret.red = color.red * 8;       /*(2^8 - 1)/(2^5 - 1) = 255/31 = 8*/
-    ret.green = color.green * 4;   /*(2^8 - 1)/(2^6 - 1) = 255/63 = 4*/
-    ret.blue = color.blue * 8;     /*(2^8 - 1)/(2^5 - 1) = 255/31 = 8*/
-    ret.alpha = 0xFF;
-    return ret.full;
-#  else
-    lv_color32_t ret;
-    ret.red = color.red * 8;                                    /*(2^8 - 1)/(2^5 - 1) = 255/31 = 8*/
-    ret.green = ((color.green_h << 3) + color.green_l) * 4;     /*(2^8 - 1)/(2^6 - 1) = 255/63 = 4*/
-    ret.blue = color.blue * 8;                                   /*(2^8 - 1)/(2^5 - 1) = 255/31 = 8*/
-    ret.alpha = 0xFF;
-    return ret.full;
-#  endif
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
-    return color.full;
-#endif
-}
-
-static inline lv_color_t lv_color_mix(lv_color_t c1, lv_color_t c2, uint8_t mix)
-{
-    lv_color_t ret;
-#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH != 1
-    /*LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8, 16 or 32*/
-    ret.red =   (uint16_t)((uint16_t) c1.red * mix + (c2.red * (255 - mix))) >> 8;
-#  if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16 && LV_COLOR_16_SWAP
-    /*If swapped Green is in 2 parts*/
-    uint16_t g_1 = (c1.green_h << 3) + c1.green_l;
-    uint16_t g_2 = (c2.green_h << 3) + c2.green_l;
-    uint16_t g_out = (uint16_t)((uint16_t) g_1 * mix + (g_2 * (255 - mix))) >> 8;
-    ret.green_h = g_out >> 3;
-    ret.green_l = g_out & 0x7;
-#  else
-    ret.green = (uint16_t)((uint16_t) c1.green * mix + (c2.green * (255 - mix))) >> 8;
-#  endif
-    ret.blue =  (uint16_t)((uint16_t) c1.blue * mix + (c2.blue * (255 - mix))) >> 8;
-# if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
-    ret.alpha = 0xFF;
-# endif
-#else
-    /*LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1*/
-    ret.full = mix > LV_OPA_50 ? c1.full : c2.full;
-#endif
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the brightness of a color
- * @param color a color
- * @return the brightness [0..255]
- */
-static inline uint8_t lv_color_brightness(lv_color_t color)
-{
-    lv_color32_t c32;
-    c32.full = lv_color_to32(color);
-    uint16_t bright = 3 * c32.red + c32.blue + 4 * c32.green;
-    return (uint16_t) bright >> 3;
-}
-
-/* The most simple macro to create a color from R,G and B values
- * The order of bit field is different on Big-endian and Little-endian machines*/
-#if __BYTE_ORDER__ == __ORDER_LITTLE_ENDIAN__
-#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1
-#define LV_COLOR_MAKE(r8, g8, b8) ((lv_color_t){(b8 >> 7 | g8 >> 7 | r8 >> 7)})
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8
-#define LV_COLOR_MAKE(r8, g8, b8) ((lv_color_t){{b8 >> 6, g8 >> 5, r8 >> 5}})
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16
-#  if LV_COLOR_16_SWAP == 0
-#    define LV_COLOR_MAKE(r8, g8, b8) ((lv_color_t){{b8 >> 3, g8 >> 2, r8 >> 3}})
-#  else
-#    define LV_COLOR_MAKE(r8, g8, b8) ((lv_color_t){{g8 >> 5, r8 >> 3, b8 >> 3, (g8 >> 2) & 0x7}})
-#  endif
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
-#define LV_COLOR_MAKE(r8, g8, b8) ((lv_color_t){{b8, g8, r8, 0xff}})            /*Fix 0xff alpha*/
-#endif
-#else
-#if LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 1
-#define LV_COLOR_MAKE(r8, g8, b8) ((lv_color_t){(r8 >> 7 | g8 >> 7 | b8 >> 7)})
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 8
-#define LV_COLOR_MAKE(r8, g8, b8) ((lv_color_t){{r8 >> 6, g8 >> 5, b8 >> 5}})
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 16
-#define LV_COLOR_MAKE(r8, g8, b8) ((lv_color_t){{r8 >> 3, g8 >> 2, b8 >> 3}})
-#elif LV_COLOR_DEPTH == 32
-#define LV_COLOR_MAKE(r8, g8, b8) ((lv_color_t){{0xff, r8, g8, b8}})            /*Fix 0xff alpha*/
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#define LV_COLOR_HEX(c) LV_COLOR_MAKE(((uint32_t)((uint32_t)c >> 16) & 0xFF), \
-                                ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)c >> 8) & 0xFF), \
-                                ((uint32_t) c & 0xFF))
-
-/*Usage LV_COLOR_HEX3(0x16C) which means LV_COLOR_HEX(0x1166CC)*/
-#define LV_COLOR_HEX3(c) LV_COLOR_MAKE((((c >> 4) & 0xF0) | ((c >> 8) & 0xF)),   \
-                                ((uint32_t)(c & 0xF0)       | ((c & 0xF0) >> 4)), \
-                                ((uint32_t)(c & 0xF)         | ((c & 0xF) << 4)))
-
-
-/**
- * Convert a HSV color to RGB
- * @param h hue [0..359]
- * @param s saturation [0..100]
- * @param v value [0..100]
- * @return the given RGB color in RGB (with LV_COLOR_DEPTH depth)
- */
-lv_color_t lv_color_hsv_to_rgb(uint16_t h, uint8_t s, uint8_t v);
-
-/**
- * Convert an RGB color to HSV
- * @param r red
- * @param g green
- * @param b blue
- * @return the given RGB color n HSV
- */
-lv_color_hsv_t lv_color_rgb_to_hsv(uint8_t r, uint8_t g, uint8_t b);
-
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif /*USE_COLOR*/

lv_misc/lv_font.c

@@ -1,252 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_font.c
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include "lv_font.h"
-#include "lv_log.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Initialize the fonts
- */
-void lv_font_init(void)
-{
-    lv_font_builtin_init();
-}
-
-/**
- * Create a pair from font name and font dsc. get function. After it 'font_get' can be used for this font
- * @param name name of the font
- * @param dsc_get_fp the font descriptor get function
- * @param parent add this font as charter set extension of 'parent'
- */
-void lv_font_add(lv_font_t * child, lv_font_t * parent)
-{
-    if(parent == NULL) return;
-
-    while(parent->next_page != NULL) {
-        parent = parent->next_page; /*Got to the last page and add the new font there*/
-    }
-
-    parent->next_page = child;
-
-}
-
-/**
- * Tells if font which contains `letter` is monospace or not
- * @param font_p point to font
- * @param letter an UNICODE character code
- * @return true: the letter is monospace; false not monospace
- */
-bool lv_font_is_monospace(const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter)
-{
-    const lv_font_t * font_i = font_p;
-    int16_t w;
-    while(font_i != NULL) {
-        w = font_i->get_width(font_i, letter);
-        if(w >= 0) {
-            /*Glyph found*/
-            if(font_i->monospace) return true;
-            return false;
-        }
-
-        font_i = font_i->next_page;
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return with the bitmap of a font.
- * @param font_p pointer to a font
- * @param letter an UNICODE character code
- * @return  pointer to the bitmap of the letter
- */
-const uint8_t * lv_font_get_bitmap(const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter)
-{
-    const lv_font_t * font_i = font_p;
-    while(font_i != NULL) {
-        const uint8_t * bitmap = font_i->get_bitmap(font_i, letter);
-        if(bitmap) return bitmap;
-
-        font_i = font_i->next_page;
-    }
-
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the width of a letter in a font. If `monospace` is set then return with it.
- * @param font_p pointer to a font
- * @param letter an UNICODE character code
- * @return the width of a letter
- */
-uint8_t lv_font_get_width(const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter)
-{
-    const lv_font_t * font_i = font_p;
-    int16_t w;
-    while(font_i != NULL) {
-        w = font_i->get_width(font_i, letter);
-        if(w >= 0) {
-            /*Glyph found*/
-            uint8_t m = font_i->monospace;
-            if(m) w = m;
-            return w;
-        }
-
-        font_i = font_i->next_page;
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the width of the letter without overwriting it with the `monospace` attribute
- * @param font_p pointer to a font
- * @param letter an UNICODE character code
- * @return the width of a letter
- */
-uint8_t lv_font_get_real_width(const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter)
-{
-    const lv_font_t * font_i = font_p;
-    int16_t w;
-    while(font_i != NULL) {
-        w = font_i->get_width(font_i, letter);
-        if(w >= 0) return w;
-
-        font_i = font_i->next_page;
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the bit-per-pixel of font
- * @param font pointer to font
- * @param letter a letter from font (font extensions can have different bpp)
- * @return bpp of the font (or font extension)
- */
-uint8_t lv_font_get_bpp(const lv_font_t * font, uint32_t letter)
-{
-    const lv_font_t * font_i = font;
-    while(font_i != NULL) {
-        if(letter >= font_i->unicode_first && letter <= font_i->unicode_last) {
-            return font_i->bpp;
-        }
-        font_i = font_i->next_page;
-    }
-
-    return 0;
-
-}
-
-/**
- * Generic bitmap get function used in 'font->get_bitmap' when the font contains all characters in the range
- * @param font pointer to font
- * @param unicode_letter an unicode letter which bitmap should be get
- * @return pointer to the bitmap or NULL if not found
- */
-const uint8_t * lv_font_get_bitmap_continuous(const lv_font_t * font, uint32_t unicode_letter)
-{
-    /*Check the range*/
-    if(unicode_letter < font->unicode_first || unicode_letter > font->unicode_last) return NULL;
-
-    uint32_t index = (unicode_letter - font->unicode_first);
-    return &font->glyph_bitmap[font->glyph_dsc[index].glyph_index];
-}
-
-/**
- * Generic bitmap get function used in 'font->get_bitmap' when the font NOT contains all characters in the range (sparse)
- * @param font pointer to font
- * @param unicode_letter an unicode letter which bitmap should be get
- * @return pointer to the bitmap or NULL if not found
- */
-const uint8_t * lv_font_get_bitmap_sparse(const lv_font_t * font, uint32_t unicode_letter)
-{
-    /*Check the range*/
-    if(unicode_letter < font->unicode_first || unicode_letter > font->unicode_last) return NULL;
-
-    uint32_t i;
-    for(i = 0; font->unicode_list[i] != 0; i++) {
-        if(font->unicode_list[i] == unicode_letter) {
-            return &font->glyph_bitmap[font->glyph_dsc[i].glyph_index];
-        }
-    }
-
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- * Generic glyph width get function used in 'font->get_width' when the font contains all characters in the range
- * @param font pointer to font
- * @param unicode_letter an unicode letter which width should be get
- * @return width of the gylph or -1 if not found
- */
-int16_t lv_font_get_width_continuous(const lv_font_t * font, uint32_t unicode_letter)
-{
-    /*Check the range*/
-    if(unicode_letter < font->unicode_first || unicode_letter > font->unicode_last) {
-        return -1;
-    }
-
-    uint32_t index = (unicode_letter - font->unicode_first);
-    return font->glyph_dsc[index].w_px;
-}
-
-/**
- * Generic glyph width get function used in 'font->get_bitmap' when the font NOT contains all characters in the range (sparse)
- * @param font pointer to font
- * @param unicode_letter an unicode letter which width should be get
- * @return width of the glyph or -1 if not found
- */
-int16_t lv_font_get_width_sparse(const lv_font_t * font, uint32_t unicode_letter)
-{
-    /*Check the range*/
-    if(unicode_letter < font->unicode_first || unicode_letter > font->unicode_last) return -1;
-
-    uint32_t i;
-    for(i = 0; font->unicode_list[i] != 0; i++) {
-        if(font->unicode_list[i] == unicode_letter) {
-            return font->glyph_dsc[i].w_px;
-        }
-    }
-
-    return -1;
-}
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/

lv_misc/lv_font.h

@@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_font.h
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef LV_FONT_H
-#define LV_FONT_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
-#include "lv_conf.h"
-#else
-#include "../../lv_conf.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-#include "lv_symbol_def.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-typedef struct
-{
-    uint32_t w_px         :8;
-    uint32_t glyph_index  :24;
-} lv_font_glyph_dsc_t;
-
-typedef struct
-{
-    uint32_t unicode         :21;
-    uint32_t glyph_dsc_index :11;
-} lv_font_unicode_map_t;
-
-typedef struct _lv_font_struct
-{
-    uint32_t unicode_first;
-    uint32_t unicode_last;
-    const uint8_t * glyph_bitmap;
-    const lv_font_glyph_dsc_t * glyph_dsc;
-    const uint32_t * unicode_list;
-    const uint8_t * (*get_bitmap)(const struct _lv_font_struct *,uint32_t);     /*Get a glyph's  bitmap from a font*/
-    int16_t (*get_width)(const struct _lv_font_struct *,uint32_t);        /*Get a glyph's with with a given font*/
-    struct _lv_font_struct * next_page;    /*Pointer to a font extension*/
-    uint32_t h_px       :8;
-    uint32_t bpp        :4;                /*Bit per pixel: 1, 2 or 4*/
-    uint32_t monospace  :8;                /*Fix width (0: normal width)*/
-    uint16_t glyph_cnt;                    /*Number of glyphs (letters) in the font*/
-} lv_font_t;
-
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Initialize the fonts
- */
-void lv_font_init(void);
-
-/**
- * Create a pair from font name and font dsc. get function. After it 'font_get' can be used for this font
- * @param child pointer to a font to join to the 'parent'
- * @param parent pointer to a font. 'child' will be joined here
- */
-void lv_font_add(lv_font_t *child, lv_font_t *parent);
-
-/**
- * Tells if font which contains `letter` is monospace or not
- * @param font_p point to font
- * @param letter an UNICODE character code
- * @return true: the letter is monospace; false not monospace
- */
-bool lv_font_is_monospace(const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter);
-
-/**
- * Return with the bitmap of a font.
- * @param font_p pointer to a font
- * @param letter an UNICODE character code
- * @return  pointer to the bitmap of the letter
- */
-const uint8_t * lv_font_get_bitmap(const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter);
-
-/**
- * Get the width of a letter in a font. If `monospace` is set then return with it.
- * @param font_p pointer to a font
- * @param letter an UNICODE character code
- * @return the width of a letter
- */
-uint8_t lv_font_get_width(const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter);
-
-
-/**
- * Get the width of the letter without overwriting it with the `monospace` attribute
- * @param font_p pointer to a font
- * @param letter an UNICODE character code
- * @return the width of a letter
- */
-uint8_t lv_font_get_real_width(const lv_font_t * font_p, uint32_t letter);
-
-/**
- * Get the height of a font
- * @param font_p pointer to a font
- * @return the height of a font
- */
-static inline uint8_t lv_font_get_height(const lv_font_t * font_p)
-{
-    return font_p->h_px;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the bit-per-pixel of font
- * @param font pointer to font
- * @param letter a letter from font (font extensions can have different bpp)
- * @return bpp of the font (or font extension)
- */
-uint8_t lv_font_get_bpp(const lv_font_t * font, uint32_t letter);
-
-/**
- * Generic bitmap get function used in 'font->get_bitmap' when the font contains all characters in the range
- * @param font pointer to font
- * @param unicode_letter an unicode letter which bitmap should be get
- * @return pointer to the bitmap or NULL if not found
- */
-const uint8_t * lv_font_get_bitmap_continuous(const lv_font_t * font, uint32_t unicode_letter);
-
-/**
- * Generic bitmap get function used in 'font->get_bitmap' when the font NOT contains all characters in the range (sparse)
- * @param font pointer to font
- * @param unicode_letter an unicode letter which bitmap should be get
- * @return pointer to the bitmap or NULL if not found
- */
-const uint8_t * lv_font_get_bitmap_sparse(const lv_font_t * font, uint32_t unicode_letter);
-/**
- * Generic glyph width get function used in 'font->get_width' when the font contains all characters in the range
- * @param font pointer to font
- * @param unicode_letter an unicode letter which width should be get
- * @return width of the gylph or -1 if not found
- */
-int16_t lv_font_get_width_continuous(const lv_font_t * font, uint32_t unicode_letter);
-
-/**
- * Generic glyph width get function used in 'font->get_bitmap' when the font NOT contains all characters in the range (sparse)
- * @param font pointer to font
- * @param unicode_letter an unicode letter which width should be get
- * @return width of the glyph or -1 if not found
- */
-int16_t lv_font_get_width_sparse(const lv_font_t * font, uint32_t unicode_letter);
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-#define LV_FONT_DECLARE(font_name) extern lv_font_t font_name;
-
-
-/**********************
- * ADD BUILT IN FONTS
- **********************/
-#include "../lv_fonts/lv_font_builtin.h"
-
-/*Declare the custom (user defined) fonts*/
-#ifdef LV_FONT_CUSTOM_DECLARE
-LV_FONT_CUSTOM_DECLARE
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif /*USE_FONT*/
-

lv_misc/lv_log.c

@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_log.c
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_log.h"
-#if USE_LV_LOG
-
-#if LV_LOG_PRINTF
-#include <stdio.h>
-#endif
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-static void (*print_cb)(lv_log_level_t, const char *, uint32_t,  const char *);
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Register custom print (or anything else) function to call when log is added
- * @param f a function pointer:
- *          `void my_print (lv_log_level_t level, const char * file, uint32_t line, const char * dsc)`
- */
-void lv_log_register_print(void f(lv_log_level_t, const char *, uint32_t,  const char *))
-{
-    print_cb = f;
-}
-
-/**
- * Add a log
- * @param level the level of log. (From `lv_log_level_t` enum)
- * @param file name of the file when the log added
- * @param line line number in the source code where the log added
- * @param dsc description of the log
- */
-void lv_log_add(lv_log_level_t level, const char * file, uint32_t line, const char * dsc)
-{
-    if(level >= _LV_LOG_LEVEL_NUM) return;      /*Invalid level*/
-
-    if(level >= LV_LOG_LEVEL) {
-
-#if LV_LOG_PRINTF
-        static const char * lvl_prefix[] = {"Trace", "Info", "Warn", "Error"};
-        printf("%s: %s \t(%s #%d)\n", lvl_prefix[level], dsc,  file, line);
-#else
-        if(print_cb) print_cb(level, file, line, dsc);
-#endif
-    }
-}
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-#endif /*USE_LV_LOG*/

lv_misc/lv_log.h

@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_log.h
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef LV_LOG_H
-#define LV_LOG_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
-#include "lv_conf.h"
-#else
-#include "../../lv_conf.h"
-#endif
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/*Possible log level. For compatibility declare it independently from `USE_LV_LOG`*/
-
-#define LV_LOG_LEVEL_TRACE 0     /*A lot of logs to give detailed information*/
-#define LV_LOG_LEVEL_INFO  1     /*Log important events*/
-#define LV_LOG_LEVEL_WARN  2     /*Log if something unwanted happened but didn't caused problem*/
-#define LV_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR 3     /*Only critical issue, when the system may fail*/
-#define _LV_LOG_LEVEL_NUM  4
-
-typedef uint8_t lv_log_level_t;
-
-#if USE_LV_LOG
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Register custom print (or anything else) function to call when log is added
- * @param f a function pointer:
- *          `void my_print (lv_log_level_t level, const char * file, uint32_t line, const char * dsc)`
- */
-void lv_log_register_print(void f(lv_log_level_t, const char *, uint32_t,  const char *));
-
-/**
- * Add a log
- * @param level the level of log. (From `lv_log_level_t` enum)
- * @param file name of the file when the log added
- * @param line line number in the source code where the log added
- * @param dsc description of the log
- */
-void lv_log_add(lv_log_level_t level, const char * file, uint32_t line, const char * dsc);
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-#define LV_LOG_TRACE(dsc)   lv_log_add(LV_LOG_LEVEL_TRACE, __FILE__, __LINE__, dsc);
-#define LV_LOG_INFO(dsc)    lv_log_add(LV_LOG_LEVEL_INFO, __FILE__, __LINE__, dsc);
-#define LV_LOG_WARN(dsc)    lv_log_add(LV_LOG_LEVEL_WARN, __FILE__, __LINE__, dsc);
-#define LV_LOG_ERROR(dsc)   lv_log_add(LV_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, __FILE__, __LINE__, dsc);
-
-#else /*USE_LV_LOG*/
-
-/*Do nothing if `USE_LV_LOG  0`*/
-#define lv_log_add(level, file, line, dsc) {;}
-#define LV_LOG_TRACE(dsc) {;}
-#define LV_LOG_INFO(dsc) {;}
-#define LV_LOG_WARN(dsc) {;}
-#define LV_LOG_ERROR(dsc) {;}
-#endif /*USE_LV_LOG*/
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif /*LV_LOG_H*/

lv_misc/lv_math.c

@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_math.c
- *
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_math.h"
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-static int16_t sin0_90_table[] = {
-    0,     572,    1144,   1715,   2286,   2856,   3425,   3993,   4560,   5126,
-    5690,  6252,   6813,   7371,   7927,   8481,   9032,   9580,   10126,  10668,
-    11207, 11743,  12275,  12803,  13328,  13848,  14364,  14876,  15383,  15886,
-    16383, 16876,  17364,  17846,  18323,  18794,  19260,  19720,  20173,  20621,
-    21062, 21497,  21925,  22347,  22762,  23170,  23571,  23964,  24351,  24730,
-    25101, 25465,  25821,  26169,  26509,  26841,  27165,  27481,  27788,  28087,
-    28377, 28659,  28932,  29196,  29451,  29697,  29934,  30162,  30381,  30591,
-    30791, 30982,  31163,  31335,  31498,  31650,  31794,  31927,  32051,  32165,
-    32269, 32364,  32448,  32523,  32587,  32642,  32687,  32722,  32747,  32762
-};
-
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Convert a number to string
- * @param num a number
- * @param buf pointer to a `char` buffer. The result will be stored here (max 10 elements)
- * @return same as `buf` (just for convenience)
- */
-char * lv_math_num_to_str(int32_t num, char * buf)
-{
-    char * buf_ori = buf;
-    if(num == 0) {
-        buf[0] = '0';
-        buf[1] = '\0';
-        return buf;
-    } else if(num < 0) {
-        (*buf) = '-';
-        buf++;
-        num = LV_MATH_ABS(num);
-    }
-    uint32_t output = 0;
-    int8_t i;
-
-    for(i = 31; i >= 0; i--) {
-        if((output & 0xF) >= 5)
-            output += 3;
-        if(((output & 0xF0) >> 4) >= 5)
-            output += (3 << 4);
-        if(((output & 0xF00) >> 8) >= 5)
-            output += (3 << 8);
-        if(((output & 0xF000) >> 12) >= 5)
-            output += (3 << 12);
-        if(((output & 0xF0000) >> 16) >= 5)
-            output += (3 << 16);
-        if(((output & 0xF00000) >> 20) >= 5)
-            output += (3 << 20);
-        if(((output & 0xF000000) >> 24) >= 5)
-            output += (3 << 24);
-        if(((output & 0xF0000000) >> 28) >= 5)
-            output += (3 << 28);
-        output = (output << 1) | ((num >> i) & 1);
-    }
-
-    uint8_t digit;
-    bool leading_zero_ready = false;
-    for(i = 28; i >= 0; i -= 4) {
-        digit = ((output >> i) & 0xF) + '0';
-        if(digit == '0' && leading_zero_ready == false) continue;
-
-        leading_zero_ready = true;
-        (*buf) = digit;
-        buf++;
-    }
-
-    (*buf) = '\0';
-
-    return buf_ori;
-}
-
-/**
- * Return with sinus of an angle
- * @param angle
- * @return sinus of 'angle'. sin(-90) = -32767, sin(90) = 32767
- */
-int16_t lv_trigo_sin(int16_t angle)
-{
-    int16_t ret = 0;
-    angle = angle % 360;
-
-    if(angle < 0) angle = 360 + angle;
-
-    if(angle < 90) {
-        ret = sin0_90_table[angle];
-    } else if(angle >= 90 && angle < 180) {
-        angle = 179 - angle;
-        ret = sin0_90_table[angle];
-    } else if(angle >= 180 && angle < 270) {
-        angle = angle - 180;
-        ret = - sin0_90_table[angle];
-    } else { /*angle >=270*/
-        angle = 359 - angle;
-        ret = - sin0_90_table[angle];
-    }
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-/**
- * Calculate a value of a Cubic Bezier function.
- * @param t time in range of [0..LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX]
- * @param u0 start values in range of [0..LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX]
- * @param u1 control value 1 values in range of [0..LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX]
- * @param u2 control value 2 in range of [0..LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX]
- * @param u3 end values in range of [0..LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX]
- * @return the value calculated from the given parameters in range of [0..LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX]
- */
-int32_t lv_bezier3(uint32_t t, int32_t u0, int32_t u1, int32_t u2, int32_t u3)
-{
-    uint32_t t_rem = 1024 - t;
-    uint32_t t_rem2 = (t_rem * t_rem) >> 10;
-    uint32_t t_rem3 = (t_rem2 * t_rem) >> 10;
-    uint32_t t2 = (t * t) >> 10;
-    uint32_t t3 = (t2 * t) >> 10;
-
-
-    uint32_t v1 = ((uint32_t)t_rem3 * u0) >> 10;
-    uint32_t v2 = ((uint32_t)3 * t_rem2 * t * u1) >> 20;
-    uint32_t v3 = ((uint32_t)3 * t_rem * t2 * u2) >> 20;
-    uint32_t v4 = ((uint32_t)t3 * u3) >> 10;
-
-    return v1 + v2 + v3 + v4;
-
-}
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-

lv_misc/lv_math.h

@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file math_base.h
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef LV_MATH_H
-#define LV_MATH_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-#define LV_MATH_MIN(a,b) (a<b?a:b)
-#define LV_MATH_MAX(a,b) (a>b?a:b)
-#define LV_MATH_ABS(x) ((x)>0?(x):(-(x)))
-
-#define LV_TRIGO_SIN_MAX    32767
-#define LV_TRIGO_SHIFT      15      /* >> LV_TRIGO_SHIFT to normalize*/
-
-#define LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX       1024    /*Max time in Bezier functions (not [0..1] to use integers) */
-#define LV_BEZIER_VAL_SHIFT     10      /*log2(LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX): used to normalize up scaled values*/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-/**
- * Convert a number to string
- * @param num a number
- * @param buf pointer to a `char` buffer. The result will be stored here (max 10 elements)
- * @return same as `buf` (just for convenience)
- */
-char * lv_math_num_to_str(int32_t num, char * buf);
-
-/**
- * Return with sinus of an angle
- * @param angle
- * @return sinus of 'angle'. sin(-90) = -32767, sin(90) = 32767
- */
-int16_t lv_trigo_sin(int16_t angle);
-
-/**
- * Calculate a value of a Cubic Bezier function.
- * @param t time in range of [0..LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX]
- * @param u0 start values in range of [0..LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX]
- * @param u1 control value 1 values in range of [0..LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX]
- * @param u2 control value 2 in range of [0..LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX]
- * @param u3 end values in range of [0..LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX]
- * @return the value calculated from the given parameters in range of [0..LV_BEZIER_VAL_MAX]
- */
-int32_t lv_bezier3(uint32_t t, int32_t u0, int32_t u1, int32_t u2, int32_t u3);
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif

lv_misc/lv_mem.c

@@ -1,416 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_mem.c
- * General and portable implementation of malloc and free.
- * The dynamic memory monitoring is also supported.
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include "lv_mem.h"
-#include "lv_math.h"
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if LV_MEM_CUSTOM != 0
-#include LV_MEM_CUSTOM_INCLUDE
-#endif
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-#define LV_MEM_ADD_JUNK     0   /*Add memory junk on alloc (0xaa) and free(0xbb) (just for testing purposes)*/
-
-
-#ifdef LV_MEM_ENV64
-# define MEM_UNIT uint64_t
-#else
-# define MEM_UNIT uint32_t
-#endif
-
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/*The size of this union must be 4 bytes (uint32_t)*/
-typedef union {
-    struct {
-        MEM_UNIT used: 1;       //1: if the entry is used
-        MEM_UNIT d_size: 31;    //Size off the data (1 means 4 bytes)
-    };
-    MEM_UNIT header;            //The header (used + d_size)
-} lv_mem_header_t;
-
-typedef struct {
-    lv_mem_header_t header;
-    uint8_t first_data;        /*First data byte in the allocated data (Just for easily create a pointer)*/
-} lv_mem_ent_t;
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-#if LV_MEM_CUSTOM == 0
-static lv_mem_ent_t  * ent_get_next(lv_mem_ent_t * act_e);
-static void * ent_alloc(lv_mem_ent_t * e, uint32_t size);
-static void ent_trunc(lv_mem_ent_t * e, uint32_t size);
-#endif
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-#if LV_MEM_CUSTOM == 0
-static LV_MEM_ATTR MEM_UNIT work_mem_int[LV_MEM_SIZE / sizeof(MEM_UNIT)];    /*Work memory for allocations*/
-static uint8_t * work_mem;
-#endif
-
-static uint32_t zero_mem;       /*Give the address of this variable if 0 byte should be allocated*/
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Initiaiize the dyn_mem module (work memory and other variables)
- */
-void lv_mem_init(void)
-{
-#if LV_MEM_CUSTOM == 0
-    work_mem = (uint8_t *) work_mem_int;
-    lv_mem_ent_t * full = (lv_mem_ent_t *)work_mem;
-    full->header.used = 0;
-    /*The total mem size id reduced by the first header and the close patterns */
-    full->header.d_size = LV_MEM_SIZE - sizeof(lv_mem_header_t);
-#endif
-}
-
-/**
- * Allocate a memory dynamically
- * @param size size of the memory to allocate in bytes
- * @return pointer to the allocated memory
- */
-void * lv_mem_alloc(uint32_t size)
-{
-    if(size == 0) {
-        return &zero_mem;
-    }
-
-#ifdef LV_MEM_ENV64
-    /*Round the size up to 8*/
-    if(size & 0x7) {
-        size = size & (~0x7);
-        size += 8;
-    }
-#else
-    /*Round the size up to 4*/
-    if(size & 0x3) {
-        size = size & (~0x3);
-        size += 4;
-    }
-#endif
-    void * alloc = NULL;
-
-#if LV_MEM_CUSTOM == 0 /*Use the allocation from dyn_mem*/
-    lv_mem_ent_t * e = NULL;
-
-    //Search for a appropriate entry
-    do {
-        //Get the next entry
-        e = ent_get_next(e);
-
-        /*If there is next entry then try to allocate there*/
-        if(e != NULL) {
-            alloc = ent_alloc(e, size);
-        }
-        //End if there is not next entry OR the alloc. is successful
-    } while(e != NULL && alloc == NULL);
-
-#if LV_MEM_ADD_JUNK
-    if(alloc != NULL) memset(alloc, 0xaa, size);
-#endif
-
-#else  /*Use custom, user defined malloc function*/
-    /*Allocate a header too to store the size*/
-    alloc = LV_MEM_CUSTOM_ALLOC(size + sizeof(lv_mem_header_t));
-    if(alloc != NULL) {
-        ((lv_mem_ent_t *) alloc)->header.d_size = size;
-        ((lv_mem_ent_t *) alloc)->header.used = 1;
-        alloc = &((lv_mem_ent_t *) alloc)->first_data;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if(alloc == NULL) LV_LOG_WARN("Couldn't allocate memory");
-
-    return alloc;
-}
-
-/**
- * Free an allocated data
- * @param data pointer to an allocated memory
- */
-void lv_mem_free(const void * data)
-{
-    if(data == &zero_mem) return;
-    if(data == NULL) return;
-
-
-#if LV_MEM_ADD_JUNK
-    memset((void *)data, 0xbb, lv_mem_get_size(data));
-#endif
-
-    /*e points to the header*/
-    lv_mem_ent_t * e = (lv_mem_ent_t *)((uint8_t *) data - sizeof(lv_mem_header_t));
-    e->header.used = 0;
-
-#if LV_MEM_CUSTOM == 0
-#if LV_MEM_AUTO_DEFRAG
-    /* Make a simple defrag.
-     * Join the following free entries after this*/
-    lv_mem_ent_t * e_next;
-    e_next = ent_get_next(e);
-    while(e_next != NULL) {
-        if(e_next->header.used == 0) {
-            e->header.d_size += e_next->header.d_size + sizeof(e->header);
-        } else {
-            break;
-        }
-        e_next = ent_get_next(e_next);
-    }
-#endif
-#else /*Use custom, user defined free function*/
-    LV_MEM_CUSTOM_FREE(e);
-#endif
-}
-
-/**
- * Reallocate a memory with a new size. The old content will be kept.
- * @param data pointer to an allocated memory.
- * Its content will be copied to the new memory block and freed
- * @param new_size the desired new size in byte
- * @return pointer to the new memory
- */
-void * lv_mem_realloc(void * data_p, uint32_t new_size)
-{
-    /*data_p could be previously freed pointer (in this case it is invalid)*/
-    if(data_p != NULL) {
-        lv_mem_ent_t * e = (lv_mem_ent_t *)((uint8_t *) data_p - sizeof(lv_mem_header_t));
-        if(e->header.used == 0) {
-            data_p = NULL;
-        }
-    }
-
-    uint32_t old_size = lv_mem_get_size(data_p);
-    if(old_size == new_size) return data_p;     /*Also avoid reallocating the same memory*/
-
-#if LV_MEM_CUSTOM == 0
-    /* Only truncate the memory is possible
-     * If the 'old_size' was extended by a header size in 'ent_trunc' it avoids reallocating this same memory */
-    if(new_size < old_size) {
-        lv_mem_ent_t * e = (lv_mem_ent_t *)((uint8_t *) data_p - sizeof(lv_mem_header_t));
-        ent_trunc(e, new_size);
-        return &e->first_data;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    void * new_p;
-    new_p = lv_mem_alloc(new_size);
-
-    if(new_p != NULL && data_p != NULL) {
-        /*Copy the old data to the new. Use the smaller size*/
-        if(old_size != 0) {
-            memcpy(new_p, data_p, LV_MATH_MIN(new_size, old_size));
-            lv_mem_free(data_p);
-        }
-    }
-
-
-    if(new_p == NULL) LV_LOG_WARN("Couldn't allocate memory");
-
-    return new_p;
-}
-
-/**
- * Join the adjacent free memory blocks
- */
-void lv_mem_defrag(void)
-{
-#if LV_MEM_CUSTOM == 0
-    lv_mem_ent_t * e_free;
-    lv_mem_ent_t * e_next;
-    e_free = ent_get_next(NULL);
-
-    while(1) {
-        /*Search the next free entry*/
-        while(e_free != NULL) {
-            if(e_free->header.used != 0) {
-                e_free = ent_get_next(e_free);
-            } else {
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-
-        if(e_free == NULL) return;
-
-        /*Joint the following free entries to the free*/
-        e_next = ent_get_next(e_free);
-        while(e_next != NULL) {
-            if(e_next->header.used == 0) {
-                e_free->header.d_size += e_next->header.d_size + sizeof(e_next->header);
-            } else {
-                break;
-            }
-
-            e_next = ent_get_next(e_next);
-        }
-
-        if(e_next == NULL) return;
-
-        /*Continue from the lastly checked entry*/
-        e_free = e_next;
-    }
-#endif
-}
-
-/**
- * Give information about the work memory of dynamic allocation
- * @param mon_p pointer to a dm_mon_p variable,
- *              the result of the analysis will be stored here
- */
-void lv_mem_monitor(lv_mem_monitor_t * mon_p)
-{
-    /*Init the data*/
-    memset(mon_p, 0, sizeof(lv_mem_monitor_t));
-#if LV_MEM_CUSTOM == 0
-    lv_mem_ent_t * e;
-    e = NULL;
-
-    e = ent_get_next(e);
-
-    while(e != NULL)  {
-        if(e->header.used == 0) {
-            mon_p->free_cnt++;
-            mon_p->free_size += e->header.d_size;
-            if(e->header.d_size > mon_p->free_biggest_size) {
-                mon_p->free_biggest_size = e->header.d_size;
-            }
-        } else {
-            mon_p->used_cnt++;
-        }
-
-        e = ent_get_next(e);
-    }
-    mon_p->total_size = LV_MEM_SIZE;
-    mon_p->used_pct = 100 - (100U * mon_p->free_size) / mon_p->total_size;
-    mon_p->frag_pct = (uint32_t)mon_p->free_biggest_size * 100U / mon_p->free_size;
-    mon_p->frag_pct = 100 - mon_p->frag_pct;
-#endif
-}
-
-/**
- * Give the size of an allocated memory
- * @param data pointer to an allocated memory
- * @return the size of data memory in bytes
- */
-uint32_t lv_mem_get_size(const void * data)
-{
-    if(data == NULL) return 0;
-    if(data == &zero_mem) return 0;
-
-    lv_mem_ent_t * e = (lv_mem_ent_t *)((uint8_t *) data - sizeof(lv_mem_header_t));
-
-    return e->header.d_size;
-}
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-#if LV_MEM_CUSTOM == 0
-/**
- * Give the next entry after 'act_e'
- * @param act_e pointer to an entry
- * @return pointer to an entry after 'act_e'
- */
-static lv_mem_ent_t * ent_get_next(lv_mem_ent_t * act_e)
-{
-    lv_mem_ent_t * next_e = NULL;
-
-    if(act_e == NULL) { /*NULL means: get the first entry*/
-        next_e = (lv_mem_ent_t *) work_mem;
-    } else { /*Get the next entry */
-        uint8_t * data = &act_e->first_data;
-        next_e = (lv_mem_ent_t *)&data[act_e->header.d_size];
-
-        if(&next_e->first_data >= &work_mem[LV_MEM_SIZE]) next_e = NULL;
-    }
-
-    return next_e;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Try to do the real allocation with a given size
- * @param e try to allocate to this entry
- * @param size size of the new memory in bytes
- * @return pointer to the allocated memory or NULL if not enough memory in the entry
- */
-static void * ent_alloc(lv_mem_ent_t * e, uint32_t size)
-{
-    void * alloc = NULL;
-
-    /*If the memory is free and big enough then use it */
-    if(e->header.used == 0 && e->header.d_size >= size) {
-        /*Truncate the entry to the desired size */
-        ent_trunc(e, size),
-
-                  e->header.used = 1;
-
-        /*Save the allocated data*/
-        alloc = &e->first_data;
-    }
-
-    return alloc;
-}
-
-/**
- * Truncate the data of entry to the given size
- * @param e Pointer to an entry
- * @param size new size in bytes
- */
-static void ent_trunc(lv_mem_ent_t * e, uint32_t size)
-{
-#ifdef LV_MEM_ENV64
-    /*Round the size up to 8*/
-    if(size & 0x7) {
-        size = size & (~0x7);
-        size += 8;
-    }
-#else
-    /*Round the size up to 4*/
-    if(size & 0x3) {
-        size = size & (~0x3);
-        size += 4;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /*Don't let empty space only for a header without data*/
-    if(e->header.d_size == size + sizeof(lv_mem_header_t)) {
-        size = e->header.d_size;
-    }
-
-    /* Create the new entry after the current if there is space for it */
-    if(e->header.d_size != size) {
-        uint8_t * e_data = &e->first_data;
-        lv_mem_ent_t * after_new_e = (lv_mem_ent_t *)&e_data[size];
-        after_new_e->header.used = 0;
-        after_new_e->header.d_size = e->header.d_size - size - sizeof(lv_mem_header_t);
-    }
-
-    /* Set the new size for the original entry */
-    e->header.d_size = size;
-}
-
-#endif

lv_misc/lv_mem.h

@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_mem.h
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef LV_MEM_H
-#define LV_MEM_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
-#include "lv_conf.h"
-#else
-#include "../../lv_conf.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include "lv_log.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-// Check windows
-#ifdef __WIN64
-# define LV_MEM_ENV64
-#endif
-
-// Check GCC
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# if __x86_64__ || __ppc64__
-#   define LV_MEM_ENV64
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-typedef struct
-{
-    uint32_t total_size;
-    uint32_t free_cnt;
-    uint32_t free_size;
-    uint32_t free_biggest_size;
-    uint32_t used_cnt;
-    uint8_t used_pct;
-    uint8_t frag_pct;
-} lv_mem_monitor_t;
-
-/**********************
- * GLOBAL PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-
-
-/**
- * Initiaize the dyn_mem module (work memory and other variables)
- */
-void lv_mem_init(void);
-
-/**
- * Allocate a memory dynamically
- * @param size size of the memory to allocate in bytes
- * @return pointer to the allocated memory
- */
-void * lv_mem_alloc(uint32_t size);
-
-/**
- * Free an allocated data
- * @param data pointer to an allocated memory
- */
-void lv_mem_free(const void * data);
-
-/**
- * Reallocate a memory with a new size. The old content will be kept.
- * @param data pointer to an allocated memory.
- * Its content will be copied to the new memory block and freed
- * @param new_size the desired new size in byte
- * @return pointer to the new memory
- */
-void * lv_mem_realloc(void * data_p, uint32_t new_size);
-
-/**
- * Join the adjacent free memory blocks
- */
-void lv_mem_defrag(void);
-
-/**
- * Give information about the work memory of dynamic allocation
- * @param mon_p pointer to a dm_mon_p variable,
- *              the result of the analysis will be stored here
- */
-void lv_mem_monitor(lv_mem_monitor_t * mon_p);
-
-/**
- * Give the size of an allocated memory
- * @param data pointer to an allocated memory
- * @return the size of data memory in bytes
- */
-uint32_t lv_mem_get_size(const void * data);
-
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Halt on NULL pointer
- * p pointer to a memory
- */
-#if USE_LV_LOG == 0
-# define  lv_mem_assert(p) {if(p == NULL) while(1); }
-#else
-# define  lv_mem_assert(p) {if(p == NULL) {LV_LOG_ERROR("Out of memory!"); while(1); }}
-#endif
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif /*LV_MEM_H*/
-

lv_misc/lv_misc.mk

@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-CSRCS += lv_font.c
-CSRCS += lv_circ.c
-CSRCS += lv_area.c
-CSRCS += lv_task.c
-CSRCS += lv_fs.c
-CSRCS += lv_anim.c
-CSRCS += lv_mem.c
-CSRCS += lv_ll.c
-CSRCS += lv_color.c
-CSRCS += lv_txt.c
-CSRCS += lv_ufs.c
-CSRCS += lv_math.c
-CSRCS += lv_log.c
-
-DEPPATH += --dep-path lvgl/lv_misc
-VPATH += :lvgl/lv_misc
-
-CFLAGS += "-I$(LVGL_DIR)/lvgl/lv_misc"

lv_misc/lv_symbol_def.h

@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef LV_SYMBOL_DEF_H
-#define LV_SYMBOL_DEF_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-#ifdef LV_CONF_INCLUDE_SIMPLE
-#include "lv_conf.h"
-#else
-#include "../../lv_conf.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
- * With no UTF-8 support (192- 255) (192..241 is used)
- *
- * With UTF-8 support (in Supplemental Private Use Area-A): 0xF800 .. 0xF831
- * - Basic symbols:     0xE000..0xE01F
- * - File symbols:      0xE020..0xE03F
- * - Feedback symbols:  0xE040..0xE05F
- * - Reserved:          0xE060..0xE07F
- */
-
-#if LV_TXT_UTF8 == 0
-#define LV_SYMBOL_GLYPH_FIRST  0xC0
-#define SYMBOL_AUDIO           "\xC0"
-#define SYMBOL_VIDEO           "\xC1"
-#define SYMBOL_LIST            "\xC2"
-#define SYMBOL_OK              "\xC3"
-#define SYMBOL_CLOSE           "\xC4"
-#define SYMBOL_POWER           "\xC5"
-#define SYMBOL_SETTINGS        "\xC6"
-#define SYMBOL_TRASH           "\xC7"
-#define SYMBOL_HOME            "\xC8"
-#define SYMBOL_DOWNLOAD        "\xC9"
-#define SYMBOL_DRIVE           "\xCA"
-#define SYMBOL_REFRESH         "\xCB"
-#define SYMBOL_MUTE            "\xCC"
-#define SYMBOL_VOLUME_MID      "\xCD"
-#define SYMBOL_VOLUME_MAX      "\xCE"
-#define SYMBOL_IMAGE           "\xCF"
-#define SYMBOL_EDIT            "\xD0"
-#define SYMBOL_PREV            "\xD1"
-#define SYMBOL_PLAY            "\xD2"
-#define SYMBOL_PAUSE           "\xD3"
-#define SYMBOL_STOP            "\xD4"
-#define SYMBOL_NEXT            "\xD5"
-#define SYMBOL_EJECT           "\xD6"
-#define SYMBOL_LEFT            "\xD7"
-#define SYMBOL_RIGHT           "\xD8"
-#define SYMBOL_PLUS            "\xD9"
-#define SYMBOL_MINUS           "\xDA"
-#define SYMBOL_WARNING         "\xDB"
-#define SYMBOL_SHUFFLE         "\xDC"
-#define SYMBOL_UP              "\xDD"
-#define SYMBOL_DOWN            "\xDE"
-#define SYMBOL_LOOP            "\xDF"
-#define SYMBOL_DIRECTORY       "\xE0"
-#define SYMBOL_UPLOAD          "\xE1"
-#define SYMBOL_CALL            "\xE2"
-#define SYMBOL_CUT             "\xE3"
-#define SYMBOL_COPY            "\xE4"
-#define SYMBOL_SAVE            "\xE5"
-#define SYMBOL_CHARGE          "\xE6"
-#define SYMBOL_BELL            "\xE7"
-#define SYMBOL_KEYBOARD        "\xE8"
-#define SYMBOL_GPS             "\xE9"
-#define SYMBOL_FILE            "\xEA"
-#define SYMBOL_WIFI            "\xEB"
-#define SYMBOL_BATTERY_FULL    "\xEC"
-#define SYMBOL_BATTERY_3       "\xED"
-#define SYMBOL_BATTERY_2       "\xEE"
-#define SYMBOL_BATTERY_1       "\xEF"
-#define SYMBOL_BATTERY_EMPTY   "\xF0"
-#define SYMBOL_BLUETOOTH       "\xF1"
-#define LV_SYMBOL_GLYPH_LAST   0xF1
-#define SYMBOL_DUMMY           "\xFF"       /*Invalid symbol. If written before a string then `lv_img` will show it as a label*/
-
-#else
-#define LV_SYMBOL_GLYPH_FIRST  0xF800
-#define SYMBOL_AUDIO           "\xEF\xA0\x80"
-#define SYMBOL_VIDEO           "\xEF\xA0\x81"
-#define SYMBOL_LIST            "\xEF\xA0\x82"
-#define SYMBOL_OK              "\xEF\xA0\x83"
-#define SYMBOL_CLOSE           "\xEF\xA0\x84"
-#define SYMBOL_POWER           "\xEF\xA0\x85"
-#define SYMBOL_SETTINGS        "\xEF\xA0\x86"
-#define SYMBOL_TRASH           "\xEF\xA0\x87"
-#define SYMBOL_HOME            "\xEF\xA0\x88"
-#define SYMBOL_DOWNLOAD        "\xEF\xA0\x89"
-#define SYMBOL_DRIVE           "\xEF\xA0\x8A"
-#define SYMBOL_REFRESH         "\xEF\xA0\x8B"
-#define SYMBOL_MUTE            "\xEF\xA0\x8C"
-#define SYMBOL_VOLUME_MID      "\xEF\xA0\x8D"
-#define SYMBOL_VOLUME_MAX      "\xEF\xA0\x8E"
-#define SYMBOL_IMAGE           "\xEF\xA0\x8F"
-#define SYMBOL_EDIT            "\xEF\xA0\x90"
-#define SYMBOL_PREV            "\xEF\xA0\x91"
-#define SYMBOL_PLAY            "\xEF\xA0\x92"
-#define SYMBOL_PAUSE           "\xEF\xA0\x93"
-#define SYMBOL_STOP            "\xEF\xA0\x94"
-#define SYMBOL_NEXT            "\xEF\xA0\x95"
-#define SYMBOL_EJECT           "\xEF\xA0\x96"
-#define SYMBOL_LEFT            "\xEF\xA0\x97"
-#define SYMBOL_RIGHT           "\xEF\xA0\x98"
-#define SYMBOL_PLUS            "\xEF\xA0\x99"
-#define SYMBOL_MINUS           "\xEF\xA0\x9A"
-#define SYMBOL_WARNING         "\xEF\xA0\x9B"
-#define SYMBOL_SHUFFLE         "\xEF\xA0\x9C"
-#define SYMBOL_UP              "\xEF\xA0\x9D"
-#define SYMBOL_DOWN            "\xEF\xA0\x9E"
-#define SYMBOL_LOOP            "\xEF\xA0\x9F"
-#define SYMBOL_DIRECTORY       "\xEF\xA0\xA0"
-#define SYMBOL_UPLOAD          "\xEF\xA0\xA1"
-#define SYMBOL_CALL            "\xEF\xA0\xA2"
-#define SYMBOL_CUT             "\xEF\xA0\xA3"
-#define SYMBOL_COPY            "\xEF\xA0\xA4"
-#define SYMBOL_SAVE            "\xEF\xA0\xA5"
-#define SYMBOL_CHARGE          "\xEF\xA0\xA6"
-#define SYMBOL_BELL            "\xEF\xA0\xA7"
-#define SYMBOL_KEYBOARD        "\xEF\xA0\xA8"
-#define SYMBOL_GPS             "\xEF\xA0\xA9"
-#define SYMBOL_FILE            "\xEF\xA0\xAA"
-#define SYMBOL_WIFI            "\xEF\xA0\xAB"
-#define SYMBOL_BATTERY_FULL    "\xEF\xA0\xAC"
-#define SYMBOL_BATTERY_3       "\xEF\xA0\xAD"
-#define SYMBOL_BATTERY_2       "\xEF\xA0\xAE"
-#define SYMBOL_BATTERY_1       "\xEF\xA0\xAF"
-#define SYMBOL_BATTERY_EMPTY   "\xEF\xA0\xB0"
-#define SYMBOL_BLUETOOTH       "\xEF\xA0\xB1"
-#define LV_SYMBOL_GLYPH_LAST   0xF831
-#define SYMBOL_DUMMY           "\xEF\xA3\xBF"       /*Invalid symbol at (U+F831). If written before a string then `lv_img` will show it as a label*/
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-
-#endif /*LV_SYMBOL_DEF_H*/

lv_misc/lv_task.c

@@ -1,329 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * @file lv_task.c
- * An 'lv_task'  is a void (*fp) (void* param) type function which will be called periodically.
- * A priority (5 levels + disable) can be assigned to lv_tasks.
- */
-
-/*********************
- *      INCLUDES
- *********************/
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include "lv_task.h"
-#include "../lv_hal/lv_hal_tick.h"
-
-/*********************
- *      DEFINES
- *********************/
-#define IDLE_MEAS_PERIOD    500     /*[ms]*/
-
-/**********************
- *      TYPEDEFS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC PROTOTYPES
- **********************/
-static bool lv_task_exec(lv_task_t * lv_task_p);
-
-/**********************
- *  STATIC VARIABLES
- **********************/
-static lv_ll_t lv_task_ll;  /*Linked list to store the lv_tasks*/
-static bool lv_task_run = false;
-static uint8_t idle_last = 0;
-static bool task_deleted;
-static bool task_created;
-static lv_task_t  * task_act;
-
-/**********************
- *      MACROS
- **********************/
-
-/**********************
- *   GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Init the lv_task module
- */
-void lv_task_init(void)
-{
-    lv_ll_init(&lv_task_ll, sizeof(lv_task_t));
-
-    /*Initially enable the lv_task handling*/
-    lv_task_enable(true);
-}
-
-/**
- * Call it  periodically to handle lv_tasks.
- */
-LV_ATTRIBUTE_TASK_HANDLER void lv_task_handler(void)
-{
-    LV_LOG_TRACE("lv_task_handler started");
-
-    /*Avoid concurrent running of the task handler*/
-    static bool task_handler_mutex = false;
-    if(task_handler_mutex) return;
-    task_handler_mutex = true;
-
-    static uint32_t idle_period_start = 0;
-    static uint32_t handler_start = 0;
-    static uint32_t busy_time = 0;
-
-    if(lv_task_run == false) return;
-
-    handler_start = lv_tick_get();
-
-    /* Run all task from the highest to the lowest priority
-     * If a lower priority task is executed check task again from the highest priority
-     * but on the priority of executed tasks don't run tasks before the executed*/
-    lv_task_t * task_interrupter = NULL;
-    lv_task_t * next;
-    bool end_flag;
-    do {
-        end_flag = true;
-        task_deleted = false;
-        task_created = false;
-        task_act = lv_ll_get_head(&lv_task_ll);
-        while(task_act) {
-            /* The task might be deleted if it runs only once ('once = 1')
-             * So get next element until the current is surely valid*/
-            next = lv_ll_get_next(&lv_task_ll, task_act);
-
-            /*We reach priority of the turned off task. There is nothing more to do.*/
-            if(task_act->prio == LV_TASK_PRIO_OFF) {
-                break;
-            }
-
-            /*Here is the interrupter task. Don't execute it again.*/
-            if(task_act == task_interrupter) {
-                task_interrupter = NULL;     /*From this point only task after the interrupter comes, so the interrupter is not interesting anymore*/
-                task_act = next;
-                continue;                   /*Load the next task*/
-            }
-
-            /*Just try to run the tasks with highest priority.*/
-            if(task_act->prio == LV_TASK_PRIO_HIGHEST) {
-                lv_task_exec(task_act);
-            }
-            /*Tasks with higher priority then the interrupted shall be run in every case*/
-            else if(task_interrupter) {
-                if(task_act->prio > task_interrupter->prio) {
-                    if(lv_task_exec(task_act)) {
-                        task_interrupter = task_act;  /*Check all tasks again from the highest priority */
-                        end_flag = false;
-                        break;
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-            /* It is no interrupter task or we already reached it earlier.
-             * Just run the remaining tasks*/
-            else {
-                if(lv_task_exec(task_act)) {
-                    task_interrupter = task_act;  /*Check all tasks again from the highest priority */
-                    end_flag = false;
-                    break;
-                }
-            }
-
-            if(task_deleted) break;     /*If a task was deleted then this or the next item might be corrupted*/
-            if(task_created) break;     /*If a task was deleted then this or the next item might be corrupted*/
-
-            task_act = next;         /*Load the next task*/
-        }
-    } while(!end_flag);
-
-    busy_time += lv_tick_elaps(handler_start);
-    uint32_t idle_period_time = lv_tick_elaps(idle_period_start);
-    if(idle_period_time >= IDLE_MEAS_PERIOD) {
-
-        idle_last = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)busy_time * 100) / IDLE_MEAS_PERIOD;   /*Calculate the busy percentage*/
-        idle_last = idle_last > 100 ? 0 : 100 - idle_last;                      /*But we need idle time*/
-        busy_time = 0;
-        idle_period_start = lv_tick_get();
-
-
-    }
-
-    task_handler_mutex = false;     /*Release the mutex*/
-
-    LV_LOG_TRACE("lv_task_handler ready");
-}
-
-/**
- * Create a new lv_task
- * @param task a function which is the task itself
- * @param period call period in ms unit
- * @param prio priority of the task (LV_TASK_PRIO_OFF means the task is stopped)
- * @param param free parameter
- * @return pointer to the new task
- */
-lv_task_t * lv_task_create(void (*task)(void *), uint32_t period, lv_task_prio_t prio, void * param)
-{
-    lv_task_t * new_lv_task = NULL;
-    lv_task_t * tmp;
-
-    /*Create task lists in order of priority from high to low*/
-    tmp = lv_ll_get_head(&lv_task_ll);
-    if(NULL == tmp) {                               /*First task*/
-        new_lv_task = lv_ll_ins_head(&lv_task_ll);
-        lv_mem_assert(new_lv_task);
-        if(new_lv_task == NULL) return NULL;
-    } else {
-        do {
-            if(tmp->prio <= prio) {
-                new_lv_task = lv_ll_ins_prev(&lv_task_ll, tmp);
-                lv_mem_assert(new_lv_task);
-                if(new_lv_task == NULL) return NULL;
-                break;
-            }
-            tmp = lv_ll_get_next(&lv_task_ll, tmp);
-        } while(tmp != NULL);
-
-        if(tmp == NULL) {   /*Only too high priority tasks were found*/
-            new_lv_task = lv_ll_ins_tail(&lv_task_ll);
-            lv_mem_assert(new_lv_task);
-            if(new_lv_task == NULL) return NULL;
-        }
-    }
-
-    new_lv_task->period = period;
-    new_lv_task->task = task;
-    new_lv_task->prio = prio;
-    new_lv_task->param = param;
-    new_lv_task->once = 0;
-    new_lv_task->last_run = lv_tick_get();
-
-    task_created = true;
-
-    return new_lv_task;
-}
-
-/**
- * Delete a lv_task
- * @param lv_task_p pointer to task created by lv_task_p
- */
-void lv_task_del(lv_task_t * lv_task_p)
-{
-    lv_ll_rem(&lv_task_ll, lv_task_p);
-
-    lv_mem_free(lv_task_p);
-
-    if(task_act == lv_task_p) task_deleted = true;      /*The active task was deleted*/
-}
-
-/**
- * Set new priority for a lv_task
- * @param lv_task_p pointer to a lv_task
- * @param prio the new priority
- */
-void lv_task_set_prio(lv_task_t * lv_task_p, lv_task_prio_t prio)
-{
-    /*Find the tasks with new priority*/
-    lv_task_t * i;
-    LL_READ(lv_task_ll, i) {
-        if(i->prio <= prio) {
-            if(i != lv_task_p) lv_ll_move_before(&lv_task_ll, lv_task_p, i);
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    /*There was no such a low priority so far then add the node to the tail*/
-    if(i == NULL) {
-        lv_ll_move_before(&lv_task_ll, lv_task_p, NULL);
-    }
-
-
-    lv_task_p->prio = prio;
-}
-
-/**
- * Set new period for a lv_task
- * @param lv_task_p pointer to a lv_task
- * @param period the new period
- */
-void lv_task_set_period(lv_task_t * lv_task_p, uint32_t period)
-{
-    lv_task_p->period = period;
-}
-
-/**
- * Make a lv_task ready. It will not wait its period.
- * @param lv_task_p pointer to a lv_task.
- */
-void lv_task_ready(lv_task_t * lv_task_p)
-{
-    lv_task_p->last_run = lv_tick_get() - lv_task_p->period - 1;
-}
-
-/**
- * Delete the lv_task after one call
- * @param lv_task_p pointer to a lv_task.
- */
-void lv_task_once(lv_task_t * lv_task_p)
-{
-    lv_task_p->once = 1;
-}
-
-/**
- * Reset a lv_task.
- * It will be called the previously set period milliseconds later.
- * @param lv_task_p pointer to a lv_task.
- */
-void lv_task_reset(lv_task_t * lv_task_p)
-{
-    lv_task_p->last_run = lv_tick_get();
-}
-
-/**
- * Enable or disable the whole lv_task handling
- * @param en: true: lv_task handling is running, false: lv_task handling is suspended
- */
-void lv_task_enable(bool en)
-{
-    lv_task_run = en;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get idle percentage
- * @return the lv_task idle in percentage
- */
-uint8_t lv_task_get_idle(void)
-{
-    return idle_last;
-}
-
-
-/**********************
- *   STATIC FUNCTIONS
- **********************/
-
-/**
- * Execute task if its the priority is appropriate
- * @param lv_task_p pointer to lv_task
- * @return true: execute, false: not executed
- */
-static bool lv_task_exec(lv_task_t * lv_task_p)
-{
-    bool exec = false;
-
-    /*Execute if at least 'period' time elapsed*/
-    uint32_t elp = lv_tick_elaps(lv_task_p->last_run);
-    if(elp >= lv_task_p->period) {
-        lv_task_p->last_run = lv_tick_get();
-        task_deleted = false;
-        task_created = false;
-        lv_task_p->task(lv_task_p->param);
-
-        /*Delete if it was a one shot lv_task*/
-        if(task_deleted == false) {			/*The task might be deleted by itself as well*/
-        	if(lv_task_p->once != 0) {
-        	    lv_task_del(lv_task_p);
-        	}
-        }
-        exec = true;
-    }
-
-    return exec;
-}
-